Page 1

ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

ETHICS AND GOVERNANCE

SAFETY AND HEALTH

EMPLOYMENT

A review of performance

Key indicators and statistics – by issue

•

Continued restructuring with the new company
vision, mission and values
– pages 30, 31, 54

•

Gold production of 5 million ounces – page 32

•

Rising costs across the industry
– page 38

•

Restructuring of balance sheet – rights issues,
bond refinancing of hedgebook
– pages 32 to 33

•

Significant payments to government, reporting
in line with EITI – pages 41 to 44

•

Affirmation of safety and health as group’s first
value – pages 54, 70

•

Emphasis on risk management – page 58

•

Amendments to conflicts of interest and gifts,
hospitality and sponsorship policies – page 63

•

A number of significant legal issues
– pages 58 to 59

•

Compliance with voluntary codes – ICMM, EITI,
UNGP, UPHR, RJC – pages 60 to 61

•

Political donations of $476,415 in Brazil and
$26,300 in the USA – page 62

•

Significant improvements in safety performance
– pages 78 to 81

•

14 fatalities – page 77

•

All mines OHSAS-compliant – well ahead of
target – page 72

•

Occupational safety and health transformation
project to develop ‘safety blueprint’ – pages 71,
188 to 191

•

Employment provided to 62,895 people (80%
permanent employees and 20% contractors) –
page 93

•

Turnover of 7.9% – lower than in 2007
– page 95

•

Development of System for the Management of
People (SMP) based on requisite organisation
model – page 91

•

86% of all employees are members of a union
or participate in collective bargaining structures
– page 97

•

Programme to promote women in mining
– page 108

•

$35 million spent on training and development
– page 102

– 14 –

Report to Society 2008

HUMAN RIGHTS

HIV & AIDS AND MALARIA

COMMUNITY

ENVIRONMENT

•

Vice President for Security appointed
– page 114

•

Global security review completed and new
approach to asset protection and security being
implemented, in line with Voluntary Principles on
Human Rights and Security – pages 114 to
117, 212 to 215

•

Escalating tension between the company and
trespassers, and illegal miners – pages 116 to
117, pages 145 to 149

HIV & AIDS

•

Improving health care outcomes
– pages 120 to 129

•

ART programme delivers result
– 1,933 people on ART in South Africa
– page 125

•

Study on economic impact of HIV & AIDS
completed – page 127

Malaria

•

Continued success with Obuasi malaria
programme – pages 132 to 137

•

Programme being rolled out to other operations
– pages 132 to 137

•

Integration of community and environment
functions – page 141

•

Development and implementation of community
land use management standard, which includes
relocation – pages 141 to 157

•

Corporate social investment expenditure of
$8.9 million – page 156

•

Progress made with local economic
development programmes – page 154

•

Dealing with artisanal and small-scale miners
– page 150

•

Significant community incidents reported, four
involving company-related security
– pages 148 to 149

•

Integration of community and environment
functions – page 162

•

Further development of group’s position on
climate change and its business case
– pages 178 to 180, 202 to 207

•

Closure plans in place at all operations. External
review of closure planning and liabilities begun
– page 167

•

Good progress with implementation of Cyanide
Code – page 172

•

104 major environmental incidents reported
– pages 166 to 167

•

Total rehabilitation and decommissioning
liabilities of $405 million – page 168

– 15 –

Report to Society 2008

AngloGold Ashanti recognises that, as the company conducts its business, so it has an impact – real or
potential – on a wide range of stakeholders and business partners. The group has identified the following broad
groups of stakeholders at corporate, operational and community level and includes:

•

employees;

•

unions and other employee representation forums;

•

employees’ families and dependants;

•

communities surrounding operations or from which the company draws its employees;

•

suppliers and contractors;

•

local, regional and national governments;

•

customers;

•

non-governmental and community-based organisations;

•

academic institutions;

•

regulatory authorities;

•

professional organisations;

•

shareholders; and

•

peer companies.

A comprehensive, but not exhaustive, list of these stakeholders may be found at www.aga-reports.com/08/stakeholder-

AngloGold Ashanti’s engagement with its stakeholders varies in frequency and may depend on specific matters at hand. This

engagement may be formal, informal or both.

AngloGold Ashanti’s belief is that, to build successful and beneficial long-term relationships with its local communities, an

operation needs to engage with those communities as well as other stakeholders and social partners. The group is aware

that failure to communicate well can result in misunderstandings and tensions between the operation and the community,

which can have a material impact on the functioning and viability of the operation.

A draft management standard for stakeholder engagement in line with the company’s stated policy to ‘communicate and

consult on our activities throughout the lifecycle of our operations’ and ‘undertake initiatives that contribute to sustainable

futures in partnership with the societies in which we operate’ has been developed to guide operations.

Stakeholders have been defined for each operation as explained below.

•

Affected parties: those who are affected by the operation, both positively and negatively and in turn are either directly

affected or indirectly affected.

•

Interested parties: those who, although not affected by the operation, have an interest in, or influence over, the operation.

•

Authorities: national, state/provincial and district or local. In some locations (e.g. tribal areas) it may be appropriate to

distinguish between elected and traditional forms of administration.

On-site contractors and subcontractors are bound by the management standard and policies implemented by the group.

All operations are required to formalise their engagement strategy by preparing a Stakeholder Engagement Action Plan

(SEAP), the scope and level of detail of which will vary depending on the context, nature and scale of the operation. Each

operation’s SEAP comprises an overarching engagement plan, to which all disciplines and contractors contribute to, rather

than having multiple engagement strategies and plans. The plan follows an approach to stakeholder engagement that is

appropriate to the local culture, representative and inclusive.

The plan must cover at a minimum a one-year period and take into account developments at least two years ahead which

may significantly influence what is being communicated to stakeholders, for example, a large-scale expansion or contraction

of an operation. Plans are reviewed at least annually and also as needed. Importantly, the plans must be shared with

communities, in the business language of the country and any other appropriate local languages, and be presented in a

readily understandable and culturally appropriate format.

Stakeholder

engagement

engagement.pdf.

– 16 –

Report to Society 2008

– 17 –

Report to Society 2008

Letter

from the CEO

“At AngloGold Ashanti it is our firm

view that if we cannot operate

responsibly, we should not be in

business. And it is on this basis that

we will measure our success.”

Mark Cutifani

CEO, AngloGold Ashanti

– 18 –

Report to Society 2008

On behalf of all of my colleagues at AngloGold Ashanti I am very pleased to introduce to you our Report to
Society 2008. This milestone report details the challenges that we face and the opportunities we believe we can
build on to improve our operations and the way we interact with and in the communities in which we operate.

We define the sustainability disciplines as health and safety, labour, ethics and governance, human rights, the
environment, the regional health issues of malaria and HIV & AIDS and certain other economic activities. In each
area of reporting, we present a view of how we have delivered against the objectives we set in the previous
report, how the issue is managed at the corporate and operational level, as well as the performance for the
year and our objectives for the following year.

TIMES OF FINANCIAL TURMOIL

In these times of international financial turmoil, the question is increasingly being asked whether the
commitment of businesses to operate in a socially and environmentally responsible way is going to be
undermined, or at least slowed in terms of application, until economic conditions are more favourable.

This may appear to be an obvious question if the question is approached from the perspective that corporate
social responsibility is an additional cost. Certainly, some activity is a consequence of the increasing scrutiny
business has been subjected to over the recent past by governments, non-governmental organisations
(NGOs), shareholders and other stakeholders.

At AngloGold Ashanti it is our firm view that if we cannot operate responsibly, we should not be in business.
And it is on this basis that we will measure our success. Our experience continues to convince us that social
and environmental responsibility is a necessary condition for ensuring productive operations. We believe safety,
treating people with dignity and respect, acting responsibly within the environment and looking to create value
for the communities in which we operate represent values that determine how we do business. These elements
define who we are and how we do business. As we work today, every step we take is a step towards improving
and making sure we are true to our values.

ACHIEVING ‘NO HARM’

There is no clearer example of the need to create a new reality for our employees than in the area of safety. The
loss of one life represents a tragedy for family, friends and colleagues. At the same time the negative impact on the
business is material, through loss of physical production, the impact on workforce morale and the loss of confidence
in the systems we have created to keep people safe. Safety is about people and it is about good business.

It is with deep regret that I report the death of 14 of our colleagues during the course of 2008. The AngloGold
Ashanti board extends its deepest sympathies to the families, friends and colleagues of those we have lost.

While the measurement of human tragedy is beyond all of our understanding, we are gratified by the work that
has been undertaken in the business to improve our safety record – a more than 57% reduction in fatalities
compared to 2007. The improvement in our all-accident frequency rate is also very pleasing, reducing 20%
through the course of 2008. However, we continue to check ourselves as we again commit to relentlessly
pursuing our objective of eliminating all accidents and health impacts from the workplace.

In this report we have shared in some detail the efforts we have made to achieve our vision of ‘no harm’. Our
four-part strategy involves focusing on safety so that it is emphasised to every employee, every day, and that
this perspective shapes every conversation we have and every decision we make. We are learning to be vigilant
in recognising hazards and taking the time to understand what it takes to reduce the risk to a level that can be
managed. A central feature of this is the campaign is to ensure that everyone understands that it is OK to stop
work if they believe an area is unsafe. We are putting in place and managing to a set of systems that bind and
link our activities to ensure safe outcomes. As leaders, every step and decision we take must be consistent
with our safety message. Not only must we talk to change; we must also be the change.

On the health front we continue to be proud of the efforts of our operating and medical staff, primarily in the
developing world, in respect of their work on malaria and HIV & AIDS. Again, the same themes apply; living and
working in a manner consistent with our values will help create a healthier workforce and community
environment – which means positive relationships and a more productive workplace.

– 19 –

Report to Society 2008

AngloGold Ashanti takes its environmental responsibilities very seriously. As the world debates the issues
around climate change, we have decided to go forward and aggressively work on our understanding of our
carbon footprint and to determine what steps we need to take to be a leader in our industry. We see benefits
from all perspectives. At an employee level we can reduce emissions that make work uncomfortable in certain
areas of operation. As shareholders a reduction in power consumption per unit of product improves our
operating costs so that we can deliver sustainable profitable performance. In this context we are carefully
evaluating the potential impacts of climate change on our business and our local communities and also working
toward contributing to the business voice in the process leading up to the United Nations climate change
conference in Copenhagen in December 2009.

OTHER CHALLENGES

Of course, this is not to say that all the challenges we face are easily or simply resolved. The period of the
resources boom saw increasing scrutiny by the people and governments of developing countries on the
question of whether the benefits of mining are fairly shared between the mining companies, the local economy
and society. In our view, there are no simple answers. Mutually satisfactory solutions lie in a delicate balance
between the parties’ respective interests, which converge and diverge through the fullness of time and
circumstance. We elaborate on these perspectives in this report, and remain ready and willing to engage with
interested social partners. In all cases we must be ready to engage, to be sensitive to other perspectives and
to be flexible in finding sustainable economic and social solutions.

We have been transparent in our reporting and sincere in our belief that we can do better. We recognise that
not all issues can be solved within a short period of time – we are committed to resolving issues with our
partners as quickly as we both can manage. We face significant challenges on environmental management in
some jurisdictions, and in respect of dust management at our deep level South African operations. However,
we are working the problems and we are committed to finding solutions that work for our partners.

In all these areas and more, we recognise our responsibilities and will continue to work towards closing the gap
between where we stand today and where we know we have to go. Our mission, vision and values, whose
renewal you will read about in this report, are not merely words; they are the basis against which we measure
our own performance, and we invite you to do the same. We will continue reporting to you regularly to assist
you in making these assessments.

REPORTING FORMAT

This report has been produced in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) G3 guidelines and has
been independently assured by external auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers. As is required by GRI, we have
self-declared an A+ level of reporting, having covered all of the issues required for this level, and having had the
appropriate degree of third party assurance. In addition, we have reported on our compliance with the
principles of the International Council of Mining and Metals (ICMM), the UN Global Compact, the Voluntary
Principles on Human Rights and Security and the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI), all of which
are voluntary bodies to which we are affiliated or of which we are formal supporters. A schedule of our reporting
against GRI, the ICMM principles and the UN Global Compact may be found on page 219.

This report cannot be a comprehensive account of all of our issues and performance at all of our operations
and should be read in conjunction with our web-based report (which provides additional case studies from our
operations and projects around the world) and the country and operational reports which provide a more
detailed account of local performance, as well as the Annual Financial Statements and the other components
in our suite of year-end reporting, to be found at www.aga-reports.com.

Mark Cutifani

6 March 2009

Chief Executive Officer

– 20 –

Report to Society 2008

How

we report

AngloGold Ashanti’s Report to Society is published on an annual basis, coinciding with the financial reporting cycle.

THE PROCESS FOLLOWED:

The contents of the report are developed and refined during the year with the process going through a number of stages as

outlined below.

MARCH

APRIL/MAY

DURING
THE YEAR

JUNE/JULY

AUGUST

SEPTEMBER/
OCTOBER

OCTOBER

NOVEMBER

JANUARY

FEBRUARY/
MARCH

MARCH

The Report to Society is issued as a printed document to a select group of stakeholders, and an
extensive group of stakeholders is advised of its publication on the website. The Country/Operational
Reports are distributed to local stakeholders, and are translated as necessary. Operations are asked to
distribute these reports widely and to solicit feedback.

Following the production of the report for the previous year, a meeting is convened of all discipline
heads, corporate affairs personnel and others to deliberate on the previous report with regard to its
contents, its relevance and the feedback received from stakeholders. Key issues for the current year
are also identified. The independent auditors present their management report to the group, and action
plans are developed to address any issues of concern.

Feedback is sought and received from stakeholders through formal and informal interactions. Online
and printed feedback forms are monitored.

Site visits are undertaken to targeted operations by the report writing team. This is done on a rotational
basis, with two to three countries visited every year to facilitate greater interaction between the
operating and reporting processes; to identify potential issues of concern for reporting; and to collect
material for case studies. During the year under review site visits were undertaken to the Democratic
Republic of Congo (DRC) and Tanzania.

A formal meeting is convened with discipline heads to review reporting trends; to identify material issues
for reporting; and to develop a plan for the reporting period, including the assignment of roles and
responsibilities. Any additional reporting requirements are considered and separate reporting plans are
developed. In the current report, for example, this entailed greater reporting on payments to government
(in terms of the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative – EITI), and the International Council of Mining
and Metals (ICMM) assurance guidelines were taken into account. Format changes to the report are
proposed and debated. In 2008, this has resulted in the addition of a section on human rights, more
extensive reporting on human rights and security, and on climate change. Significant issues that merit
inclusion as case studies in the printed document are also identified at this session.

The audit engagement process starts and this includes the identification of key performance indicators
(KPIs) and the risk profile.

Individual interviews are set up with the discipline heads by the report writing team to identify the major
developments during the year – in that discipline specifically, and within the company generally. Case
studies that illustrate the challenges and opportunities faced by the group are identified. The report
outline is developed.

The group’s internal and formal risk management processes and issues are reviewed to ensure that the
issues identified through these processes are covered in the reporting process.

Questionnaires (developed in close collaboration with discipline heads) are issued via an online system
to each operation, and in each discipline covered by the report. Sign-off on these questionnaires is
required by the head of each operation.

Writing of the case studies and the sections of the report begins.

Assurance of the KPIs by the independent auditors on third quarter data is undertaken. This is carried
out in collaboration with Internal Audit.

The proposed contents of the report are submitted to the Disclosure Committee for review.

Year-end data is submitted and the assurance process proceeds.

Verification of the accuracy of the report is sought from operational heads, regional heads, the Disclosure
Committee and, finally, the board committee on Safety, Health and Sustainable Development. The Economic
performance section is reviewed by the Audit Committee. The report is reviewed by the external auditors.

Report is published.

– 21 –

Report to Society 2008

CONTENTS OF THE REPORT

Because of the scale of the company and the range of operations, and the circumstances and challenges that

it faces, it is not possible or even sensible to report on every issue. The report takes cognisance of the principle

of the GRI and ICMM in determining contents, as reported below.

Balance and materiality

A balance is sought between reporting on global concerns and issues that are material to the group in the

Report to Society, and local matters in the Country and Operational Reports. In this respect specific feedback

was sought and received from stakeholders who reiterated their desire for reporting on material issues on the

one hand, and the need for a comprehensive report on the other.

Focus on material issues

Using the guidance of the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and the ICMM principles for assessing the materiality

of the issues, AngloGold Ashanti endeavours to report on those issues that:

•

are important and meaningful to the group, both from an operational and risk point of view;

•

are important and meaningful to stakeholders and business partners as a consequence of their having

identified them as such;

•

take into account basic expectations as set out in international standards and agreements with which the

company is committed to comply, and reflect the group’s support for, and are in accordance with, the

Voluntary Guidelines and Principles to which it subscribes;

•

are topical in the light of the broader public debate – climate change, and human rights and security, for

example; and

•

ensure that the group is transparent in its reporting, and provides a complete picture within the context of the

sustainability of its business.

Sustainability framework

Due cognisance is given to the sustainability framework within which the group operates, and to the fact that

specific issues of concern may vary from operation to operation, depending on local circumstances and needs.

Examples of this include:

•

reporting on human rights and security in respect of the group’s employment of private and public security

personnel in, for example, the DRC, Colombia, Guinea and Ghana;

•

reporting on HIV & AIDS, which is a major concern in southern Africa, and malaria, which is crucially important

in West and East Africa; and

•

land management and, specifically, relocation at the African operations (outside southern Africa).

Values-based reporting

As AngloGold Ashanti is a values-driven organisation, its values and business principles underpin everything

that it does and how it reports. The group’s values were reviewed and renewed during the year, and this report

reflects the changes that have been implemented.

Accordingly, each section of this report not only handles a particular topic, but also a key value for the company.

How

we report

– 22 –

Report to Society 2008

Using

this report

The primary format for sustainable reporting by AngloGold Ashanti is the Online Report to
Society, which is available at www.aga-reports.com, and which is published at the same time
as the Annual Report. In addition to both HTML and pdf versions of the information contained
in this printed report, further information on specific issues, links to other documents may be
accessed from this website.

Navigating a report of this size can be difficult. The following is a quick guide to what

you can expect to find:

INTRODUCTION

The front of the report – pages 1 to 27 – provides the context for
sustainable development within AngloGold Ashanti. These include:

•

a profile of the group’s operations (page 6);

•

an illustration of the cycle of the group’s operations – from
exploration to closure – and the primary sustainable development
challenges that exist across this cycle;

•

the group’s primary stakeholders and its approach to stakeholder
engagement (page 16). An extensive list of stakeholders appears at
www.aga-reports.com/08/stakeholder-engagement.pdf;

•

the primary and material issues faced and addressed by the group
in terms of sustainable development, illustrated by region (page 12)
and by issue (page 14);

•

a letter from CEO Mark Cutifani, reflecting on the group’s
sustainable development performance during the year, and the
challenges that it faces (page 18);

•
•

a glossary of terms and acronyms (page 232); and

•

a feedback form for readers (page 237).

PERFORMANCE

At the outset, we deal with our economic performance

The Economic performance section of this report provides an account
of the operating, financial and economic performance of the group in
2008. This section includes the group’s value added statement for the
year and should be read in conjunction with the Annual Financial
Statements. Included in this section is an extensive report on payments
to government, which has been produced to fulfil AngloGold Ashanti’s
commitment to the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI).

A case study dealing specifically with the issue of addressing the
conversion of a country’s mineral wealth into a sustainable asset,
particularly in developing countries, is dealt with on page 196.

AngloGold Ashanti is a values-based organisation and, as such, reports
against its values in this report. The group’s values may be found at:
www.anglogoldashanti.com/Values.htm.

the report from the independent assurers (page 26);

– 23 –

Report to Society 2008

Using

this report

Each of the sections in this report relates to the company’s values:

Safety is our first value.

This value – which relates to both safety and health in the workplace
– is addresses in the section on Safety and Occupational Health on
pages 68 to 87. Given the emphasis in this area and the intensive
work undertaken by the company during the year, case studies
dealing with the development of a safety blueprint for the group
(page 188) and specific initiatives undertaken on South Africa (page
192) have been developed. The group’s response to HIV & AIDS and
malaria is dealt with on pages 118 and 130, respectively.

We treat each other with dignity and respect.

This commitment is largely dealt with in the section on Human

sections on Employment (pages 88 to 113) and Community
(pages 138 to 155). This section also refers to the group’s
compliance with Voluntary Principles on Human Rights and
Security, and AngloGold Ashanti’s annual submission in respect of
the Voluntary Principles may be found at www.aga-
reports.com/08/AGA-VPHRS.pdf. A significant development for
the company in 2008 was the establishment of a new security
discipline with a specific remit to implement the Voluntary
Principles, and a case study dealing with this issue may be found
on page 212.

We value diversity.

This value is covered in the section on Employment, which also
provides a comprehensive picture of the group’s status as, and
approach to being, an employer. This section also includes
commentary related specifically to the South African Mining
Charter, and may be found in the Employment section.

Rights which appears on pages 112 to 117, but also on the

– 24 –

Report to Society 2008

We are accountable for our actions and undertake to deliver on our
commitments.

While this value is addressed throughout the report, the section on
Ethics and Governance (page 52) discusses the ethical basis from
which the group operates, and the systems and processes that
are in place to deal with sustainable development matters. This
section should be read in conjunction with the Corporate
Governance section in the Annual Financial Statements. Included
in this section are the references to the company’s support for
voluntary bodies of which it is both a member and an active
participant, including the International Council on Mining and
Metals (ICMM), the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), the Extractive
Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI), the UN Global Compact,
the Voluntary Principles on Human Rights and Security, the
Responsible Jewellery Council (RJC), International Cyanide
Management Code for the Manufacture, Transport, and Use of
Cyanide in the Production of Gold (Cyanide Code).

The communities and societies in which we operate will be better off for
AngloGold Ashanti having been there.

This value is largely addressed in the Community section of the
report on pages 138 to 157, which should be read in conjunction
with the Environmental section of the report (page 160). The
group’s response to HIV & AIDS and malaria are dealt with on
pages 118 and 130, respectively.

We respect the environment.

This value is dealt with in the Environment section on page 160.
In addition, a schedule of significant environmental incidents
reported during the year is available on the website at www.aga-
reports.com/08/significant-incidents.htm and a table providing a
detailed response to the GRI environmental indicators is available

COMPLIANCE

The next section of the report deals with the company’s reporting
in terms of GRI, the UN Global Compact, the Voluntary Principles,
and the EITI. An index is provided. See page 216.

Global

Reporting

Initiative

Responsible

Jewellery

Council

as a pdf at www.aga-reports.com/08/GRI-environment.pdf.

– 25 –

Report to Society 2008

To the Board of Directors and Management of AngloGold Ashanti Limited

Introduction

We have been engaged by AngloGold Ashanti Limited (AngloGold Ashanti) to conduct an assurance engagement on selected
subject matter reported in AngloGold Ashanti’s Report to Society 2008, for the purposes of expressing a statement of
independent assurance, for the year ended 31 December 2008. The assurance report applies only to the hard copy
publication of the Report, and as set out on the pages referenced below.

The following subject matter reported in the Report to Society was selected for an expression of limited assurance:

Community:

•

Total amount of corporate social investment (CSI) spend in US$ (page 156)

The following subject matter reported in the Report to Society was selected for an expression of reasonable assurance:

Economic performance:

•

Value added statement for the year ended

•

BEE spend as a % of total spend (page 49)

31 December (page 39)

•

Total payments to government in terms of the
Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative
(EITI) Principles in US$ (page 41-44)

Ethics and governance:

•

Legal issues that arose in 2008 (page 59)

•

Political donations in US$ (page 62)

•

Voluntary compliance (page 59-62)

Safety and health:

•

Total number of fatalities (page 76)

•

Total number of new silicosis cases identified for

•

Group

Fatality Injury Frequency Rate (FIFR) (page 79)

compensation in South Africa (page 83)

•

Group

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) (page 80)

•

Total number of medical surveillance examinations

•

Total number of shifts lost due to injuries on duty in

undertaken in South Africa (page 83)

South Africa (page 80)

•

Total number of new Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)

•

Total number of instructions received to close significant

cases compensated in South Africa (page 85)

sections of mining operations in South Africa in

•

Total number of new tuberculosis (TB) cases diagnosed

terms of Section 54 of the South African Mine

in South Africa (page 86)

Health and Safety Act 29 of 1996 (page 80)

•

Total number of new occupational lung disease (OLD)
cases compensated in South Africa (page 83)

Regional health:

HIV & AIDS – South African operations:

•

Total number of voluntary counselling and testing (VCT)

•

Total number of employees provided with anti-retroviral

encounters (page 123)

therapy (ART) (page 125)

•

Total number of participants in the wellness

•

Total HIV & AIDS programme costs in ZAR (page 126)

programme (page 124)

Malaria – African operations

•

Malaria cases per quarter for Geita, Iduapriem and

•

Total malaria programme spend in US$ (page135)

Obuasi (page 134)

•

Malaria lost time injury frequency rate (MLTIFR) for
Geita, Iduapriem and Obuasi (page 134)

Human resources:

•

Total number of employees and contractors

•

Total training and development expenditure

employed (page 93)

in US$ (page 102)

•

Percentage of employees under union

•

Total number of South African employees

representation (page 97)

participating in Adult Basic Education and

•

Percentage of woman employed in South Africa (page 108)

Training (ABET) (page 103)

•

Percentage of historically disadvantaged South Africans
(HDSAs) participating in management (page 106)

Environment:

•

Progress made with the implementation of the Cyanide

•

Total cyanide usage in kg (page 171)

Code (page 172)

•

Total fresh water usage in m

(page 174)

•

Total number of major environmental incidents (page 166)

•

Total energy usage in GJ (page 176)

•

Total rehabilitation and decommissioning liability (US$) (page 168)

•

Greenhouse gas emissions in tonnes of

•

Mine closure (page 167)

e (page 179)

Report

of the independent assurers

– 26 –

Report to Society 2008

Community:

•

Local economic development (page 154)

GRI Application level:

•

Self declaration of GRI application level (page 5)

Directors’ responsibility

AngloGold Ashanti’s directors are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the identified selected subject matter in
accordance with internal corporate policies and procedures, and the Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) new generation (G3)
guidelines.

Responsibility of the independent assurers

Our responsibility is to express to the directors an opinion on the selected subject matter contained in the Report, for the year
ended 31 December 2008, based on our assurance engagement.

Work performed

We conducted our engagement in accordance with the International Standards for Assurance Engagements 3000,
“Assurance Engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information” (ISAE 3000) issued by the
International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board. This standard requires that we comply with ethical requirements and
plan and perform the assurance engagement to obtain assurance on the selected subject matter as per our terms of
engagement.

AngloGold Ashanti’s internal corporate policies and procedures were used as criteria to evaluate the selected subject matter.
In terms of evaluating the ‘A+’ application level, the specific application level criteria as stipulated by the GRI new generation
(G3) guidelines, have been used.

Our work consisted of:

•

units in South Africa, the Obuasi and Iduapriem operations in Ghana, and the Geita operation in Tanzania;

•

conducting interviews with management at the sampled operations and at Head Office;

•

applying the assurance criteria in evaluating the data generation and reporting processes;

•

performing key controls testing for reasonable assurance;

•

testing the accuracy of data reported on a sample basis for reasonable assurance;

•

reviewing the consistency between the subject matter and related statements in AngloGold Ashanti’s Report to Society; and

•

reviewing the validity of AngloGold Ashanti’s self-declaration of the GRI (G3) Application Level in the Report.

Inherent limitations

Non-financial data is subject to more inherent limitations than financial data, given both the nature and the methods used for
determining, calculating, sampling or estimating such data. We have not carried out any work on data reported for prior
reporting periods, nor in respect of future projections and targets. We have not conducted any work outside of the agreed
scope and therefore restrict our opinion to the agreed subject matter.

Conclusion - Limited assurance

On the basis of our limited assurance procedures, nothing has come to our attention causing us to believe that the subject
matter selected for limited assurance for the year ended 31 December 2008, is materially mis-stated.

Conclusion - Reasonable assurance

PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.
Director: Carmen Le Grange
Registered Auditor
Johannesburg
9 March 2009

31 December 2008, is free from material mis-statements.

On the basis of our reasonable assurance procedures, the subject matter selected for assurance for the year ended

– 27 –

Report to Society 2008

obtaining an understanding of the systems used to generate, aggregate and report data at selected sites and business

Key developments

Renewing the vision, mission and values

The year in review

Case studies

performance

Economic

– 28 –

Report to Society 2008

– 29 –

Report to Society 2008

VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

OUR VISION

To be the leading mining company.

OUR MISSION

We create value for our shareholders, our employees and our business and social
partners by safely and responsibly exploring for, mining and marketing our
products. Our primary focus is gold and we will pursue value-creating
opportunities in other minerals where we can leverage our existing assets, skills
and experience to enhance the delivery of value.

OUR VALUES

Safety is our first value.

We place people first and correspondingly put the highest priority on safe and
healthy practices and systems of work. We are responsible for seeking out new and
innovative ways to ensure that our workplaces are free of occupational injury and
illness. We live each day for each other and use our collective commitment, talents,
resources and systems to deliver on our most important commitment ... to care.

We treat each other with dignity and respect.

We believe that individuals who are treated with respect and who are entrusted to
take responsibility respond by giving their best. We seek to preserve people's
dignity, their sense of self-worth in all our interactions, respecting them for who
they are and valuing the unique contribution that they can make to our business
success. We are honest with ourselves and others, and we deal ethically with all
of our business and social partners.

We value diversity.

We aim to be a global leader with the right people for the right jobs. We promote
inclusion and teamwork, deriving benefit from the rich diversity of the cultures,
ideas, experiences and skills that each employee brings to the business.

We are accountable for our actions and undertake to deliver on our commitments.

We are focused on delivering results and we do what we say we will do. We
accept responsibility and hold ourselves accountable for our work, our behaviour,
our ethics and our actions. We aim to deliver high-performance outcomes and
undertake to deliver on our commitments to our colleagues, business and social
partners, and our investors.

The communities and societies in which we operate will be better off for AngloGold Ashanti
having been there.

We uphold and promote fundamental human rights where we do business. We
contribute to building productive, respectful and mutually beneficial partnerships
in the communities in which we operate. We aim to leave host communities with
a sustainable future.

We respect the environment.

We are committed to continually improving our processes in order to prevent
pollution, minimise waste, increase our carbon efficiency and make efficient use
of natural resources. We will develop innovative solutions to mitigate
environmental and climate risks.

performance

Economic

– 30 –

Report to Society 2008

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

Continued restructuring to focus on new company strategy.

•

New company vision, mission and values developed.

•

Business improvement project launched.

•

Conclusion of rights issue, reduction in hedge book and successful bond refinancing.

•

Energy efficiency measures mitigate impact of electricity crisis at the South African operations.

•

Gold production of 4.98 million ounces.

•

Rising input costs have significant effect on total cash costs across the industry, mitigated to some extent
by the fall of the South African rand against the US dollar.

•

Significant payments to government, reported in line with the guidelines of the Extractive Industries
Transparency Initiative (EITI).

RENEWING OUR VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

In late 2007, AngloGold Ashanti embarked on an internal consultative process to review the company’s vision,
mission and values. The new vision, mission and values statement was approved for implementation by the group
Executive Committee in June 2008. The revised vision, mission and values statement appears on page 30.

The rationale for the review was to better promote and reflect a strong sense of responsibility and to establish a
clear framework for the values that underpin the building of a globally competitive business model. This was
developed together with a succinct articulation of the strategy and vision for the business. See the case study:
Renewing our commitment to doing things the right way, at www.aga-reports.com/08/renew-values.htm.

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Management systems and accountability

Following the comprehensive restructuring and asset review process undertaken at the end of 2007, 2008 was
a year of further change and consolidation for AngloGold Ashanti.

Management restructuring continued to take place as a new strategy – focused on safety, improved productivity
and enhanced shareholder value – was implemented. The executive team was restructured, and – among other
appointments – an Executive Vice President, Sustainability, was appointed to oversee this strategic issue. The group
moved towards a regional operating structure, with three operating heads, responsible for operations teams in
Africa, the Americas and Australasia, who report directly to the CEO. The Africa operations comprise two divisions,
one based in Accra, Ghana, and one in Potchefstroom, South Africa. Further details on the company structure and
strategy may be found in the Annual Financial Statements at www.aga-reports.com.

Beauty Mazibuko

Project Manager, Corporate Office, South Africa

“I manage projects from the feasibility stage to the commissioning

stage. Projects need to meet requirements, be on time,

and within budget. I believe that AngloGold Ashanti’s corporate

values highlight, to both an internal and external audience,

what is important to us.”

– 31 –

Report to Society 2008

Performance in 2008

Turbulence in financial markets around the world had an effect on AngloGold Ashanti’s performance during
2008, with several factors standing out as having had the greatest impact. Among the most significant of these
were the:

•

satisfactory performance of the gold market relative to that of other commodities, although gold’s ‘safe
haven’ status was affected by the depth of the financial crisis, which resulted in de-leveraging and a flight to
cash across a wide range of investments;

•

rapid decline in the value of the rand against the US dollar in the fourth quarter; and

•

restrictions placed on production during the first four months of the year by the South African power utility,
Eskom, as a result of national power shortages.

Key elements of economic performance during 2008 included:

•

gold production of 4.98 million ounces, down by 9% on 2007;

•

average gold price received 23% lower at $485 per ounce as a consequence of the reduction in the hedge book;

•

rising input costs, resulting in total cash costs increasing by 24% to $444 per ounce; and

•

adjusted headline loss of $897 million.

Group overview – key economic data

2008

2007

% change

Gold produced

(000oz)

4,982

5,477

(9)

Average gold spot price

($/oz)

872

697

Average received gold price

($/oz)

485

629

(23)

Total cash costs

($/oz)

444

357

Total production costs

($/oz)

567

476

Ore Reserves

(Moz)

Revenue

($m)

3,743

3,113

Gold income

($m)

3,619

3,002

Gross profit (loss)

($m)

594

(248)

340

Adjusted gross (loss) profit

1 2

($m)

(384)

835

(146)

Adjusted headline (loss) earnings

($m) (897)

278

(423)

Adjusted headline (loss) earnings per share

(US cents)

(283)

(386)

Dividends paid per share

(US cents)

(71)

Average R/$ exchange rate

8.25

7.03

Exchange rate at year-end

9.46

6.81

Share price at year-end:

JSE (R/share)

252

293

(14)

NYSE ($/share)

27.71

42.81

(35)

Market capitalisation at year-end

($m)

9,795

11,878

(18)

The group changed its accounting policy regarding the accounting of incorporated joint ventures to the equity method to provide more
relevant financial data as returns from these investments are limited to dividends which are more representative of the income flows.
Incorporated joint ventures were previously accounted for using the proportionate consolidation method. Comparative figures have been
restated to conform to the changes in accounting policy.

Adjusted for the gain (loss) on unrealised non-hedge derivatives and other commodity contracts.

Adjusted for the gain (loss) on unrealised non-hedge derivatives and other commodity contracts and fair value adjustment on the convertible bond.

Good progress was made in strengthening the company’s balance sheet. The company undertook a rights
offer, a reduction in its hedge book and completed a successful bond refinancing.

•

During July 2008, $1.7 billion was raised by way of a successful rights offer at a ratio of 24.6403 rights offer
shares for every 100 AngloGold Ashanti shares held on 4 July 2008. As a result of this offer, 69,470,442 new
ordinary shares of 25 SA cents each were issued at a subscription price of R194.00 a share. The rights offer
proceeds were used primarily to reduce the hedge book.

•

In particular, the hedge commitments ended the 2008 financial year at 5.99 million ounces as compared with
11.28 million ounces at the end of December 2007, a reduction of 5.29 million ounces (47%) in the hedge

performance

Economic

– 32 –

Report to Society 2008

book for the year. This was done at a total cost of $1.1 billion. The December 2008 hedge book represents
2% of resources compared to 5% in 2007. The reduced hedge commitments will help to significantly improve
the company’s exposure to the spot price of gold during 2009, thus enabling AngloGold Ashanti to benefit
from the relatively strong gold market currently prevailing.

•

Following the rights offer, AngloGold Ashanti’s net debt level was reduced to $1.28 billion as at the end of
December 2008. The R2 billion South African corporate bond that matured in August was fully redeemed,
giving AngloGold Ashanti a net debt to earnings ratio (before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation)
of 1.26 as compared with a ratio of 1.08 in 2007.

•

In November 2008, AngloGold Ashanti secured a Term Facility with Standard Charted Bank to refinance the
$1 billion convertible bond due for redemption in February 2009. The Term Facility, which is extendible to
November 2010, will give the company flexibility in the current straitened economic circumstances and time
to secure longer-term, cost-effective financing.

Information on the group’s financial performance is drawn from the company’s Annual Financial Statements
2008 (www.aga-reports.com), which is published concurrently with the Report to Society 2008. AngloGold
Ashanti also provides a comprehensive review of the operational activities of the group and its individual
operations on a quarterly basis. See www.anglogoldashanti.com.

Benefits across the life cycle

AngloGold Ashanti’s core business is mining and exploration for gold. Silver, uranium and sulphuric acid are
produced as by-products. While gold-bearing rock is a non-renewable resource with a finite lifespan during
which it may be exploited, the metal, once mined, is potentially available in perpetuity as it is generally recycled.
The volume of gold scrap recycled varies substantially from year to year and typically peaks when prices
increase. In 2008, approximately 25% of gold consumed came from recycled sources. However, gold is rarely
destroyed, and gold which is not recycled is held and treasured as a store of value or for sentimental reasons,
or as a useful commodity.

While AngloGold Ashanti recognises the limited life of its operations, the company’s mission is to create value for
a broad range of its stakeholders – shareholders, employees and business and social partners. A key imperative
for the company is therefore the broader economic impact that accrues to these stakeholder groups during the
lifetime of these operations and, once mining has ceased, from the skills and economic opportunities that have
been established during a mine’s life. Thus, while the financial performance of the business is an important
indicator of the extent to which AngloGold Ashanti has succeeded in this, the value that accrues to the countries
and communities in which the company operates is equally important. (See pages 10 and 11 for a depiction of
aspects of the life cycle in which AngloGold Ashanti participates and the sustainability challenges presented.)

CC&V, USA

– 33 –

Report to Society 2008

Ensuring benefits in the long term

AngloGold Ashanti’s performance in adding value to the communities and countries in which it operates is often
difficult to judge over a short period of time (such as a financial year) and should be seen rather in the context
of the life of the operation. At the heart of the dilemma of assessing the economic contribution to the broader
community is the very real requirement that shareholders’ money be spent wisely and that real returns be
delivered to them, without other stakeholders being disadvantaged.

Mining projects are often very capital intensive, with long lead times, from the commitment of resources (people
and capital) to the delivery of returns. For such an investment to be made, the company (on behalf of its
shareholders) must assess at the outset the degree of risk that it will tolerate with regard to, among other things,
the risk of an exploration project actually delivering a mine; construction and staffing risks; social, political and
currency risks; and the medium- to long-term view of the market. Similar assessments are also made on an
ongoing basis for existing operations. An important factor regarding the degree of risk attributed to a specific
country or operation is the level of certainty provided by that country’s fiscal and regulatory regime.

The recent spike in commodity prices (which in some commodities has receded rapidly in recent months) has
led to increased debate internationally on the contribution that companies in the resource sector can and
should make to economic and social development in their host countries. As commodity prices have increased,
so pressure on governments, from their own constituents, from non-governmental organisations (NGOs) and
from lending institutions (such as the World Bank) to ensure that their electorates benefit fully from resource
industry revenues, has intensified. The role of the resource sector in development has been a subject of debate
since the 1980s when the concept of the ‘resource curse’ or ‘paradox of plenty’ was first put forward.

AngloGold Ashanti recognises that the global resources industry across a range of commodities has not always
contributed positively to the development and well-being of the countries and communities in which it has
operated. The resources industry – comprising as it does a wide range of small, medium and large players – is
typically tarred with a single brush and is itself constrained by the limitations imposed by a cyclical market. In
reality, there are a number of characteristics which are unique to the resource sector and which ensure that the
industry will always be subject to the scrutiny of governments and their electorates. This issue is discussed in
some detail in the case study: Converting mineral wealth to national treasure: the challenges of mining and
development, on page 196 of this report, or at www.aga-reports.com/08/resource-debate.htm.

The group endeavours to approach this issue in an holistic way, looking at the economic contribution to the
national fiscus as only one measure of several. Others include the provision of jobs (and frequently skills
development and training to fill those jobs), infrastructural development (both as part of the mine’s
development, which may be of use to communities, and specifically for the community), formal and informal

performance

Economic

Eugene Codjoe

Control Room Operator, Iduapriem, Ghana

“The statement ‘business is people; people are our

business’ demonstrates AngloGold Ashanti’s commitment to

providing a favourable work environment for our employees.

I think it attracts potential employees too.”

– 34 –

Report to Society 2008

local economic development and corporate social investment initiatives. See the case study: New road paves
the way for economic development in the DRC, at www.aga-reports.com/08/DRC-roads.htm.

Another illustration of the way in which mutual benefit may be achieved is the renegotiation of the water
contract at CC&V.

Also, the group is able to manage its significant procurement expenditure so that it has a positive impact on
local and regional economic activity. The total amount spent on the purchase of goods and services required
to operate mines and produce refined metal (including market development costs net of other income) was
$1,550 million in 2008 (2007: $1,188 million). It is group policy that, as far as it is possible and practical to do
so, goods and services should be procured locally and regionally. In South Africa, there are specific
programmes in place to transform the company’s procurement base to include black economic empowerment
(BEE) imperatives. This is discussed in greater detail on page 49.

Withdrawal of exploration teams from the DRC

Following the outbreak of fighting between the military and ‘rebels’ in remote
areas of the eastern Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) in November 2008,
AngloGold Ashanti withdrew all personnel from three isolated exploration
camps as a precautionary measure. Given reduced levels of exploration
activity, the personnel from these camps, together with some personnel at the
main base camp at Mongbwalu, were encouraged to begin their annual end-
of-year leave early. The exploration camps were repopulated, though in smaller
numbers, during January 2009 as the security situation improved. With the
focus of exploration activities being on desktop studies at this stage, the
camps had, at the time of writing, not been brought up to full complement.

AngloGold Ashanti is represented in the DRC by its subsidiary, Ashanti
Goldfields Kilo, which has its head office in the capital, Kinshasa. The
company’s exploration activities take place within the 10,000km

properties

known as Concession 40 in the Ituri region of the Orientale Province and are
concentrated around the city of Mongbwalu.

Exploration, DRC

Rand Refinery, South Africa

– 35 –

Report to Society 2008

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

6,000

7,000

Gold production

(000oz) attributable

4,982

5,477

5,635

6,166

5,829

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

Average gold price received

($/oz)

485

629

577

439

394

Operating performance

Total attributable gold production for 2008 (that is, attributable to AngloGold Ashanti as a result of the ownership
structure and not total production by operations) declined by 9% to 4.98 million ounces (2007: 5.48 million
ounces), making the company the third largest producer of gold in the world. This decline in production was
largely a result of reduced volumes and lower grades mined at the South African operations owing to safety- and
power-related stoppages; reduced production in Argentina as a result of poor grades and intermittent plant
breakdowns, and in Tanzania, where poor plant availability and delays in accessing higher grades affected output
negatively. Among the best performing operations were Moab Khotsong, which is in ramp-up phase, and
Mponeng in South Africa, Iduapriem in Ghana and Siguiri in Guinea.

In South Africa, the effect on production of restrictions imposed on the company by the national power utility,
Eskom, was less severe than initially expected. The expected shortfall was mitigated to some extent by
improvements achieved in energy efficiency and by an earlier-than-expected restoration of optimal power. While
power shortages may have an impact on future production, the company has been working with Eskom and
government through the Chamber of Mines of South Africa and Business Unity SA (BUSA), the employer
federation, to minimise any such occurrences. See the case study: AngloGold Ashanti’s response to the power
crisis, at www.aga-reports.com/08/power-crisis.htm.

In late 2008, AngloGold Ashanti launched the Business Improvement Project (BIP), a company-wide change
management process to secure the future of the organisation as a global gold producer. The BIP is a response
to declining production levels, falling returns and increasing costs of production – and it signals the need for a
change in the current strategy in order for AngloGold Ashanti to grow and thrive. It will be implemented over
the next three to five years, starting with pilot sites and then across the company’s global operations, with the
aim of improving productivity. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/BIProject.htm.

Attributable gold production (000oz)

2008

2007

2006

2005

Argentina

154

204

215

211

Australia

433

600

465

455

Brazil

407

408

339

346

Ghana

557

527

592

680

Guinea

333

280

256

246

Mali

409

441

537

528

Namibia

South Africa

2,099

2,328

2,554

2,676

Tanzania

264

327

308

613

United States

258

282

283

330

Total

4,982

5,477

5,635

6,166

performance

Economic

– 36 –

Report to Society 2008

Rand Refinery, South Africa

CC&V

258

Yatela

Sadiola

172

170

Morila

333

Siguiri

200

357

Iduapriem

Obuasi

Navachab

Serra Grande

320

Cerro
Vanguardia

154

314

Savuka

TauTona

600

Mponeng

362

Kopanang

Moab Khotsong

192

143

Tau Lekoa

Great Noligwa

330

264

Geita

433

Sunrise Dam

Attributable gold production by operation: 2008 (000 oz)

Brasil
Mineração

Surface operations

’000 Ounces

4,982

Total group production

– 37 –

Report to Society 2008

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

Total cash costs – group

($/oz)

444

357

308

281

264

Uranium, an important by-product

Uranium is produced at three of AngloGold Ashanti’s mines in the Vaal River
area in South Africa. It is extracted from gold-bearing ore as a by-product.
Uranium grades achieved are much lower than those achieved at dedicated
uranium mines in other uranium-producing countries. The average recovered
grade of uranium processed at AngloGold Ashanti’s uranium plant is around
0.25kg/t. If it were not processed as a by-product, this uranium would be
disposed of in the residue of the gold-bearing ore onto the tailings dams,
along with other waste from the mining and processing operations.

Monitoring of tailings for radioactivity is not necessary as any remaining unrecovered
uranium is in a diluted form, and below environmentally set of radiation. The
processing of uranium complies with strictly enforced international legislation.

In 2008, the group produced 1.3 million pounds of uranium, which generated
revenue of $15 million, representing a contribution to group revenue of 0.4%.
The group has stated it intends to continue to benefit from the growing
demand for uranium and it is likely that uranium production will increase during
the year ahead. At the same time, the company has restructured its long-term
uranium contracts to create greater exposure to spot prices.

The gold market

The average gold price received of $485 per ounce for the year, was 23% lower than in 2007, due to significant
restructuring of the hedge book during the year. Total revenue from gold production amounted to
$3,619 million, while revenue from each of the group’s three major by-products – uranium, silver and sulphuric
acid – was $15 million, $23 million and $18 million, respectively.

Rising costs of production

Rising production costs was one of the most significant features of the year, particularly in South Africa, where
inflation rose to 11,3% for the 12 months to December 2008. Also in South Africa, the rise in dollar production costs
was offset to some degree by the rapid weakening of the South African rand in the fourth quarter of the year.

Consequently, the group’s total cash costs rose by 24% year-on-year to $444 per ounce, from $357 per ounce
in 2007.

performance

Economic

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

Annual capital expenditure

($m)

1,201

1,059

817

722

585

Vaal River, South Africa

– 38 –

Report to Society 2008

Value added statement for the year ended 31 December

2008

% 2007

$ million

contributed

Gold income

3,619

3,002

Purchases of goods and services in order to operate
mines and produce refined metal, including market
development costs net of other income

(1,550)

(1,188)

Value added by operations

2,069

1,814

Fair value gain on option component of convertible
bond

47 2

Profit on disposal of assets

–

Dividends from investments and interest received

Government
Deferred taxation

289

Utilised in the group
Retained income

1,236

793

Total value added

3,740

100

2,794 100

Value distributed
Employees
Salaries, wages and other benefits

986

966

Government
- Current taxation

189

Providers of capital
- Finance costs and unwinding of obligations

114

120

- Dividends paid

125

- Minorities

Other
- Impairment of tangible and intangible assets and investments

1,608

–

- Loss on non-hedge derivatives and

other commodity contracts

297

792

Total value distributed

3,178

2,225 80

Reinvested in the group
- Amortisation and depreciation

562

569

3,740

100

2,794 100

Distribution of wealth – 2008

Employees for remuneration 26%
State of taxes

Providers of capital

Reinvested in the group

15%

Other

51%

15%

51%

26%

3%
5%

Distribution of wealth – 2007

Employees for remuneration 35%
State of taxes

Providers of capital

10%

Reinvested in the group

20%

Other

28%

20%

35%

10%

– 39 –

Report to Society 2008

Distributing value to employees

In total, 62,895 people were employed by AngloGold Ashanti in 2008, 2% more than in 2007. This was largely a
result of an increase in staffing levels at the Australia and United States operations. For more details on the group’s
employment profile in 2008, see the Employment section of this report on page 95. By far the greatest percentage
of economic distributions made during the year, at 84%, was to employees (including executive directors) – an
amount of $986 million. Total distributions to employees (excluding executive directors) amounted to $983 million.

Employee benefits

2008

2007 restated

($m)

(%)

($m)

(%)

Salaries, wages and other benefits

826

84%

797

83%

Health care and medical schemes,
including defined post-retirement
medical expenses

Contribution to pension and
provident plans

Retrenchment costs

Share-based payment expense

Total included in cost of sales,
other operating expenses
operating special items and
corporate administration and
other expenses

986

100%

966

100%

The 2007 numbers have been restated to equity account joint ventures.

All permanent employees participate in some form of retirement funding scheme to which the company makes
a contribution. In some cases this is the legislated contribution to the country’s social security scheme, while
in others it is a contribution to a private or company-run scheme. The specific nature of the benefits and
contributions varies from region to region. These benefits are funded primarily on a defined contribution basis,
with a very small percentage of employees on defined benefit schemes. (Defined benefit schemes are closed
to new members, with new employees participating in defined contribution schemes.) Funding for the liabilities
resulting from the defined benefit schemes is provided for by the company on an ongoing basis.

Around 24% of employees, largely in South Africa, participate in the group’s share option scheme and an
additional 48%, all in South Africa, are members of the Bokamoso Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP).
The Bokamoso ESOP was implemented as part of the group’s BEE programme (see page 48). The first vesting
date (in which employees become able to exercise their rights to trade their shares or exercise their options) is
in November 2009. In advance of this, a research project into employee debt levels was undertaken, and an
education programme, developed by the Bokamoso ESOP Trust with the company’s participation, will assist
employees in planning for the best use of their ‘dividends’ from vesting.

performance

Economic

150

May

Mar

Jan

Jun

Jul

100

300

Feb

200

250

Apr

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

R/share

$/share

AngloGold Ashanti share price performance – R and $ (2008)

– 40 –

Report to Society 2008

The group’s share price performance reflected trends in international markets and the global economic outlook
and, consequently, employees did not benefit from share price appreciation. The AngloGold Ashanti share price
opened the year at R293 on the JSE. It closed the year at R252, with a year high and a low of R349 and
R150, respectively.

Distributions to shareholders

AngloGold Ashanti is a publicly listed company and is traded on stock exchanges in South Africa (share code
on the JSE – ANG), the United States (NYSE – AU), Australia (ASX – AGG), the United Kingdom (LSE – AGD),
Ghana (AGA and AAD), France (Euronext, Paris – VA) and Belgium (Euronext, Brussels – ANG BB).

The company’s shares are highly liquid with around 80.6% of the group’s shares being held in free float.

The graph above depicts the geographical location of the company’s shareholders as at 31 December 2008. The
largest percentage shareholding (excluding the shareholdings of Anglo American plc (16.1%) and the Government of
Ghana (3.2%), that is, of the free float) is in the Americas (44.9%), followed by South Africa (37.0%) and the United
Kingdom (7.3%).

Dividends declared for 2008 amounted to $41 million (2007: $125 million).

Payments to government

Governments (or their provincial representatives) are shareholders in a number of operations or in the company
itself:
•

In Argentina, the Province of Santa Cruz has a 7.5% interest in Cerro Vanguardia.

•

The Government of Guinea holds a 15% stake in the Siguiri mine.

•

The Government of Mali holds an interest of 20% in each of the Morila, Sadiola and Yatela mines.

•

The Government of Ghana holds a 3% interest in AngloGold Ashanti.

AngloGold Ashanti is a member of the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) and supports the EITI’s
request for transparency in the disclosure of payments to government and receipts from governments.

The following payments were made to governments (on a country basis) by AngloGold Ashanti, or its
subsidiaries or the joint ventures that the company manages, during the year under review:

Rand Refinery, South Africa

Geographical distribution of
combined total shares identified
31 December 2008 (%)

1.6%

1.1%

46.0%

2.0%

1.0%

3.6%
9.1%

35.7%

Americas
South Africa
United Kingdom
Asia Pacific / Middle East
Rest of Europe
Switzerland
France
Belgium

* Free float, that is, figures exclude Anglo
American and government of Ghana position

– 41 –

Report to Society 2008

Argentina ($000)

Dividends paid to government

888

Taxation paid in 2008*

4,368

Provision for taxation*

1,130

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

13,536

Other indirect taxes and duties

1,599

VAT paid

20,067

VAT refunded

(16,698)

Employee taxes and other contributions**

2,869

Property tax

Other***

8,186

Total

35,948

Australia ($000)

Dividends paid to government

–

Taxation paid in 2008*

43,229

Provision for taxation*

(23,928)

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

12,860

Other indirect taxes and duties

–

VAT paid

136

VAT refunded

(28,057)

Employee taxes and other contributions**

9,556

Property tax

–

Other

–

Total

13,796

Brazil

($000)

Dividends paid to government

–

Taxation paid in 2008*

44,751

Provision for taxation*

31,833

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

–

Other indirect taxes and duties

4,461

VAT paid

6,509

VAT refunded

–

Employee taxes and other contributions**

22,397

Property tax

313

Other (financial contribution on
mining exploration)

2,991

Other (tax over vehicles ownership)

199

Total

113,454

Colombia ($000)

Dividends paid to government

–

Taxation paid in 2008*

277

Provision for taxation*

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)*

1,171

Other indirect taxes and duties

239

VAT paid

327

VAT refunded

–

Employee taxes and other contributions**

708

Property tax

332

Other (tenement fees)

2,934

Total

6,046

Includes capital gains tax

Includes remittance made to government but borne by employees as individual taxation, eg PAYE, UIF.

*** Tax on exports

performance

Payments to government:

Economic

– 42 –

Report to Society 2008

DRC ($000)

Dividends paid to government

–

Taxation paid in 2008*

–

Provision for taxation*

–

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

–

Other indirect taxes and duties

218

VAT paid

–

VAT refunded

–

Employee taxes and other contributions**

487

Property tax

–

Other

–

Total

705

Ghana ($000)

Dividends paid to government

1,379

Taxation paid in 2008*

1,912

Provision for taxation*

8,316

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

17,504

Other indirect taxes and duties

9,266

VAT paid

230

VAT refunded

(5,075)

Employee taxes and other contributions**

11,570

Property tax

Other

399

Total

45,550

Guinea ($000)

Dividends paid to government

1,500

Taxation paid in 2008*

–

Provision for taxation*

23,728

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

40,145

Other indirect taxes and duties

1,490

VAT paid

–

VAT refunded

–

Employee taxes and other contributions**

3,332

Property tax

–

Other

1,230

Total

71,425

Mali ($000)

Dividends paid to government

38,000

Taxation paid in 2008*

42,075

Provision for taxation*

53,997

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

21,750

Other indirect taxes and duties

2,359

VAT paid

2,422

VAT refunded

(2,986)

Employee taxes and other contributions**

9,382

Property tax

–

Other

4,579

Total

171,578

Includes capital gains tax

Includes remittance made to government but borne by employees as individual taxation, eg PAYE, UIF.

Payments to government:

– 43 –

Report to Society 2008

Namibia ($000)

Dividends paid to government

–

Taxation paid in 2008*

5,042

Provision for taxation*

5,693

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

1,789

Other indirect taxes and duties

–

VAT paid

2,055

VAT refunded

(5,354)

Employee taxes and other contributions**

2,013

Property tax

–

Other***

392

Total

11,630

South Africa

($000)

Dividends paid to government

–

Taxation paid in 2008*

6,468

Provision for taxation*

11,584

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

–

Other indirect taxes and duties

–

VAT paid

–

VAT refunded

(90,713)

Employee taxes and other contributions**

170,098

Property tax

1,870

Other

–

Total

99,307

Tanzania ($000)

Dividends paid to government

–

Taxation paid in 2008*

715

Provision for taxation*

(3,861)

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

6,966

Other indirect taxes and duties

18,251

VAT paid

5,428

VAT refunded

(3,785)

Employee taxes and other contributions**

12,165

Property tax

–

Other****

369

Total

36,248

United States

($000)

Dividends paid to government

–

Taxation paid in 2008*

300

Provision for taxation*

(12)

Withholding tax (STC, royalties, etc)

–

Other indirect taxes and duties

–

VAT paid

–

VAT refunded

–

Employee taxes and other contributions**

3,795

Property tax

840

Other (production mine tax)

1,450

Other (severance tax)

1,328

Total

7,701

Includes capital gains tax

Includes remittance made to government but borne by employees as individual taxation, eg PAYE, UIF.

*** Tax on exports
**** Comprises annual road levy to the Geita district, forest clearance fees and airport taxes.

performance

Economic

Payments to government:

– 44 –

Report to Society 2008

The following instances of tax exemptions or reduced taxation rates are reported:

Operation

Description

Standard

Rate paid by

Legal basis for

of tax

rate

business unit

tax concession

Argentina:
Cerro Vanguardia

Income tax rate

35%

30%

At the time that CVSA was

for corporations

allocated a tax rate (as part of
the fiscal stability programme
which is valid for 30 years), the
corporate tax rate was 30%.

Tax on financial

0.6% on debits;

Did not exist when fiscal

payments

0.6% on credits.

stability programme was
awarded.

Import duties

Varied, dependent 0%

In line with Argentinian

on type of goods

Mining Investment Law

imported.

(24196), mining companies
registered under this special
fiscal regime are exempt.

Presumed

Mining companies are

minimum

exempt from this tax.

income tax

Brazil:
Brasil Mineraça

State VAT on

12% to 18%

Exempt

Statutory regulation

exports (ICMS)
Federal value

5% to 25%

Exempt

Statutory regulation

added tax
Drawback

12% to 18%

Exempt

Statutory regulation

incentive
Turnover taxes

9.25%

Exempt

Statutory regulation

on exports
State VAT on import 18%

Exempt

Company agreement

of machinery and
equipment

Serra Grande

State VAT on

12% to 18%

Exempt

Statutory regulation

exports (ICMS)
Federal value

5% to 25%

Exempt

Statutory regulation

added tax
Drawback incentive

12% to 18%

Exempt

Statutory regulation

Turnover taxes

9.25%

Exempt

Statutory regulation

on exports

Ghana:
Iduapriem and

Import duty on

10%

Act of Parliament

Obuasi

mining equipment
Other

10%

Act of Parliament

Royalties

In excess of 3%

Stability agreement signed
18 February 2004, valid for
15 years

Mali:
Morila

VAT on local

18%

Exempt

Legislation

purchases

with effect
from 1 July
2008

Sadiola/Yatela

Fuel tax

Varies monthly

Exempt

Mining agreement signed
on 20 March 1990 – valid for
30 years.

VAT exemption

18%

Exempt

Started on 1 July 2006.

on transactions

Renewable on demand.

with registered

Approved by the Minister

Mali business units

of Finance.

– 45 –

Report to Society 2008

Assistance from government

No significant financial assistance was received by the company or the operations from government in any of
the jurisdictions in which the company operates. Any assistance received is detailed below.

Assistance from government

Country

Value ($000)

Description

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

13,724

Subsidies/rebates

3,320

Other financial benefits from government

Mali
Sadiola/Yatela

6,873

Tax relief (see details above).

Investing in the future

AngloGold Ashanti recognises that much needs to be done today to sustain its operations into the future. As
the market for gold is the fundamental driver of the business, the company has for many years been involved
in the active development of the gold market. Looking internally, the need to discover and develop future mines,
both in new areas and around existing operations, drives the group’s exploration programme. At the same time,
significant capital is expended every year to sustain current infrastructure and to extend current operations, and
to develop new projects.

Gold market development

Since its inception AngloGold Ashanti has been committed to growing the market for its product. The
company’s marketing programmes aim to increase the desirability of gold to sustain and grow demand.

AngloGold Ashanti is an active member of the World Gold Council (WGC), and AngloGold Ashanti’s
subscription to the WGC accounts for the bulk of the company’s marketing spend. The company remains
involved in independent projects to grow jewellery demand in partnership with companies such as Tanishq (a
subsidiary of the Tata Group) in India. It has also supported the development of gold concept stores in China,
under the ‘Just Gold’ brand. AuDITIONS, the company’s own global gold jewellery design competition brand,
continues to grow and has become a powerful corporate marketing tool.

For further information on the group’s gold market development initiatives see the website at
www.anglogoldashanti.com or the Annual Financial Statements at www.aga-reports.com

Exploration and development

Total exploration expenditure amounted to $183 million in 2008, of which $77 million was spent on
greenfields exploration, $86 million on brownfields exploration and the balance of $20 million on pre-
feasibility studies. The primary aim of both the greenfields and brownfields exploration programmes is to
identify new attributable Mineral Resource ounces of gold.

performance

Economic

Rhonda Hrack

Haul truck driver, CC&V, USA

“Employees and management can work together, hand-in-

hand, by sharing ideas to improve not only production and

safety, but to also better our surrounding communities.”

– 46 –

Report to Society 2008

Cripple
Creek
& Victor

Yatela

Sadiola

Morila

Siguiri

112

Iduapriem

Obuasi

Navachab

Serra Grande

Anglo Gold
Ashanti
Brasil
Mineração

Cerro
Vanguardia

Savuka

TauTona

Mponeng

Kopanang

Moab Khotsong

Tau Lekoa

Great Noligwa

Geita

419

Sunrise Dam

Capital expenditure by operation ($000): 2008

Boddington

Greenfields exploration was conducted in six countries – Australia, China, Colombia, the DRC, the Philippines
and Russia. Approximately 304,000 metres of various types of drilling was completed during the year,
together with the drill testing of existing priority targets and the delineation of new targets in Australia, Colombia,
Russia, the DRC and China. The most prospective of these were Tropicana in Australia and La Colosa in
Colombia, where a combined total of 13 million attributable Measured, Inferred and Indicated Mineral Resource
ounces of gold were defined by AngloGold Ashanti’s greenfields exploration teams during the year to
31 December 2008.

Another $36 million of expensed brownfields exploration and capital expenditure of $50 million aimed at
identifying replacement ounces was undertaken in and around most of AngloGold Ashanti’s existing operations.
In 2008, most success was achieved at the South African, Australian, Ghanaian and Guinean operations, and
as a result of the brownfields exploration programme 27.5 million ounces were successfully added to the
company’s total Mineral Resource.

For further information on the exploration programme see the website at www.anglogoldashanti.com or the
Annual Financial Statements 2008, at www.aga-reports.com.

Capital expenditure

A great deal of emphasis is placed by the company on capital investment both to sustain operations and to
develop operations and margins. In 2008, the group capital expenditure was $1,201 million
(2007: $1,059 million). Stay-in-business expenditure, including that spent on Ore Reserve development,
amounted to $547 million, while new project development amounted to $654 million.

For further information on the exploration programme see the website at www.anglogoldashanti.com or the
Annual Financial Statements, at www.aga-reports.com.

Black economic empowerment

AngloGold Ashanti is largely supportive of the legislation and regulations that encourage the transformation of
South African society to fully enable the participation of all South Africans. The group recognises that there is
a need for proactive transformation programmes. In addition to the many programmes in place at an
operational level, AngloGold Ashanti’s contribution to transformation can be reported as follows:

•

transferring of assets to and facilitating ownership by historically disadvantaged South Africans (HDSAs);

•

transforming the group’s procurement base in line with the Mining Charter; and

– 47 –

Report to Society 2008

•

employment equity programmes that promote the recruitment, development and retention of HDSAs,
particularly in supervisory and management roles, and in core mining disciplines. This is discussed in greater
detail, in the Employment section of this report to be found on page 90, and in the Social and Labour Plan
reports for the West Wits and Vaal River regions, which are also available at www.aga-reports.com.

BEE ownership of AngloGold Ashanti

AngloGold Ashanti achieved the conversion of its mining rights for all of its South African operations in 2005.
One of the key factors taken into consideration by the Department of Minerals and Energy (DME) in awarding
these conversions was the transfer of equity ownership of more than 26% of the company’s South African
assets to BEE/HDSA companies or HDSAs.

AngloGold Ashanti achieved this through three different types of transactions as discussed below.

•

The sale of assets to HDSA companies: In January 1998 and July 1998, the then AngloGold sold to
ARMgold, an HDSA company, Vaal Reefs 1 to 7 shafts, Western Holdings 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7 shafts and the
Welkom gold plant. In January 2002, AngloGold sold the remainder of its assets in the Free State to a
combined Armgold and Harmony Joint Venture company. These were the Bambanani, Joel, Matjhabeng and
Tshepong mines, and shares in the Jeanette project as well as surface infrastructure. AngloGold Ashanti and
the DME recognised the HDSA participation relating to these transactions at 20.8%.

•

The formation of an Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP): In October 2006, AngloGold announced the
formation of the Bokamoso ESOP in which all employees at AngloGold Ashanti’s South African operations,
including the corporate office, who were not participants in any current share incentive scheme, would qualify
as beneficiaries. Just over 30,000 employees participate in the Bokamoso ESOP, with 91.5% of eligible
employees being HDSAs. A trust was established to acquire and administer the shares issued by the
company (2,880,000 E ordinary shares and 980,000 ordinary shares, representing approximately 1.4% of
AngloGold Ashanti’s issued share capital at that time). The shares will vest annually in five equal tranches to
each eligible employee, with the first tranche vesting on the third anniversary of the Bokamoso ESOP’ s
launch (that is, in 2009), and the last on the seventh anniversary (in 2016).

•

Acquisition of equity by BEE company: In a third transaction, also in October 2006, Izingwe Holdings Limited, a
BEE investment company, acquired 1,400,000 E ordinary shares (a 0.5% equity interest in AngloGold Ashanti
at that time). Izingwe Holdings Chairman, Sipho Pityana, was appointed to the AngloGold Ashanti Board of
Directors in February 2007.

•

The combined ESOP and Izingwe transactions represent the transfer of an additional 6% of the South African
assets to HDSA ownership, bringing total HDSA ownership to just over the 26% target required in terms of
the Mining Charter.

performance

Economic

Obuasi, Ghana

– 48 –

Report to Society 2008

Local procurement

AngloGold Ashanti endeavours to support the communities and countries in which it operates through its
procurement practices. As far as it is possible, and taking quality and cost into account, all operations have
plans in place to increase local procurement. Procurement practices in South Africa, as required by the Mining
Charter, are discussed on page 49 and the Social Labour Plan reports at www.aga-reports.com. Details for
other operations may be found in the Country and Operational reports, also available at www.aga-reports.com.
In many cases, and particularly in developing countries, these procurement opportunities are linked to the local
economic development initiatives discussed in the Community section of this report.

Transforming the procurement base

In South Africa, the company is currently aligning its procurement policies with the Department of Trade and
Industry’s Codes of Good Practice, and will complete this process by 2009. This code is an integral part of the
country’s transformation process and is aimed at encouraging new and small suppliers, particularly from
historically disadvantaged communities. See case study: New codes of practice shape BEE procurement in
2008, at www.aga-reports.com/08/BEE-codes.htm.

AngloGold Ashanti regards BEE companies as preferred suppliers. What this means in practice is that BEE
companies which comply with AngloGold Ashanti’s criteria are placed on the vendor list and receive preferred
status in winning contracts, should they be commercially competitive.

Targets have also been set for levels of BEE expenditure over a 10-year period. At the end of December 2008,
BEE procurement was 35%, against a target of 41%.

Of total procurement spend in 2008 of R4,222 billion, of which R1,471 billion was spent through
BEE companies. Of this R258 million was spent on the procurement of capital goods, R788 million on
consumables and R425 million on that of services, all from BEE-related companies. For further detail, see the

José Gregorio Ferreira da Mata Filho

Production Co-ordinator, Brazil

“During the two years I have been employed at AngloGold Ashanti,

I have been exposed to a number of exciting professional highlights

such as my involvement in the Cuiabá Mine expansion project. My

biggest challenge is managing people on a daily basis but I am

learning new people skills every day.”

BEE spend as a percentage

of total spend (%)

Non-BEE
BEE

65.1%

34.9%

BEE spend as a percentage of

capital spend (%)

Non-BEE
BEE

82.4%

17.6%

BEE spend as a percentage of

consumables spend (%)

Non-BEE
BEE

46.4%

53.6%

BEE spend as a percentage of

services spend (%)

Non-BEE
BEE

71.1%

28.9%

– 49 –

Report to Society 2008

Social and Labour Plan reports at www.aga-reports.com.

Geographical analysis of gold income by destination ($ million)

2008

2007

South Africa

1,370

1,039

North America

1,057

741

Australia

Asia

255

267

Europe

307

734

United Kingdom

809

409

3,805

3,280

Equity accounted investments included above

(186)

(278)

Total

3,619

3,002

Taking responsibility for gold

Gold as a product is benign and does not in itself have a significant impact on health and safety. However, the
activities involved in the mining and processing of gold, and some of the by-products generated, have the
potential to negatively affect the safety and health of employees and communities, and their environment.
When evaluating the associated sustainable development risks and impacts, and in developing plans to
mitigate these risks and the impacts of our business, the group looks at the full life cycle of the product,
including its production.

No issues of non-compliance with regulations concerning the health and safety effects of products were alleged
in 2008. Products are labelled according to internationally accepted norms, regulations and standards. In
respect of gold bullion, such labelling typically indicates the name of the refinery and the purity of the bar. No
incidents related to product labelling occurred in 2008.

The bulk of the group’s gold is sold through well-established and long-term channels. The graphs above,
illustrate the delivery destinations, by country, for AngloGold Ashanti’s gold. Further details may be found in the
Annual Financial Statements 2008 at www.aga-reports.com.

CASE STUDIES:

Case studies describing some of the challenges that the group faces, and how these are addressed may be found on the
Report to Society website at www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific urls listed below.

GROUP

Converting mineral wealth to national treasure: the challenges of mining and development

There has been increased debate internationally over the contribution that companies in the resource sector
can and should make to economic and social development in their host countries. As commodity prices have
increased, so pressure on governments, from their own constituents, from NGOs and from leading institutions,
to ensure that their electorates are benefiting fully from resource industry revenues intensifies. AngloGold
Ashanti recognises that there are sound reasons for this debate and that the global resources industry across
a range of commodities has not always contributed to the development and well-being of the countries and
communities in which it has operated. This case study looks at the potential contribution that resource entities
can make to sustainable development in their host countries. See case study on page 196 of this report, or at
www.aga-reports.com/resource-debate.htm.

performance

Economic

– 50 –

Report to Society 2008

AngloGold Ashanti introduces Business Improvement Project

Towards the end of 2008, CEO Mark Cutifani announced the launch of the Business Improvement Project (BIP),
a company-wide change management process to secure the future of the organisation as a global gold producer.
The BIP is a response to declining production levels, falling returns and increasing costs of production – and it
signals the need for a change in the current strategy in order for AngloGold Ashanti to grow and thrive. It will be
implemented over the next three to five years, starting with pilot sites and then across the company’s global
operations, with the aim of improving productivity. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/BIProject.htm.

SOUTH AFRICA

AngloGold Ashanti’s response to the power crisis

The South African electricity crisis in January 2008 was critical for AngloGold Ashanti, which used the crisis as
a catalyst to review its energy efficiency performance, explore new initiatives to decrease electricity usage, and
speed up implementation programmes. In this way the group was able to minimise the impact of this crisis.
AngloGold Ashanti aims to continue reducing its power consumption, to ensure that it stays ahead of power
requirements and continues to improve efficiencies. See the case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/power-
crisis.htm.

New codes of practice shape BEE procurement in 2008

AngloGold Ashanti has methodically increased the proportion of goods and services procured from suppliers
owned by historically disadvantaged South Africans (HDSAs) as part of its compliance with the Mining Charter,
and has regularly reported on its progress in this regard. The company is now establishing systems to enable
it to report on its South African procurement activities in line with the Department of Trade and Industry’s (DTI’s)
Codes of Good Practice, and 2008 saw a successful ‘test run’ of these systems and processes. See case
study on at www.aga-reports.com/08/BEE-codes-htm.

UNITED STATES

Renegotiating the water contract at CC&V

EXPLORATION

New road paves the way for economic development in the DRC

Land transport in the Ituri region of the Democratic Republic of Congo, where AngloGold Ashanti’s subsidiary
Ashanti Goldfields Kilo operates an exploration project, is a challenge. The underdeveloped road infrastructure
is a legacy of the conflict that has gripped the country and this region in particular for years, and has
constrained investment and kept what infrastructure there is in a state of serious neglect. The Congolese have
traditionally depended mostly on water transport systems – rivers and waterways – but this is often inefficient.
In 2006, in partnership with the United Nations peacekeeping mission in Bunia, Ashanti Goldfields Kilo began
a programme to upgrade the road. The benefits are already being seen, both for the company and the people
of the area. See the case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/roads-DRC.htm.

– 51 –

Report to Society 2008

Victor’s water system in 2007. See the case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/water-CCV.htm.

At AngloGold Ashanti’s CC&V mine, in the western United States, a reliable water supply is vital. The mine
recently renegotiated its water supply contract with the City of Victor, following co-operative efforts to upgrade

and governance

Ethics

– 52 –

Report to Society 2008

Key developments

Renewing the vision, mission and values

The year in review

Objectives for 2009

Case studies

– 53 –

Report to Society 2008

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

Amendments were made to the Conflict of Interest and the Gifts, Hospitality and Sponsorship
policies during the year.

•

A few legal issues remain unresolved.

•

Voluntary compliance with United Nations Global Compact, ICMM principles, Responsible Jewellery
Council, Global Reporting Initiative, Cyanide Code and Voluntary Principles on Human Rights
and Security

RENEWING THE VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

In late 2007, AngloGold Ashanti embarked on a consultative process to review the company’s mission, vision
and values. The process was built on the launch of the ‘Safety is our first value’ campaign at the South African
operations in November 2007, and was developed further through interactions between executive
management and employees in a range of different interventions over the following months.

In respect of ethics and governance, the AngloGold Ashanti values specifically note that:

We are accountable for our actions and undertake to deliver on our commitments.
We are focused on delivering results and we do what we say we will do. We accept responsibility and hold
ourselves accountable for our work, our behaviour, our ethics and our actions. We aim to deliver high
performance outcomes and undertake to deliver on our commitments to our colleagues, business and social
partners, and our investors.

The new mission, vision and values statement was approved for implementation by the group Executive Committee
in June 2008 and appears on page 24 of this report. The group’s undertakings or business principles in respect of
ethics and governance may be found on the website at www.anglogoldashanti.com/Values/Values.htm.

For further information on the development and implementation of these values, see the case study: Renewing our
commitment to doing things the right way, at www.aga-reports.com/08/renew-values.htm.

and governance

Ethics

Cellou Dioubate

Secretary, Siguiri, Guinea

“A successful organisation is one that constantly develops

its employees. People should be given the opportunity to

develop skills through training and learning.”

– 54 –

Report to Society 2008

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Leadership and governance

AngloGold Ashanti remains committed to the highest standards of corporate governance. Corporate
governance is the responsibility of the Board of Directors as a whole, with some authority delegated to the Audit
and Corporate Governance Committee of the board and the management Disclosure Committee.

The board is guided by the company’s founding statements, the board charter, the company’s legal
obligations in terms of the South African Companies Act of 1973 (as amended), the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 (SOx), the company’s legal and disclosure obligations to the JSE (where it holds its primary listing),
as well as various corporate governance guidelines, such as the King Code on Corporate Governance 2002
(King Code). A Code of Ethics for the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and senior financial
officers also guide conduct. (These codes and documents are available on the website at
www.anglogoldashanti.com/About/Corporate+Governance/Guidelines.htm).

Various other legislative and governance standards also guide the company’s legal and disclosure obligations.
Management takes day-to-day responsibility for corporate governance and regularly reports to the board and
various committees of the board. The board chairman plays an active role in the corporate governance issues
faced by the company, interacting regularly with executive directors, senior management and other interested
parties, when necessary.

In line with JSE Listings Requirements, the company discloses its compliance in terms of corporate governance
with the King Code and explains any areas of non-compliance. The King Code is a set of guidelines to
companies aimed at ensuring good governance by both the board and management. AngloGold Ashanti again
complied with all material aspects of the King Code and SOx in 2008.

Corporate governance is dealt with extensively in AngloGold Ashanti’s Annual Financial Statements, available
at www.aga-reports.com.

Savuka, South Africa

– 55 –

Report to Society 2008

Awards and recognition for reporting

AngloGold Ashanti was recognised for reporting as follows in 2008:

•

inclusion in the JSE Sustainability Index 2008;

•

overall winner of the Southern African Institute of Chartered Secretaries and
Administrators and JSE Annual Report Awards in the category ‘Top 40’ JSE
shares; and

•

fourth place in the Ernst and Young Sustainability Report awards.

PERFORMANCE IN 2008

Board structure

At the end of December 2008, the board of AngloGold Ashanti comprised 10 members (2007: 17). It should
be noted that:

•

the chairman and deputy chairman are independent;

•

eight directors (80%) are independent and non-executive; and

•

there are two executive directors (20%).

In October 2008, the board reviewed its definition and criteria for determining which of its members
qualified as being independent. This definition may be found at www.aga-reports.com/08/independence.pdf.

The board is guided by a board charter that governs its powers, functions and responsibilities. Among other
issues, potential conflicts of interest are a standing item on the board’s agenda. The board met on 11 occasions
in 2008, including three subcommittee meetings of the board. A formal process is in place to determine the
qualification and experience of board members and potential Board members. A formal and regular process is
in place to evaluate the performance of the board.

Board subcommittees

There are eight board subcommittees that meet on a regular basis to facilitate the activities and deliberations
of the board. The subcommittees comprise members of the board and have written terms of reference
governing their powers, functions and activities. Members of board committees have access to management
and the records of the company, as well as to external professional advisers should the need arise.
The board subcommittees are:

•

Audit and Corporate Governance Committee;

•

Transformation and Human Resources Development Committee (formerly the Employment Equity and
Development Committee);

Corporate Office, South Africa

Structure of the board
2008 (%)

Executive directors
Independent
non-executive directors

80%

20%

and governance

Ethics

– 56 –

Report to Society 2008

•

Executive Committee;

•

Investment Committee;

•

Nominations Committee;

•

Political Donations Committee;

•

Remuneration Committee; and

•

Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee.

The Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee oversees this report. The work of the Transformation
and the Human Resources Development Committee is also reported in the Social and Labour Plan reports.

Safety, Health and Sustainable Development

The Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee is tasked with overseeing the company’s performance
regarding safety, health and environmental performance, and its social interaction with the communities in which it
operates. It is also responsible for establishing targets in relation to each of these areas. The committee comprises
non-executive directors and executive management (including the chief executive officer).

The committee met on four occasions during 2008. Members of this committee are Bill Nairn (chairman),
Mark Cutifani, James Motlatsi, Sipho Pityana and Joseph Mensah. Members of management are invited to
attend meetings at the committee’s discretion.

The committee operates in accordance with its Charter which specifically addresses the economic, social and
environmental performance of the company. On an annual basis the committee undertakes a self-assessment
of it performance against its mandate, which is then reported to and reviewed by the board.

Safety, health and environmental performance, and relations with government, community members and other
stakeholders, form an integral part of the management of operations. These aspects are considered when
a manager’s operational and individual performance is reviewed. Safety targets and performance in particular
form part of the Remuneration Policy for senior and middle management at operations. See the Remuneration
Report in the Annual Financial Statements regarding the linkage between compensation and performance.

Transformation and Human Resources Development

The Employment Equity and Development Committee, which changed its name in October 2008 to the
Transformation and Human Resource Development Committee, is responsible for overseeing the company’s
performance in respect of employment equity, transformation and staff development by taking into account the
requirements of applicable legislation, relevant international labour conventions and the monitoring of targets
set by the company. The committee is also responsible for developing employee skills in a manner that
seeks to retain and nurture talent, and to provide employees with the opportunity to enhance their skills
and knowledge. The committee met on four occasions during 2008. Its members are: James Motlatsi
(chairman), Frank Arisman, Reginald Bannerman, Mark Cutifani, Bill Nairn and Sipho Pityana.

Executive management

The Executive Committee, chaired by Mark Cutifani, is responsible for overseeing the day-to-day management of
the company’s affairs and for executing the board’s decisions. The committee meets at least monthly and is actively
involved in the strategic review of the company’s values, safety performance, operation and exploration profiles, and
financial status. In 2008, Thero Setiloane was appointed Executive Vice President: Sustainability, to oversee and
combine the functions relating to sustainable development, and is a member of this committee.

Sunrise Dam, Australia

– 57 –

Report to Society 2008

Risk management

Significant emphasis is placed on the assessment, mitigation and management of risk, particularly regarding
safety, health, environment and community-related risks.

The board is ultimately responsible for risk management and the group’s strategy and policies regarding risk
are reviewed by the executive directors and senior management. Management has established a group-wide
system of internal control to identify, evaluate and manage significant risks within the group.

A full review of risk control and disclosure is undertaken twice a year and considers key findings from ongoing
monitoring and reporting, management assertions and independent assurance reports. These are then
reported to the Executive Committee and the Audit and Corporate Governance Committee.

The group takes due cognisance of the precautionary principle in its risk identification and assessment
processes. In line with AngloGold Ashanti’s adoption of the ICMM Sustainable Development Principles and
Framework, risk assessment is undertaken using scientific data and methodologies. A full discussion of the risk
management process and some of the risks that could materially affect AngloGold Ashanti may be found in the
Annual Financial Statements at www.aga-reports.com/09/Risk-management.htm.

Legal issues

The head of AngloGold Ashanti’s legal department is responsible for ensuring that significant legal issues
considered as part of the risk management process are brought to the attention of the Audit and Corporate
Governance Committee, which is responsible for risk management. A register of litigation matters to which the
company has a possible financial exposure is maintained and reviewed on a quarterly basis. The following is a
summary of the significant legal issues raised during 2008, with feedback on those reported in previous years.
A significant legal issue is defined as one that could result in a potential liability to the company and an issue
with a potentially negative consequence for the company’s reputation, as assessed by the company executive.
In prior years, significant legal liabilities have been defined as those with an impact of $1.5 million or higher
and/or which could have an adverse effect on the company’s reputation as assessed by the company

than a monetary threshold. A monetary threshold has therefore not been set for purposes of this report.

Feedback on legal issues reported in 2007

•

In April 2005 AngloGold Ashanti instituted action against various mining companies and government
ministers claiming that the mines upstream from its Vaal River operations are responsible and liable for
pumping underground water that arises from their mines. As reported last year, the issue was largely resolved
with the formation of the not-for-profit Margaret Water Company. The Margaret Water Company is in the
process of purchasing the relevant shafts from the Stilfontein Gold Mining Company (in liquidation). (See case
study in 2007 Report to Society: http://www.aga-reports.com/07/kosh-update.htm).

Gordon Cassim

Acting Asset Protection Leader, Johannesburg, South Africa

“My job is highly rewarding. My responsibility is to safeguard

the security of AngloGold Ashanti’s employees, assets,

visitors and executive residences.”

and governance

Ethics

executive. AngloGold Ashanti has revised the criteria for 2008 and considers reputation risk to be more relevant

– 58 –

Report to Society 2008

•

An action was instituted by Mr. Thembekile Mankayi, claiming approximately R2.6 million ($0.32 million) for
damages allegedly suffered by him through contracting silicosis while employed in mines now owned by
AngloGold Ashanti. An exception was filed by AngloGold Ashanti against the claim, which was argued at a
hearing in February 2008 and upheld in the judgment delivered in June 2008. The plaintiff has been given
leave to appeal the judgment, and a date is awaited for the appeal to be heard by the Supreme Court of
Appeal. In response to the effects of silicosis in labour-sending communities, a number of mining companies,
under the auspices of the Chamber of Mines, together with the National Union of Mineworkers (NUM) and
the Department of Health (at national and regional level) have embarked on a project to assist in the delivery
of compensation and relief to affected communities.

•

In a similar action, claims have been lodged by 19 plaintiffs against Anglo American Corporation of South
Africa regarding damages resulting from lung diseases allegedly contracted during the plaintiffs’ former
employment with Anglo American. Exceptions filed by Anglo American against 10 of the claims were upheld,
reducing the number of claims to nine. Pleadings have closed in these matters, and no trial date is expected
until the first quarter of 2011.

Legal issues that arose during 2008

•

In Mali, on 13 May 2008, Yatela SA, SEMOS SA, Morila SA, AngloGold Ashanti Exploration and Somilo, were
served with papers from the Action for Environment and Health (APES). APES was formed in May 2008 and
alleged that mining companies are causing damage to the environment. APES applied for an urgent court
action requesting the Presiding Judge to appoint an environmental expert, a doctor and a veterinarian to
determine what harmful impact the mining activities have had on the environment, human health and animal
health, respectively. In addition, APES filed a petition for damages for various losses caused by the actions,
practices, methods and substances undertaken and sued by the above mentioned companies. APES were
claiming damages in the amount of FCFA 150 billion (approximately $357 million) for harm caused to the
people and their environment and to the petitioner itself. The amount claimed was unsubstantiated. In
November 2008, the Judge made his final decision and rejected APES’ request to nominate experts and for
the mining companies to pay the approximately $357 million. APES may appeal this decision. AngloGold
Ashanti management believes that this case has no merit and that the appeal is unlikely to be upheld.

Engaging with employees, business partners/stakeholders

AngloGold Ashanti recognises that a wide range of people – employees, their families, communities and
others – have interests in its business. Similarly, AngloGold Ashanti has an interest in the communities and
countries in which it operates.

A wide variety of formal and informal structures are in place to deal with these business and social
partners and other stakeholders, and a comprehensive, but not exhaustive list of these appears at
www.aga-reports.com/08/stakeholders.htm. Also see page 16 which deals with stakeholder engagement, and
the Country and Operational Reports at www.aga-reports.com.

In addition to extensive internal communications systems that are in place at an operational level, employee
surveys are undertaken to enable employees to raise issues of concern. See case study on Keeping a finger
on the pulse in Brazil, at www.aga-reports.com/08/collective-bargaining.htm. Employees are also encouraged
to raise issues with their line management; significant issues may be escalated through management, to the
executive and to the board.

Engaging with shareholders

The group has an active investor relations programme in place and regularly engages with significant
shareholders. All pertinent information resides on the company’s website and is updated regularly and
timeously. Shareholders may provide feedback to the company in both a formal and informal way. See the
Corporate Governance section of the Annual Financial Statements for further information.

Voluntary compliance

In addition to its legal regulatory obligations, AngloGold Ashanti firmly believes in self-regulation and holds the
view that local and international industry leaders should establish robust standards against which companies
should perform and be measured. The group is actively involved in a wide range of organisations and initiatives,
and is either a member of or signatory to the organisations listed overleaf. It actively supports their aims and
objectives, and participates in their development and functioning:

– 59 –

Report to Society 2008

Voluntary memberships in 2008

Organisation

Date of adoption/membership

AngloGold Ashanti’s participation

United Nations Global

August 2004 (Ashanti, August 2001).

The principles of the Global Compact

Compact (UNGC)

are considered by the company and
reported in the Report to Society.

International Council of

Founding member in 2001.

Active participation in drafting

Mining Metals (ICMM)

codes of practice.

(www.icmm.com)

Responsible Jewellery

Founding member in 2006.

Formerly known as the Council for

Council (RJC)

Responsible Jewellery Practices, the

(www.responsible-

RJC was re-named late in 2008.

jewellery.com)

AngloGold Ashanti is represented
on the board by Alan Fine.

Global Reporting Initiative

2003

Organisational Stakeholder of GRI.

(GRI) (www.global
reporting.org)

Extractive Industries

2006

Organisational supporter.

Transparency Initiative (EITI)
(www.eitransparency.org).

International Cyanide

Founding signatory to the Code 2005.

A key target of the code is to achieve

Management Code for

full participation by all signatories,

the Manufacture,

and an independent audit of this by

Transport, and Use of

all operating subsidiaries of participants.

Cyanide in the Production
of Gold (Cyanide Code)
(www.cyanidecode.org)

Voluntary Principles on

May 2007.

Signatory.

Human Rights
(www.voluntaryprinciples.org)

and governance

Ethics

– 60 –

Report to Society 2008

Aims

Developments during the year

The Global Compact provides a framework for businesses

AngloGold Ashanti is an active participant in the local

to align their operations and strategies with 10 universally

UNGC committee, administered by the National Business

accepted principles in the areas of human rights, labour,

Initiative in South Africa. The committee meets quarterly

the environment and anti-corruption.

to network, share ideas and solve challenges related to
the implementation of the Global Compact.

The ICMM was formed by the world’s leading mining

During the year the ICMM launched the finalised

leadership position in sustainable development. ICMM

Assurance Procedures for corporate members, issued

members believe that by acting collectively the mining,

a position statement on indigenous people, and launched

minerals and metals industry can best ensure its continued

a good practice note on biodiversity, mine closure,

access to land, capital and markets as well as building

HIV & AIDS, TB and malaria. Guidelines were also published

trust and respect by demonstrating its ability to contribute

in the Resource Environment Series and on REACH.

successfully to sustainable development.

The leadership guidance section of Phase 1 of Fatal
Accident Presentation was completed in 2008 and
published in 2009. Work is in progress on Phase 2.

The council’s aim is to promote responsible ethical, social

AngloGold Ashanti, through its representation on the

and environmental practices throughout the diamond and gold

board, continues to participate in the development of

jewellery supply chain, from mine to retail.

standards and related practices.

GRI has pioneered the development of the world’s most

AngloGold Ashanti’s 2004, 2005 and 2006 reports

widely used sustainability reporting framework. The framework

were compiled in accordance with GRI 2002. The 2007

sets out the principles and indicators that organisations can use

report was compiled in accordance with GRI’s G3

to measure and report their economic, environmental and

guidelines.

social performance.
The EITI is a coalition of governments, companies, civil society

As a matter of principle, AngloGold Ashanti has established

groups, investors and international organisations. It supports

a practice of disclosing all payments made to governments

improved governance in resource-rich countries by the

in its annual Report to Society, regardless of whether the

verification and full publication of company payments and

country is a formal supporter of the EITI. Furthermore, in

government revenues from oil, gas and mining.

countries where governments have indicated a desire to be
part of the process, AngloGold Ashanti is actively involved
in contributing to the success of the initiative. These
countries include Ghana, Guinea, Mali and the DRC.

The Cyanide Code was developed by a multi-stakeholder

Ongoing implementation of the code. See page 172 for

steering committee under the guidance of the United Nations

progress on compliance by AngloGold Ashanti.

Environmental Programme (UNEP) and the then International
Council on Metals and the Environment (ICME). The code is a
voluntary industry programme for gold mining companies.
It focuses exclusively on the safe management of cyanide
and cyanidation mill tailings and leach solutions. Companies
that adopt the code must have any mining operations that use
cyanide to recover gold audited by an independent third party
to determine the status of code implementation. Those operations
that meet the code’s requirements can be certified. The objective
of the code is to improve the management of cyanide in gold
mining, to assist in the protection of human health, and to reduce
the environmental impacts of cyanide.
These Voluntary Principles were developed out of a multi-

A review of security issues, including the application of

stakeholder process involving companies and NGOs as a

the Voluntary Principles was undertaken during the year.

means of helping companies in the extractive sector to improve

See case study: Improving security practice in line with

their performance in relation to security risk assessment and

the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights,

the control of security operatives, and to improve relations with

on page 212.

communities on security issues.

– 61 –

Report to Society 2008

Following a strategic review of AngloGold Ashanti’s organisational memberships during the year, the company
stepped down from its seat on the Strategic Management Advisory Group of the Communities and Small-scale
Mining (CASM) intiative, and, while remaining involved, is focusing its efforts on the ICMM Artisanal and Small-
scale Mining Working Group, which is the industry’s liaison point with the CASM.

Membership by operations and regions of voluntary organisations may be found in the Country and
Operational Reports at www.aga-reports.com.

Disclosure

AngloGold Ashanti subscribes to a policy of full, accurate and consistent communication in respect
of both its operating and financial affairs. A Disclosure Policy (see http://www.anglogoldashanti.com/About/
Corporate+Governance/Guidelines.htm) has been adopted by the company to guide and ensure compliance with
the rules of the various exchanges on which AngloGold Ashanti is listed and provide timely, accurate and reliable
information to stakeholders, including investors and potential investors, regulators and analysts. This Disclosure Policy
is applicable to all employees of AngloGold Ashanti and its subsidiaries and members of the Board of Directors.

It deals with:

•

communication with stock exchanges;

•

disclosure standards;

•

methods of public disclosure;

•

regular disclosure and market guidance;

•

other meetings, presentations and disclosure, mine-site visits, group meetings and presentations, and
private meetings with analysts and investors;

•

communication of information on the website;

•

authorised spokespersons;

•

dealing with rumours and market speculation; and

•

closed periods.

Adherence to this policy is guided by the company’s Disclosure Committee, which meets periodically. The
Annual Financial Statements and the Report to Society were both reviewed by the Disclosure Committee.

A review of the company’s Disclosure Policy is in process, and the revised policy is expected to be published in 2009.

Political donations

Given South Africa’s fairly recent transition to democracy, a policy on party political donations was
developed specifically to cater for this region. Where political donations are made in other countries they
are subject to similar criteria, including full disclosure. The policy is available at www.anglogoldashanti.com/
About/Corporate+Governance/Guidelines.htm.

AngloGold Ashanti believes that the principle of multi-party democracy, as contained in the founding provisions of
South Africa’s constitution, deserves support. When appropriate, the group has provided financial support to
political parties with the aim of promoting political competition and public scrutiny of policy and law-making.

The group’s purpose in this is not to advance its immediate, narrow commercial interests; however, the group
will continue to vigorously argue the case for good governance, and to encourage a policy-making environment
in which there is a healthy and robust competition of ideas. A subcommittee comprising independent non-
executive members of the board has been set up specifically to deliberate on any political donations. The
committee did not meet during the year and no political donations were made. It is anticipated that donations
will be considered in the run-up to the general elections in South Africa in 2009.

Political donations were made by operations in Brazil and the United States. The Brazilian operations contributed
$476,415 (BRL805,000) towards political parties in the municipalities in which its operations are located. In the
United States both the Democratic ($15,150) and Republican ($11,150) parties received donations in
accordance with the Colorado campaign finance laws.

and governance

Ethics

– 62 –

Report to Society 2008

Dealing with contractors

AngloGold Ashanti endeavours to do business with those companies that share its business ethics and values.
Human rights screening is an important part of the group's investment decisions and in reviewing prospective
contractors and business partners. (See the Human Rights section of this report on page 112).

The group’s procurement and supply chain operations aim to apply of AngloGold Ashanti’s principles at two levels.

•

At a contractual level. Suppliers are assessed for capability as well as product acceptability in terms of
standard and quality. Contracts have specific clauses in them relating to safety, health, labour and
environmental issues as these are applicable to the contract, and to the country and community in which
the goods or services are being delivered.

•

Strict application of policy regarding gifts. This ensures that no supplier receives undue favour and that
employees do not compromise their integrity and impartiality.

Interaction with contractors and suppliers takes place formally on an annual basis, primarily in respect of gifts and
hospitality, and also in respect of the company’s values and business principles. An internal Group Forensic Unit
investigates suspected fraud, malpractice and unacceptable activities. In 2008, 169 cases were investigated of
which 16 resulted in disciplinary action and nine were reported to the authorities for criminal investigation. A
Supplier Monitoring Committee (SMC) considers and takes action against contractors or suppliers found to have
breached our Code of Ethics. In 2008, 24 cases were tabled at the SMC: this resulted in four companies being
excluded, six companies being given warnings, with five companies being monitored.

Policies and procedures

AngloGold Ashanti has a number of policies and procedures in place to ensure that employees are aware of
what is expected of them and conform as appropriate. Employee induction in respect of these policies and
procedures is mandatory. Some of the policies in place are discussed below.

•

The Market Abuse (Insider Trading) Policy applies to employees and directors and effectively prohibits them from
trading shares when they have access to unpublished, material information concerning the company or its operations.

•

A Gifts, Hospitality and Sponsorship Policy aims to ensure that no supplier receives undue favour and that
employees do not compromise their integrity and impartiality by the receipt or giving of gifts. The policy was
amended during the year to include sponsorships.

•

A Conflict of Interest Policy aims to ensure that the company’s commercial transactions take place in a manner
that ensures the integrity and fairness of the company’s contract and tender processes. The policy applies to all
employees (temporary, part-time and full-time), who may have actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest
between their personal interests and the interests of the company. The policy was amended during the year to
include the coherent and comprehensive response that must be made once a conflict has been declared.

•

A Code of Ethics for Employees, a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, and a Confidential Reporting
(whistle-blowing) Policy encourages employees and other stakeholders confidentially and anonymously to report
acts of an unethical or illegal nature affecting the company’s interests.

These policies are available at www.anglogoldashanti.com/About/Corporate+Governance/Guidelines.htm.

Code of Ethics and confidential reporting (whistle-blowing) in practice

To comply with the obligations of SOx and the King Code, and in the interests of good governance, the
company has systems and procedures to introduce, monitor and enforce its ethical codes (including risk related
to corruption at all operations). The whistle-blowing policy and process encourages employees and other
stakeholders confidentially and anonymously to report acts of an unethical or illegal nature that are prejudicial
to the company’s interests and compromise its values.

Specifically, AngloGold Ashanti’s whistle-blowing process provides a channel for the reporting of practices in
conflict with the group’s business principles, such as unlawful conduct and financial malpractice, or that
endanger the public and the environment. The process encourages reports to be made in good faith, in a
responsible and ethical manner. Senior management oversees compliance with the Code of Ethics by:

•

assessing the integrity of new appointees in the selection and promotion process;

•

adherence to the policy when delegating authority;

– 63 –

Report to Society 2008

•

induction and training of directors and employees in the company’s values, policies and procedures;

•

risk assessment of all business units for risk related to corruption; and

•

compliance with a strict disciplinary code of conduct.

Employees are informed of the company’s policies and procedures at engagement and regularly thereafter.
Employees are encouraged to discuss concerns with their direct managers first where this is appropriate and,
if not resolved or where management is involved, to report these through the whistle-blowing line or directly to
the internal audit or legal departments. The codes and the whistle-blowing policy are available on the
company’s website at www.aga-reports.com/08/governance.policies.htm.

There are several means by which reports can be submitted such as the intranet, internet, telephone, fax and
post. An initiative is being undertaken to implement text messaging as a medium for reporting.

All reports made in terms of the whistle-blowing policy are administered by a third party, Tip-Offs Anonymous,
which ensures all reports are treated confidentially or anonymously, depending on the preference of the caller.
The information is relayed through a reporting structure to an independent official and internal audit for
investigation. Feedback on reports is given when requested. A report is provided to the Audit and Corporate
Governance Committee on a quarterly basis. Both the Code of Ethics and the Confidential Reporting Policy are
available on the company website at www.anglogoldashanti.com.

The whistle-blowing process was reviewed during the year to ensure that it was accessible to all employees,
in applicable languages and time zones where possible.

Whistle-blowing issues are categorised on the basis of information made available regarding the alleged offence.

Reports received in 2008

Category

Completed

In progress

Total

Bribery and corruption

Conflict of interest

Enquiry

Fraud

Irregularities

Misconduct

Theft

Unethical behaviour

Unfair labour practice

Total

Whistle-blowing reports received
2008

Bribery and
corruption

Conflict of
interest 4%
Enquiry 12%
Fraud 28%
Irregularities 24%

28%

24%

20%

12%

Misconduct 20%
Theft 4%
Unethical
behaviour 2%
Unfair labour
practice

Cerro Vanguardia, Argentina

and governance

Ethics

– 64 –

Report to Society 2008

In 2008, a total of 50 reports were made (2007: 39): 27 investigations had been completed by year-end and
23 were still in progress. These reports related largely to fraud, perceived irregularities and misconduct. The
results of the investigations completed by year-end are shown in the table on page 66. Of the 27 investigations
completed, four resulted in criminal investigations, two resulted in disciplinary action (reprimands) and two
employees resigned.

Results of cases completed

Category Allega- Allega- Coun- Crimi- Disci-

Em-

En-

Indep-

Infor-

Non

Resol-

Total

tions

selling nally

plined ployee quiry endent mation Anglo-

ved

could

un-

repor-

resig-

review

provi-

Gold

with

not be foun-

ted

ned

con-

ded

Ashanti depart-

proven ded

ducted

issue

ment

Bribery

–

and
corruption
Enquiry

–

– –

–

Fraud

–

– –

–

Irregu-
larities

–

– 1

–

Miscon-
duct

– –

–

Unfair
labour
practice

–

– –

–

Total

Obuasi, Ghana

Kristina Vlahov

Knowledge and Information Administrator, Perth, Australia

“Continued emphasis needs to be placed on

people’s safety at work.”

– 65 –

Report to Society 2008

Marketing and communications and customer privacy

AngloGold Ashanti does not conduct extensive marketing programmes, other than ongoing investor relations
initiatives. The latter are conducted in line with the regulations of the markets in which the company is listed
and the company’s own Disclosure Policy. No sanctions or non-adherence to codes or regulations were reported
in 2008.

OBJECTIVES FOR 2009

•

Adopt and implement a revised Disclosures Policy, which aims to broaden disclosure to include a wider
range of stakeholders.

•

Develop a mechanism for identifying, managing and minimising material compliance risks.

•

Promote greater understanding and adherence to compliance policies and ethical standards among
employees.

Sunrise Dam, Australia

and governance

Ethics

– 66 –

Report to Society 2008

CASE STUDIES:

Case studies describing some of the challenges that the group faces, and how these are addressed, may be found on the
Report to Society website at www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific urls listed below.

GROUP

Renewing our commitment to doing things the right way

On 10 October 2007, prompted by the one million fatality-free shifts achieved at Great Noligwa mine in South
Africa, Chief Executive Officer, Mark Cutifani declared ‘Safety’ as the ‘first value’ of AngloGold Ashanti.
AngloGold Ashanti then embarked on a consultative review of the company’s mission, vision and values,
building on the commitment of ‘Safety is our first value’. The communication strategy for the values roll-out was
designed to ensure that the message reached its target audience, namely AngloGold Ashanti employees at all
levels, and that it was well understood. See the case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/value-renew.htm.

Development of an Integrated Global Incident Reporting System for AngloGold Ashanti

There are occasions where incidents take place across a broad range of disciplines including safety, health,
security, community and the environment in a global company. It is often beneficial to distribute the details of
these incidents across the company and share learning points arising from these incidents globally. To achieve
this, the company is in the process of developing a system to formalise the reporting of incidents into a
common portal available to all AngloGold Ashanti sites around the globe. The long-term objectives of the
system are to effect a decrease in repeat incidents, and to provide timeous and accurate information across a
broad range of categories. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/incident-reporting.htm.

African operations to benefit from new whistle-blowing process

In 2008 the company’s effective whistle-blowing process and the design and development of new methods
was reviewed to make access to this confidential reporting service more accessible to employees in African
operations. AngloGold Ashanti’s “whistle-blowing” process was first established in 2003 to provide a channel
for shareholders, the public, employees, suppliers, contractors and any other interested parties to report
practices that are in conflict with AngloGold Ashanti’s business principles, which constitute unlawful conduct
or financial malpractice, or which endangers the public or the environment. See case study at www.aga-
reports.com/08/whistle-blowing.htm.

Yatela, Ghana

– 67 –

Report to Society 2008

and health

Safety

– 68 –

Report to Society 2008

Key developments

Safety: our first value

The year in review

Performance in 2008

Safety

82 Health

Objectives for 2009

Case studies

– 69 –

Report to Society 2008

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

Re-evaluation of the group’s mission, vision and values, and affirmation of safety and health as the
group’s first value.

•

Significant interventions in the Southern African Division on the work practice aspects of safety and health,
including introduction of the ‘Care’ and ‘It’s OK’ initiatives.

•

Start of a group-wide occupational safety and health leadership transformation project to assist in
developing a strategic safety and health ‘blueprint’.

•

Continued progress with group’s strategic response to silicosis and striving for continued improvement
through ongoing investigation into methods of dust control and sampling methods.

•

Significant improvement in safety performance. FIFR at a record low level but, regrettably, 14 people died
in accidents at the group’s operations. An 11% reduction in LTIFR.

•

Excellent progress with OHSAS 18001 implementation – the final two operations being recommended for
certification in December 2008.

•

Occupational health and safety system and practices protocol developed.

SAFETY: OUR FIRST VALUE

A key part of the company’s safety initiative in 2008 was the assertion that safety is the group’s first value. This
was the focus of the extensive safety initiative conducted during the year to ensure that this value is both
understood by all and put into practice at all levels within the group. The following is an extract from AngloGold
Ashanti’s statement of values:

Safety is our first value

We place people first and correspondingly put the highest priority on safe and healthy practices and
systems of work. We are responsible for seeking out new and innovative ways to ensure that our
workplaces are free of occupational injury and illness. We live each day for each other and use our collective
commitment, talents, resources and systems to deliver on our most important commitment ... to care.

Further details on AngloGold Ashanti’s values and business principles may be found at: www.anglogold
ashanti.com/Values/Values.htm.

As the group’s values were reviewed during the year, so the group’s undertakings or business principles are
now in the process of being reviewed and revised where appropriate. The business principles regarding safety
and health serve also as the group policy, and guide regional and operational policies and practices. The
process of engagement in developing the new values and the communication around this are discussed in the
case study: Renewing the commitment to doing things the right way, at www.aga-reports.com/08/values.htm.

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Significant emphasis continued to be placed on safety and health during the year with the implementation of
the company’s updated vision, values and related business principles.

Management systems and accountability

Group level leadership

In line with the increased emphasis on the management systems that underpin safety and health, a group-level
safety manager oversees and reports on integrated practices, guides policy and reviews performance. The
Group Manager: Safety (assisted by safety and health experts respectively) reports to the Executive Vice
President: Sustainability, who reports on safety and health matters at the company’s regular Executive
Committee meetings and safety executive meetings.

and health

Safety

– 70 –

Report to Society 2008

Board responsibility

At board level, oversight of safety and health falls within the ambit of the Safety, Health and Sustainable
Development Committee. This committee meets quarterly and is empowered in terms of the authority and
responsibility delegated to it by the board. One of the primary stated objectives of this committee is to ensure
the elimination of all work-related accidents and diseases. Further discussion of the roles and responsibilities
of this committee, and its composition and activities during the year may be found in the Ethics and
Governance section on page 52 of this report and the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Financial
Statements 2008 at www.aga-reports.com.

Developing a safety and health ‘blueprint’

In line with the group’s change to the positioning of its safety and health policy and strategy, and the
implementation of a global ‘safety is our first value’ initiative, AngloGold Ashanti embarked on an occupational
safety and health leadership transformation project to create a strategic ‘blueprint’ for occupational safety and
health in the company. The project is being conducted in conjunction with external consultants, ZEAL, and with
the full involvement of the group’s safety and health management structures. This included extensive
consultation with core disciplines, operational management and union leadership. Other external parties and
specialists are also being consulted. See the case study: Developing a new blueprint for safety and health for
AngloGold Ashanti, on page 188 of this report, or at www.aga-reports.com/08/safety-blueprint.htm).

The project team undertook site visits as well as in-depth management and employee interviews through both
face-to-face and focus group sessions. Additionally, an extensive employee safety and health culture survey
was conducted. The aim of this process was to achieve a better understanding of the group’s current
management cultures, structures and systems. In addition, an analysis of the macro environmental drivers,
industry trends and best practice was undertaken in order to develop future scenarios that might affect safety
and health. Initial outcomes from this project will be available in early 2009 for consideration by the executive.

Strategic initiatives to instil a culture of care have been effective across the group. These are supported by
empowering people to take responsibility for their own safety and health and that of their colleagues, and by
recognising safety achievements. See case study: New approach to safety and health in South Africa pays
dividends, on page 192 of this report, and at www.aga.reports.com/08/safety-SA.htm.

Safety and health policy

While the group-level safety and health policy is applicable to all operations, each operation also has in place safety
and health policies that have been developed to take into account country- and operation-specific conditions,
regulations and requirements. Unions and employees are generally involved in the development of these policies
and, in South Africa this interaction has typically been formal and enshrined in recognition agreements. Policies
and agreements vary from region to region, taking into account local collective bargaining structures, legislation
and site-specific circumstances. Local policies and agreements typically cover issues such as: the provision of
personal protective equipment, joint management-employee safety and health committees, participation of
employee representatives in inspection and audits, training and education, grievance mechanisms, and the right
to refuse unsafe work.

Julia Marumo

Supervisor, Moab Khotsong, South Africa

“AngloGold Ashanti has given me the opportunity to occupy a

position of authority and lead a team. I believe the company is

progressive and is a strong believer in its own people”.

– 71 –

Report to Society 2008

Safety and health systems

The management of safety and health at an operational level is the responsibility of line management, with the
general manager of each operation ultimately being accountable for performance. He or she is, in turn,
supported by specialist safety and health personnel at corporate, regional and operational levels. Health care
services are provided to all employees at all operations and, in some cases, to their dependants. In South Africa
and at many of the African operations, health care services are largely made available by company-owned and
managed facilities, while at other operations these are outsourced to third-party service providers. All employees
have access to primary health care, occupational health care and emergency medical facilities as a minimum. If
appropriate company hospital facilities are not available, mechanisms are in place for onward referral.

The roll-out of the OHSAS 18001 safety and health management standard continued during the year, with the
final two operations being recommended for certification by year-end. A safety and health systems and practice
assessment protocol which is consistent with OHSAS 18001 was developed and implemented at all operations
during the course of the year. All relevant role-players have been familiarised with its requirements, and the
majority of the preliminary assessments had been carried out by year-end. See case study, Implementing a
health and safety systems and practice protocol to monitor compliance with OHSAS 18001, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/safety-protocol.htm.

Work on safety improvement programmes began during the year at exploration sites in the Democratic
Republic of Congo (DRC), Colombia and Tropicana (Australia). An assessment of existing systems was
undertaken in the DRC and in Colombia, where a dedicated safety and health manager was also appointed.

Risk assessments and accident reviews

The identification and mitigation of risk is a vital part of the company’s operations and an integral part of the
safety and health management process. Matters relating to safety and health are considered as part of the
group’s risk management strategy. Risk assessments are conducted regularly at both a group and operational
level and are related to specific events or issues.

In the event of a fatal accident, a formal review is undertaken by mine management, with unions (in South Africa)
and the regulatory authorities. In South Africa, the Department Minerals and Energy (DME) undertakes an in
loco inspection immediately following a fatal accident, as well as an independent inquiry to which management
and unions contribute. In addition, all fatal accidents within the group are the subject of an intensive internal
investigation by a corporate office team, whose findings and recommendations are presented to, and
considered by, the group’s executive team.

Mponeng, South Africa

and health

Safety

– 72 –

Report to Society 2008

Regulatory issues

In South Africa, there were major developments on safety and health front from a regulatory point of view.

•

Safety audits as instituted by the former President of the country, Thabo Mbeki, were undertaken across the
mining industry to determine the degree of compliance by mining operations with safety and health provisions
as prescribed by the Mine Health and Safety Act. All of AngloGold Ashanti’s operations in South Africa were
audited. The results of the audits had recently been made public at the time of drafting of this report, and
were in the process of being analysed.

•

Amendments to the Mine Health and Safety Act were tabled before Parliament and subsequently approved
by the Parliamentary Portfolio Committee and the National Assembly in September 2008. They are
expected to be promulgated during 2009. AngloGold Ashanti, through the Chamber of Mines, made
submissions to the DME on the content of the amendments. The amendments provide for a significant
broadening of the powers of the DME’s safety inspectorate, with provisions for higher fines for non-
compliance as well as greater levels of criminal liability for employers.

Also during the year, the Council of Australian Governments identified national harmonisation of occupational
safety and health laws as a priority and a national review is being undertaken.

AngloGold Ashanti’s reaction to the amendments to the South African
Mine Health and Safety Act

AngloGold Ashanti supports and encourages all initiatives that its
management believes will improve the safety and health performance
of the mining industry. The new amendments have been welcomed,
save for five provisions. The most controversial provision is one that
seeks to render mine management responsible for the actions or
omissions of employees, even where proper instructions and
guidance have been provided. It is feared that a provision of this kind
could deprive the industry of its most experienced managers as they
may fear prosecution for incidents for which they would bear no
practical responsibility. The industry, through the Chamber of Mines,
is engaging with the Presidency on the wisdom and the
constitutionality of these sections.

Employee involvement

In line with the group’s overall commitment to collective bargaining and employee participation, a great deal of
emphasis is placed on the involvement of employees in both safety and health strategy and performance. This
is reflected in the design of the safety and health transformation process discussed above.

Agreements governing the management of safety and health, which were negotiated with representative unions
or were developed with the co-operation of employees, are in place at all operations.

Around 83% of the group’s global workforce are either members of a recognised union or participate in a formal
collective bargaining process. Based on this statistic and the group’s emphasis on a participative approach to
safety and health, it is estimated that at least 90% of the total workforce is represented in formal joint
management-employee safety and health committees. Their role is to monitor and advise on occupational
safety and health programmes, and hence participate in the management of safety and health through forums
created specifically for this purpose.

More detail on the the level of employee participation is given below.

•

In Argentina, there is strong employee participation in safety and health matters.

•

While the Australian workforce is not unionised, employees are encouraged to participate in matters relating to
safety and health. All work groups have designated safety and health representatives who have been trained for
that role and work in co-operation with management to address matters of concern and inspect areas of work.

Savuka, South Africa

– 73 –

Report to Society 2008

•

In Brazil, while union agreements do not formally address safety and health issues, employees and unions
are actively involved in formal joint health and safety committees that help monitor and advise on safety and
health matters. An internal committee for accident prevention (called CIPAMIN) has been set up at both Brasil
Mineraça

~o and Serra Grande and provides for employee representatives to actively participate in risk

identification and mitigation.

•

In Ghana, collective bargaining agreements cover safety and health management and relationships. At both
Iduapriem and Obuasi, safety and health representatives from each department participate in monthly safety
and health meetings.

•

In Guinea, the union is involved in safety and health matters. Safety and health champions nominated from
each department participate in monthly safety and health meetings, and in accident investigations.

•

In Mali, the union (which represents all Malian employees) participates in the election of safety representatives
and participates in monthly safety and health management meetings as well as in investigations into
accidents and incidents. All safety representatives meet once a quarter.

•

In Namibia, a safety and health agreement with the union (which represents 80% of the workforce) governs
the management of safety and health.

•

In South Africa, each mine and plant has a formal safety and health agreement that has been developed
between management and union representatives. Around 95% of the workforce is covered by collective
bargaining agreements. These agreements have been developed to meet the requirements of the Mine
Health and Safety Act and consider mine- and plant-specific circumstances. In line with the Act, joint health
and safety committees function at each operation. In 2008, 36 full-time safety and health stewards and 2,666
safety and health representatives (who are elected by employees, trained by management and designated
and appointed in terms of the Act) were in place.

•

In Tanzania, employee representatives (one for every 50 employees) make up the Safety and Health
Representative Committee which meets twice a month with management to discuss relevant issues.

•

CC&V in the USA is not unionised. Employees are encouraged to participate in safety and health issues and
regular safety meetings are held, from weekly meetings with operating staff to joint meetings once per month.

The provision of training – both formal and on-the-job training – in respect of safety and health matters receives
priority, with an emphasis on ensuring that employees are both competent to carry out their duties and their
responsibilities safely, and that they are able to identify and deal with hazards in the workplace. A wide range
of safety and health training initiatives were undertaken at the various operations in 2008. Further detail may be
found in the country reports at www.aga-reports.com/08/Country-reports.htm. The safety and health area has
not escaped the pressure of skills shortages experienced elsewhere in the group. High staff turnover levels
among safety and health specialists is an area of concern and plans to address this are being put in place at
the affected operations.

Kathleen Booth

Mine Geologist, Sunrise Dam, Australia

“We are accountable for our actions and undertake to deliver

on our commitments. Values reflect a company’s integrity

and facilitate the way we move forward as a leader in the

mining sector.”

and health

Safety

– 74 –

Report to Society 2008

Contractors employed to undertake short- and long-term mining operations, and specialist services, are
subject to the group’s safety and health policies and practices. The group’s safety and health policy,
procedures, standards and requirements form an integral part of procurement and contractor engagement
processes. Contractor safety and health performance is a key criterion when the company considers the
appointment or re-appointment of contractors.

Emergency preparedness

Emergency preparedness plans are in place at all operations except Navachab, where a draft plan is currently
being finalised. Emergency preparedness plans are reviewed regularly and regular training is undertaken. Where
communities are located in close proximity to operations, communities are involved in emergency preparations.
See Country and Operational Reports for further detail on specific plans in place at each operation.

Emergency preparedness at the Australian operations

The Australian region has two levels of emergency preparedness in place: a crisis management plan, run from
the company’s office in Perth, and a site emergency plan at Sunrise Dam mine.

The crisis management plan is only activated if the sites under its management require support to manage
emergency issues arising from a significant incident. Sunrise Dam’s site-based integrated emergency
management plan addresses all possible emergencies that may occur on site. Exploration sites are covered
under the crisis management plan.

The two plans are regularly tested through desktop exercises and scenario enactments that are planned,
executed and reviewed by the actual teams involved.

Sunrise Dam has established a mutual aid agreement for support on emergency matters with neighbouring
mining companies and the Shire of Laverton.

A mine-based emergency response team has an annual training schedule in place that requires members to
participate when on site as part of their shift roster. The focus of this training is on the theory and application
of fire-fighting, hazardous chemical response, vehicle extraction and first-aid rescue. After each training
session, desktop exercises and planned scenario debriefs are used to plan for future training.

The Sunrise Dam team was the best performing team at the annual surface mine emergency response
challenge held under the auspices of the Chamber of Minerals and Energy of Western Australia in Kalgoorlie
in May 2008. The team’s captain also received recognition, and a team member received an award for his
service to emergency management in the mining industry. In November, the Sunrise Dam team was again the
winner in the underground mine emergency response challenge.

Sunrise Dam, Australia

– 75 –

Report to Society 2008

PERFORMANCE IN 2008

Both lagging indicators (reflecting historical performance and trends) and leading indicators (those that may
cause or lead to certain performance levels and which may be site-specific) are monitored on an ongoing basis
to assess and manage safety and health performance across the group. They are also used to inform the
development of strategies for their management in the future. Reporting on safety and health, which is
undertaken at an operational, regional and group level, is based on performance assessments in line with
country-specific legislation and norms. AngloGold Ashanti reports key indicators in line with the GRI guidelines
and other international benchmarks.

It should be noted that the Morila mine is no longer being managed by AngloGold Ashanti, although the
company continues to hold a 40% interest in this operation. Morila’s safety statistics are reported by Randgold
Resources and have been excluded from AngloGold Ashanti’s aggregate group statistics in 2008.

SAFETY

It is with regret that AngloGold Ashanti reports that 14 employees lost their lives during the course of work in
2008. There were 11 fatal accidents at the South African operations, two fatal accidents at Obuasi Mine in Ghana
and one at Serra Grande mine in Brazil. The names and details of those who died are recorded on page 77.

Safety

Sicelo Ntuli

Manager: Business Strategy, Corporate Office, South Africa

“I provide specialist support to the Chief Executive Officer, and senior

management of the organisation, in defining AngloGold Ashanti’s

business strategy. This is achieved by business analysis which then

facilitates the decision-making. I am very excited at the vision and

strategy that Mark Cutifani and the executive team have for

AngloGold Ashanti. If things work in our favour, we could

be poised for significant growth.”

CC&V, USA

– 76 –

Report to Society 2008

In memoriam: in remembrance of those who died at work during 2008

Name and age

Date 2008

Operation

Occupation

Home

Families

Thabo Lekhafola (42)

10 January

Kopanang,

Underground Qachas Nek,

Thabo leaves

South Africa

assistant

Lesotho

his wife Masebina

and six children.

Sekhumane

28 January

Great Noligwa,

Loader

Maseru,

Sekhumane

Lenstsoe (49)

South Africa

operator

Lesotho

leaves his wife

Makutloano and

one child.

Kwame Siekuu (52)

10 February

Obuasi,

Foreman

Gbanko-Kaleo Kwame leaves

Ghana

Wa, Ghana

his wives Yalanyee

and Theresa, and

four children.

Raimundo Armando

12 February

Serra Grande,

Maintenance

Serrita

Raimundo leaves

Matias (38)

Brazil

mechanic

Pernambuco

his wife Marilene

Province,

and three children.

Brazil

Vusumzi Ndiki (38)

7 March

Kopanang,

Mining team

Nqamakwe,

Vusumzi leaves

South Africa

member

Butterworth,

his mother,

Eastern Cape, Nosandile Ndiki.

South Africa

Tumelo Daemane (43)

26 June

TauTona,

Stope

Leribe,

Tumelo leaves his

South Africa

multi-task

Lesotho

wife Mamathole

team

and three children.

member

Paulino Luis Cossa

11 August

Mponeng,

Locomotive

Maputo,

Paulino leaves

(40)

South Africa

operator

Mozambique

his wife Bonita

and two children.

Mankunzana

15 August

TauTona,

Stope driller

Umtata,

Mankunzana

Tshungwana (47)

South Africa

Eastern Cape, leaves his wife

South Africa

Nofezile and two

children.

Bar Gamalenkosi

18 September Savuka,

Scraper Nhlangano,

Bar leaves his wife

Dlamini (43)

South Africa

winch

Swaziland

Nonhlanhla

operator

and two children.

Moitlhokedi

27 September TauTona,

Stope driller

Kanye,

Moitlhokedi

Chankana (55)

South Africa

Botswana

leaves his wife

Ontefetse and four

children.

Ramarou Johannes

2 October

TauTona,

Development Mohaleshoek,

Ramarou was

Mfukeni (34)

South Africa

driller

Lesotho

single and leaves

no children.

Kwadwo Gido (45)

25 October

Obuasi, Ghana

Foreman,

Wa,

Kwadwo leaves

general

Ghana

his wife Abena

underground

and four children.

duties

Clement Morolong

2 December

Moab Khotsong, Locomotive

Leribe,

Clement leaves

(44)

South Africa

operator

Lesotho

three children.

Koos Snyman (58)

18 December

Mponeng,

Electrician

Fochville,

Koos leaves

South Africa

his wife Erica and

three children.

– 77 –

Report to Society 2008

The board and management of AngloGold Ashanti extend their deepest sympathies to the families and
colleagues of those who died. It is the company’s sincere objective to eliminate accidents at work, especially
fatalities, and a significant amount of effort and attention is being given to this.

While this performance falls short of AngloGold Ashanti’s objective of eliminating all fatal incidents at work,
these statistics represent a significant improvement on the previous year (when 34 people died at work) and
the best-ever performance of the group.

The group continues to provide special support to the families and children of those who have died at work.
The Masifunde Fund (meaning ‘Let us learn’ in isiZulu) was established in 2000 to provide for the cost of tuition,
boarding and books at public schools for the children of employees killed in South African mine accidents. This
is over and above the regular financial and in-kind support provided to the families of the deceased. While the
company recognises that there is no compensation sufficient to make up for the loss of a loved one, it is hoped
that the contribution made by the fund to the education and development of the children of mineworkers who
died will provide some financial relief to the bereaved families.

Fatal accidents
(2004 to 2008)

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

0.0

Fatal accidents 2008

K. Kopanang
GN. Great Noligwa
O. Obuasi
SG. Serra Grande

TT. TauTona
M. Mponeng
S. Savuka
MK. Moab Khotsong

Cerro Vanguardia, Argentina

and health

Safety

– 78 –

Report to Society 2008

0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

FIFR per million hours worked

0.09

0.21

0.22

0.14

0.19

Causes of fatal accidents 2008 (%)

Fall of ground

43%

Inundation

Machinery

Trucks and tramming

22%

Heavy mobile equipment

14%

Electricity

43%

14%

22%

Fatal Injury Frequency Rate (FIFR) per million hours worked

2008

2007

2006

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

0.00

Australia
Sunrise Dam

0.00

Brazil
Brasil Mineração

0.00

Serra Grande

0.43

0.49

0.00

Ghana
Iduapriem

0.00

Obuasi

0.10

0.19

0.08

Guinea
Siguiri

0.00

0.31

Mali
Sadiola

0.00

Yatela

0.00

0.43

Namibia
Navachab

0.00

South Africa
Great Noligwa

0.07

0.11

0.36

Kopanang

0.14

0.22

0.14

Moab Khotsong

0.08

0.57

0.27

Mponeng

0.14

0.42

0.30

Savuka

0.33

0.79

0.00

Tau Lekoa

0.00

0.58

0.15

TauTona

0.35

0.40

1.23

Tanzania
Geita

0.00

USA
CC&V

0.00

Group

0.09

0.21

0.22

LTIFR per million hours worked

8.24

7.70

6.77

6.56

7.32

Obuasi, Ghana

– 79 –

Report to Society 2008

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) per million hours worked

2008

2007

2006

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

3.98

3.34

3.13

Australia
Sunrise Dam

1.83

2.63

1.81

Brazil
Brasil Minerãçao

3.06

2.30

2.33

Serra Grande

1.29

2.47

1.76

Ghana
Iduapriem

1.63

0.46

1.15

Obuasi

2.10

2.72

2.29

Guinea
Siguiri

0.42

0.41

0.77

Mali
Sadiola

0.87

1.11

1.02

Yatela

1.15

0.39

0.43

Namibia
Navachab

0.00

4.59

4.09

South Africa
Great Noligwa

14.66

14.46

12.21

Kopanang

12.86

13.10

15.22

Moab Khotsong

11.98

13.48

15.75

Mponeng

11.44

13.08

10.70

Savuka

15.20

25.99

19.30

Tau Lekoa

16.57

19.07

24.99

TauTona

13.46

18.14

17.09

Tanzania
Geita

0.86

0.68

0.63

USA
CC&V

4.83

2.53

0.00

Group

7.32

8.24

7.70

The number of fatalities – 14 in 2008 – was a significant improvement on the group’s performance in 2007,
when 34 people died at work. The Fatal Injury Frequency Rate (FIFR), at 0.09 per million hours worked, was
consequently 59% lower, compared with the 0.21 per million hours worked in 2007. Eleven of the 18 operating
mining units did not experience a fatal incident (10 in 2007). The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)
improved by 11% to 7.32 injuries per million hours worked.

In South Africa, Section 54 of the Mine Health and Safety Act provides for the Mine Safety Inspectorate to close
part or all of a mine should it believe that any particular occurrence or condition may endanger the health and
safety of any individual on the mine. In 2008, AngloGold Ashanti received 34 instructions in terms of Section
54 to close significant sections of mining operations. Not all of these followed fatal incidents, as was the case
in 2007. In 2008, 44 full shifts were lost as a result of the imposition of these Section 54 orders (2007: 38). In
response to each Section 54 instruction, an investigation is undertaken, remedial actions are proposed and
implemented, and a presentation is made to the Safety Inspectorate to communicate the remedial work
undertaken.

AngloGold Ashanti believes that good safety performance and efficient production go hand-in-hand. The
company is working very closely with its counterparts in the unions and the Safety Inspectorate to ensure both
compliance with standards and improvement in performance.

Serra Grande, Brazil

and health

Safety

– 80 –

Report to Society 2008

AWARDS AND ACHIEVEMENTS

The following mines did not experience a fatal accident in 2008:
Cerro Vanguardia, Argentina

Sadiola and Yatela, Mali

Sunrise Dam, Australia

Navachab, Namibia

Brasil Mineração, Brazil

Tau Lekoa, South Africa

Iduapriem, Ghana

Geita, Tanzania

Siguiri, Guinea

CC&V, United States

South Africa

•

In June 2008, Mponeng received recognition from the
Mine Health and Safety Council for achieving one million
fatality-free shifts.

•

In June 2008, Moab Khotsong achieved one million
fatality-free shifts, and on 10 August 2008 recorded one
year without an occupational fatality.

•

In September 2008, Savuka recorded one year without a
fatal accident.

•

In September 2008, Great Noligwa recorded one million
fatality-free shifts.

•

In November 2008, Kopanang achieved one million
fatality-free shifts (its the eighth such award).

Ghana

•

In August 2008, Obuasi recorded one million
fatality-free shifts.

Australia

•

Sunrise Dam’s emergency response team was the best-
performing team at the annual Chamber of Minerals and Energy
emergency response challenge in the surface mine category
Kalgoorlie in May 2008, and took first place in the underground
challenge in November.

•

Sunrise Dam won the Great Improvement in Safety and Health
and Health Performance Award in the Downer EDI Annual
Mining Awards in the fourth quarter of 2008.

Obuasi, Ghana

Mponeng, South Africa

Kgomotso Mosote

Section Operator, Savuka, South Africa

“Being exposed to the metallurgical environment has been a great

learning experience for me; I have been fascinated and inspired by

the way in which management works with the operational team to

find solutions to challenges that sometimes arise in our underground

environment. AngloGold Ashanti is a great company to work for

and I believe that skills transfer is a corporate value that we need

to aggressively embark on”.

– 81 –

Report to Society 2008

OHSAS 18001 certification

Mine

Date certified

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

December 2006

Australia
Sunrise Dam

December 2007

Brazil
Brasil Minerãçao

May 2008

Serra Grande

September 2007

Ghana
Iduapriem

January 2008

Obuasi

December 2008

Guinea
Siguiri

December 2008

Mali
Sadiola

March 2008

Yatela

March 2008

Namibia
Navachab

December 2007
Recertified in
December 2008

South Africa
Great Noligwa

September 2008

Moab Khotsong

June 2008

Mponeng

July 2008

Kopanang

August 2008

Savuka

July 2008

TauTona

September 2008

Tau Lekoa

October 2008

Tanzania
Geita

November 2007

USA
CC&V

October 2007

HEALTH

Occupational health risks to employees differ significantly from region to region and depend on the type of

mining operation. The most significant occupational health risks within the company include: occupational lung

disease (OLD), which comprises silicosis and occupational tuberculosis (TB) in underground operations that are

host to quartz-bearing rock; noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL); heat stress; and radiation. Occupational health

regulations require ongoing biological monitoring for lead, mercury and arsenic, among others.

The occupational health risks, and the company’s approach to their management, are outlined in more detail

in the sections that follow.

Medical surveillance

Medical surveillance for occupational illness is undertaken at all operations except CC&V, where comprehensive

medical care facilities are available to employees and the risk of occupational illness is deemed to be low. The

facilities and systems in place are dependent on the risk profile of each operation, as well as the requirements

of local legislation. Information relating to operational occupational health surveillance programmes and specific

issues that are dealt with may be found in the Country and Operational Reports, which are available on the

website at www.aga-reports.com/08/Country-reports.htm.

Siguiri, Guinea

and health

Safety

– 82 –

Report to Society 2008

Typically, occupational health surveillance examinations take place when an employee joins the company, at
periodic intervals during employment (depending on the risk, local regulatory requirements and standards) and
when he or she is transferred from one operation to another or leaves the organisation (retirement or resignation).

In South Africa, 51,057 medical surveillance examinations were undertaken by the group’s two occupational
health centres (2007: 51,064). Across the group, a total of 66,039 medical surveillance examination were
conducted.

In 2007, the group identified a need to improve occupational health practices and medical surveillance at Obuasi in
Ghana, Geita in Tanzania and Navachab in Namibia; this remained an area of focus in 2008. Work began on the
occupational health facility at Obuasi in June and a risk-based medical surveillance programme was introduced. The
hospital at Iduapriem in Ghana is also being expanded and should result in improved occupational health care
through the addition of, among other things, an X-ray facility. A new hospital was opened at Siguiri in Guinea in 2008.

No new cases of occupational illness were reported in Brazil, Argentina, Australia or the United States. A review
of occupational health practice was undertaken at Sunrise Dam in Australia and at CC&V in the United States
during the year.

Occupational Lung Disease (OLD)

The most significant occupational hazard for employees is exposure to respirable silica dust, which can cause
OLD. OLD includes TB, TB silicosis and obstructive airways diseases. TB incidence and prevalence levels are
aggravated by the high rate of HIV prevalence in the mining population, with HIV being a major factor in the
development of TB. It is estimated that about 85% of employees diagnosed with TB are also HIV-positive.

In 2008, 761 cases of OLD (all at the South African operations) were compensated by the Medical Bureau for
Occupational Diseases (MBOD). This represents a rate of 22 per 1,000 employees. In 2007, there were 207
cases of OLD in South Africa, which were compensated by the MBOD (a rate of six per 1,000 employees). The
apparent deterioration in the OLD rate is attributable to the MBOD addressing historical backlogs.

Silicosis

Silicosis is a disease characterised by lung fibrosis caused by the inhalation of particles containing respirable
crystalline silica dust. It represents a risk in underground mining areas where there are high concentrations of
quartz within the orebody. While the threat of silicosis persists in South Africa, efforts to eradicate the disease
have largely been successful at the group’s operations in Brazil, as a result of the mechanisation of many
processes, successful dust management programmes, intensive monitoring, and Brazilian legislation that limits
the number of years that employees may work underground.

In South Africa, all employees exposed to silica dust undergo a chest X-ray every six months, along with an
annual clinical examination, and a three-yearly lung function test. Employees diagnosed with early-stage
silicosis are referred to the Medically Affected Employee Policy (MAEP) where they are counselled and efforts
are made to place them in lower-risk areas.

In South Africa, 442 new cases of silicosis (pure silicosis and all combinations of silicosis) were identified and
submitted to the MBOD for compensation (a rate of 13 per 1,000 employees). In 2007, 462 cases were
submitted to the MBOD (a rate of 14 per 1,000 employees).

The case of Mr Thembekile Mankayi was heard in the High Court of South Africa in July 2008. This follows a
claim received in October 2006 by AngloGold Ashanti for compensation in respect of damages suffered by
Mr Mankayi following his alleged contraction of silicosis. Mr Mankayi was employed by the company at Vaal
Reefs Mine from 1979 to 1995. AngloGold Ashanti successfully defended this action on the basis that section
35 of the Compensation for Occupational Injury and Diseases Act (Act 130 of 1993) (COIDA), which precludes
common law redress and provides compensation directly to the mineworker, was also intended to apply to the
Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act (ODMWA). Compensation for silicosis is currently provided for
under the latter. Following the judgement, Mr Mankayi filed an application for leave to appeal the ruling under
the auspices of the Supreme Court of Appeal in Bloemfontein. In the light of the fact that this issue is of

– 83 –

Report to Society 2008

importance both to Mr Mankayi and to the South African mining industry, AngloGold Ashanti has not opposed
leave to appeal, which has been granted. The appeal may be heard in 2009 or 2010.

AngloGold Ashanti recognises that silicosis is a significant issue for past, current and future employees.

The group has adopted a comprehensive programme to address silicosis that targets:

•

the desired reduction and eventual elimination of the disease by addressing its cause – silica dust; and

•

the identification, care and compensation of those afflicted.

A concerted effort to limit silica exposure within the underground operations involves:

•

engineering measures to limit the generation of and exposure to dust by employees;

•

monitoring and management of any exposure, and the development and implementation of administrative
controls;

•

education of employees, management of protective measures and cultivating an understanding of both the
hazard and the impacts of exposure; and

•

the use of personal protective equipment.

the occupational exposure limit (OEL) of 0.1 mg/m

. This is in line with the industry-agreed target, in terms of

body, the Mine Health and Safety Council.

As part of an ongoing process aimed at continuous improvement, the company continues to investigate both
methods of dust management and monitoring methodologies. Progress in respect of dust levels thus far has
been as a result of a combination of factors, including the implementation of engineering controls such as:

•

adherence to ventilation standards;

•

effective watering-down practices;

•

water quality management; and

•

footwall treatment programmes.

The installation of upgraded air filtration equipment was also completed during the year.

and health

Safety

Geita, Tanzania

– 84 –

Report to Society 2008

The AngloGold Ashanti South African division reported that 3.1% of employees were exposed to dust levels above

which 95% of all individual samples must be below this limit. These industry targets were agreed by a tripartite

Adherence to administrative controls is critically important in the programme (for example, adherence to
blast re-entry times and individual employee shift duration). The provision of personal protective equipment
to employees working in high-risk areas (such as those involved in ore transport and tipping) is also
important, and compliance requires continual focus.

The slow rate of certification of employees suffering from silicosis by the South African MBOD, and subsequent
compensation in terms of national legislation, is still a concern. Inadequate systems and a lack of resources
continued to result in significant delays and, even more worrying, many silicosis sufferers are presumed to be
unidentified and without compensation. This legacy is a common and significant issue for the gold mining
industry in South Africa and was the basis of an industry initiative undertaken under the auspices of the
Chamber of Mines, and involving AngloGold Ashanti, Gold Fields, Harmony, the DME and the National Union
of Mineworkers (NUM), to identify affected former mining industry employees in need of care and to improve
access to follow-up treatment and compensation systems.

Noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL)

NIHL develops as a consequence of consistent exposure to high levels of noise (in excess of 85dBA) over an
extended period of time. The onset of NIHL is painless and progressive, often resulting in a lack of diagnosis
until significant hearing loss has occurred.

AngloGold Ashanti has hearing conservation programmes in place at all operations, with three clear objectives:

•

the implementation of engineering controls to reduce noise at source;

•

the provision of hearing protection devices to protect the wearer from excessive noise levels; and

•

medical surveillance to detect any loss of hearing as early as possible.

More than a decade ago, AngloGold Ashanti embarked on a programme to monitor noise levels in the
workplace and to implement engineering controls to reduce noise. Initially, emphasis was placed on muffling all
pneumatic rockdrills. A programme to silence all underground ventilation fans then began and was completed
in 2006. The programme is now targeting other noisy equipment and areas, such as air hoists, water jets and
pressure-reducing valve stations.

All at-risk employees undergo regular audiometric testing. Where appropriate, employees are provided with
hearing protection devices. In 2008, a selection of hearing protection devices were tested and a range of
preferred devices are now available as standard store items.

In 2008, 77 cases of NIHL were compensated across the group (all in South Africa). This is a rate of 2 per 1,000
employees, which is unchanged from 2007.

See case study for an update on: Progress made in dealing with noise management at AngloGold Ashanti in
South Africa, at www.aga-reports.com/08/noise-SA.htm.

Pulmonary tuberculosis (TB)

In South Africa, pulmonary TB in silica-exposed employees is classified and treated as an occupational illness.
The risk of contracting TB is increased by both silica exposure and HIV infection, with these factors acting
multiplicatively in increasing relative risk. AngloGold Ashanti’s approach to HIV & AIDS and malaria are dealt with
in the regional health section on page 120.

TB control remains rigorous within the South African mining industry. Extensive information, education and
training of employees is in place to ensure that employees and their supervisors are informed of the symptoms
of the disease. Active case-finding using six-monthly digital X-rays undertaken by mobile units at mine sites,
and fixed digital X-ray units at the two occupational health centres, remains in place. Detailed investigation,
admission to hospital until the risk of infection is past, and World Health Organisation-based Directly Observed
Therapy (DOTS) resulted in the achievement of a cure rate which exceeded the WHO target of 85%. Regarding
multi-drug resistant (MDR) and extremely drug resistant (XDR) TB, AngloGold Ashanti achieved some level of
success, with cure levels above those of state-run facilities.

– 85 –

Report to Society 2008

In 2008, 874 employees were diagnosed with TB, a rate of 26 per 1,000 employees (2007: 923 employees, a
rate of 27 per 1,000 employees). The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation-funded Thibela programme, now in
its third year, is running very well and although there is insufficient evidence to accurately assess the results of
these interventions in terms of a declining incidence and prevalence of TB, early indications are that there has
been a positive effect in the TB incidence rate at TauTona. See the case study: Twelve thousand participate in
TB research programme, at www.aga-reports.com/08/Thibela.htm.

While TB is not classified as an occupational illness outside South Africa, surveillance and treatment
programmes are implemented internationally. At Obuasi in Ghana, 52 cases of TB were identified. One case of
TB was identified at Iduapriem in Ghana, one at Sadiola and Yatela in Mali, one at Geita in Tanzania and one
at Brasil Mineração in Brazil. Two cases were identified in the DRC.

Heat and physical fitness

As heat is potentially a concern at all underground operations, heat management protocols and practices are
in place and are effective and robust. In 2008, 382 cases of heat illness were reported by the South African
operations, most of which (380) were heat-related cramps. Two cases of heat exhaustion were reported and
there were no cases of heat stroke during the year.

The South African heat stress management programme was extended to Ghana during the year and it is the
intention that this, combined with the installation of large-scale refrigeration plants, will successfully manage the
temperature in the working environment, thus resulting in improved working conditions.

Wellness of employees

As, increasingly, the focus in occupational health management has shifted towards a holistic approach to address
the overall health and wellness of employees, so the monitoring of medical absence, the medical reasons for the
departure of employees, and overall health at exit have all become more important. In a broader sense, a project
reviewing the health care, funding and access to health care provision mechanisms for the dependants of lower-
level employees was begun during the year and is ongoing.

The overall absentee rate for employees in South Africa (for work and non-work related reasons) was 5.39% in
2008 (2007: 5.36%). (The 2007 figure is slightly higher than that of the previously reported, because sick leave
taken over weekends or public holidays is now included.)

The company’s MAEP provides a fair and transparent process to deal with employees who have medical
conditions resulting in their being unable to continue in their current occupations. The primary aim of the MAEP
is to place employees in occupations where they may continue to work safely and productively, although this
is not always possible. In 2008, 1,116 employees were determined to be permanently unfit to continue working
in their current occupations, 117 of whom were accommodated in substantive alternative occupations while
the remainder were medically discharged. A further 381 employees with early (not yet compensable) indications
of occupational illnesses were identified: 161 elected to remain in their current occupations, 50 were placed in
lower-risk working environments; and 178 chose to be medically discharged.

OBJECTIVES FOR 2009

The following objectives have been set in respect of safety and health performance in 2009:

•

completion of the safety transformation project and the development of a ‘blueprint’ for safety and health;

•

zero fatal accidents;

•

20% reduction in all injury rates;

•

continue to strengthen occupational safety and health systems across all operations; and

•

continue to improve dust control to achieve 2013 milestones in South Africa and eliminate silicosis.

and health

Safety

– 86 –

Report to Society 2008

CASE STUDIES:

Case studies describing some of the challenges faced by the group and how these are addressed these may be found on
page 186 of this report, the Report to Society website at www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific urls listed below.

GROUP

Developing a new blueprint for safety and health for AngloGold Ashanti

Good progress was made in inculcating a safety and health culture within the group during the year, with an emphasis
on safe work practices at all levels. The Occupational Safety and Health Leadership Transformation Project was
initiated in April 2008 to develop a global occupational health and safety blueprint. This initiative is aligned with broader
business transformation initiatives currently under way within the company. See case study on page 188 and at

Implementing a safety and health systems and practice protocol to monitor compliance with OHSAS 18001

AngloGold Ashanti has developed a protocol to assist with compliance with the OHSAS 18001 standards. The
protocol is unique in that it aims at going beyond compliance with internationally accepted occupational health and
safety standards by measuring related performance, practices and levels of compliance. The system can also be used

BRAZIL

Serra Grande introduces FMEA to improve safety performance

In July 2008, Serra Grande, Brazil, acquired a Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) system, prompted by a fatal
incident which occurred on 12 February 2008. During the investigation into this accident, it was recommended that
a tool to facilitate the identification of the basic causes of incidents was needed. The FMEA is a procedure for
analysing potential failures within a system of work and for classification of the effect of failures on the system.

SOUTH AFRICA

New approach to safety and health in South Africa pays dividends

Several processes aimed at ensuring a broad understanding of and support for the vision that safety is the
foremost value within the company have been implemented in the Southern Africa Division. The FIFR for the
division improved by 59% year-on-year while the LTIFR improved by 13%. This case study explores the strategy
development and implementation, as well as the implementation of various workplace initiatives such as the
‘Care’ and ‘It’s OK’ processes and white flag days. See the case study on page 192 of this report, or at
www.aga-reports.com/08/safety-SA.htm.

Twelve thousand participate in TB research programme

About 12,000 AngloGold Ashanti employees at the TauTona, Great Noligwa, Moab Khotsong and Tau Lekoa
mines are participating in the largest TB research programme undertaken in the South African mining
industry.The Thibela TB programme, which was launched towards the end of 2005, is being funded by the South
African Mine Health and Safety Council and the International Consortium to Respond Effectively to the AIDS/TB
Epidemic (CREATE). See www.aga-reports.com/08/thibela.htm.

Progress made in dealing with noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL) at AngloGold Ashanti in South Africa.

Working in a noisy environment continues to pose a risk for employees. In 2008, 77 cases of NIHL compensated.
This represents a rate of two per 1,000 – a remarkable decrease from 26 per 1,000 employees, recorded in 2002.
Measures to prevent full-scale deafness in employees who have been diagnosed with early NIHL include counselling
in understanding the risks and exposure to deafness in their current designations and the importance of personal

www.aga-reports.com/08/safety-blueprint.htm.

reports.com/08/safety-protocol.htm.

to facilitate a gap analysis of health and safety management systems. See the case study at www.aga-

See

protection equipment. See the case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/noise-SA.htm.

the case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/MSG-FMEA.htm.

– 87 –

Report to Society 2008

– 88 –

Report to Society 2008

Key developments

Renewing the vision, mission and values

The year in review

110

Objectives for 2009

111

Case studies

Employment

– 89 –

Report to Society 2008

Employment

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

Revision of the company’s vision and values, and their communication to employees.

•

Development of the System for the Management of People, based on the Requisite Organisation model.

•

Restructuring of responsibilities and hierarchy in line with corporate strategy.

•

Implementing a company-wide approach to collective bargaining.

RENEWING THE VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

AngloGold Ashanti’s values, as reviewed and redefined in 2008, are underpinned by the philosophy that ‘People
are our business... our business is people’. The group’s values specifically state:

We treat each other with dignity and respect
We believe that individuals who are treated with respect and who are entrusted to take responsibility
respond by giving their best. We seek to preserve people's dignity, their sense of self-worth in all our
interactions, respecting them for who they are and valuing the unique contribution that they can make to
our business success. We are honest with ourselves and others, and we deal ethically with all of our
business and social partners.

We value diversity
We aim to be a global leader with the right people for the right jobs. We promote inclusion and teamwork,
deriving benefit from the rich diversity of the cultures, ideas, experiences and skills that each employee
brings to the business.

Giving life to this are the group’s undertakings or business principles related to the group’s labour practices.

AngloGold Ashanti’s values are displayed in full on the company website. For further information on the
development and implementation of these values, see the case study: Renewing our commitment to doing
things the right way, at www.aga-reports.com/08/renew-values.htm.

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Management systems and accountability

Operational restructuring has been undertaken across AngloGold Ashanti over the past year to align the
company’s structure with the revised corporate strategy and the new executive team, and to bring the

created in 2009 to ensure that appropriate skills are located even closer to the operations. Key developments
here include the appointment in late 2007 of three operational heads (one in Australasia, one in Africa and one
in the Americas) and the separation of divisional responsibility in Africa (home to the majority of the group’s
operations), into West Africa and Southern Africa divisions.

The group’s leadership structure, from the board to the board subcommittees and Executive Committee is
discussed in the Ethics and Governance section of this report, starting on page 52.

The group is led by an Executive Committee that meets on a regular basis and has oversight of all group
functions. Details of the executive team members may be found on the website at www.anglogoldashanti.com.

Given AngloGold Ashanti’s renewed vision and values and revised company strategy, a complete review of the
group’s human resources management systems and structure, called the System for the Management of
People (SMP) is being undertaken. This is considered a strategic imperative within the context of a changing
world of work, the current socio-economic climate and continued key skills shortages in the mining industry.
See box on: Restructuring the organisation to fit the strategy, on the opposite page.

This SMP is particularly relevant for the management of the group’s talent at all levels and across all operations. See
the case study, Managing talent using the requisite organisation model, at www.aga-reports.com/08/requisite-
model.com.

leadership of the company closer to the operations. As a follow-up to this structure, country offices will be

– 90 –

Report to Society 2008

Restructuring the organisation to fit the strategy

Following the revision of AngloGold Ashanti’s corporate strategy over the past two years, and the
implementation of leadership changes following the appointment of CEO Mark Cutifani, the need arose for the
adaptation of the group’s global human resources strategy to deliver into the group’s new vision.

Explains Robbie Lazare, Executive Vice President for Human Resources, “The organisation needs to be
structured to service our identified priorities, one of them being safety, which is our first value. The other
priority is how we improve our delivery model. How do we ensure that we have the right level of skills and the
right number of skills at the appropriate sites?”

In addition to the operational restructuring into three time-zone based units (Africa, Australia and Americas), the
African operations – consisting of 16 mines – are being divided into four country structures.

“We have also restructured the services departments, the business development and technical areas, based on
a conscious decision that we will move from being an international company to being a global company,” he adds.

Core to this is the implementation of global standards for human resources across the group that will not only
allow better management of people at an operational level, but will allow these same resources to be available
to the group in a truly global sense.

“This need has led to the development of an holistic human resources model for the group, based on requisite
organisation principles developed by Elliott Jaques. This is not just about structure – it is about all the sub-
systems, talent pool, performance management and pay and everything else that we do. We are redesigning
the whole of human resources – a System for the Management of People (SMP) – over a period that is likely
to take around six months for design and three to five years in implementation.

“At the same time,” comments Lazare, “we have to make sure that our own internal model takes into account
the future world of work.”

“The physical place where one works, particularly at a senior level and in technical disciplines, is not as
important as it was in the past. What is more important to the new generation of engineers and company
leaders is that you give them the space to work in a community of practice where disciplines often work from
the bottom up (not top down as is the conventional model of work). We need to provide a space for building
this community of, say mining engineers, where our top skills can virtually join a community of practice to
share information and develop solutions to individual and shared challenges.

“Where this is all going to lead is to a leaner organisation that is much more technologically advanced,
possibly more mechanised and, importantly, that has a far greater virtual working space.

“Another thing that we have to get to grips with is that skills have become a global resource, not a country
resource. Boundaries have opened up. An individual can work anywhere if he or she is happy with the pay
and conditions, or simply wants a change. We need to build an organisation that can offer challenges across
a variety of disciplines, and across countries, so that an individual does not have to leave our group to pursue
career advancement,” Lazare says.

Robbie Lazare

– 91 –

Report to Society 2008

Cripple
Creek
& Victor

421

Yatela and
Sadiola

681

Morila

Siguiri

Iduapriem

Obuasi

Navachab

Serra Grande

2,987

Cerro
Vanguardia

1,072

TauTona

Mponeng

and Savuka

Kopanang

Moab Khotsong

Tau Lekoa

Great Noligwa

Geita

Sunrise Dam

Employment at AngloGold Ashanti by operation
(including contractors): 2008

930

2,934

1,780

5,722

1,108

482

3,116

410

Brasil
Mineração

Number of employees
(including contractors)

3,034

4,737

6,031

5,743

4,623

6,909

Employment

Adrian van Tonder

Executive Assistant to the Executive Vice-President: Human Resources
Corporate Office, Johannesburg, South Africa

“AngloGold Ashanti’s values form fundamental pillars supporting

the business and its strategic objectives. They shouldn’t just be

expressed, but lived. You can apply the six values to your

personal life as well, and becoming a better individual will

have a direct impact on the job.”

– 92 –

Report to Society 2008

AngloGold Ashanti as an employer
AngloGold Ashanti is a significant employer in many of the countries in which it operates. The majority of the group’s
employees (including contractors) are in South Africa 68.6%, Ghana 12%, Tanzania 5% and Brazil 6.7%.

In 2008, AngloGold Ashanti employed 62,895 people (calculated on a monthly average basis), comprising
50,206 (78%) permanent employees and 12,689 (22%) contractors. This was an increase year-on-year of some
2.2%. In 2007, there were 61,522 people, comprising 47,383 (77%) permanent employees and 14,139 (23%)
contractors. Further details appear in the table below.

Total number of employees and contractors

Operation

2008

2007

Employees

Contractors

Total

Argentin

756

316

1,072

1,017

Cerro Vanguardia

756

316

1,072

Australia

169

1,029

1,198

781

Sunrise Dam

333

410

Boddington

696

788

Brazil

2,679

1,416

4,095

4,352

Brasil Mineração

1,954

1,033

2,987

Serra Grande

725

383

1,108

Ghana

4,991 2,511

7,502

7,549

Iduapriem

732

1,048

1,780

Obuasi

4,259

1,463

5,722

Guinea

1,489

1,444

2,933

2,917

Siguiri

1,489

1,444

2,933

Mali

606

1,005

1,611

1,615

Morila

242

439

681

Sadiola

242

333

575

Yatela

122

233

355

Namibia

482

409

Navachab

482

South Africa

33,216

3,911

37,127

36,976

TauTona

3,849

774

4,623

Mponeng

5,482

203

5,685

Savuka

1,179

1,224

Tau Lekoa

2,650

384

3,034

Great Noligwa

5,472

271

5,743

Moab Khotsong

2,914

1,823

4,737

Kopanang

5,620

411

6,031

Other

6,050

Tanzania

2,130

986

3,116

3,226

Geita

2,130

986

3,116

USA

350

421

405

CC&V

350

421

Other

3,338

Total AngloGold Ashanti

50,206

12,689

62,895

61,522

Other consists of Sustainable Development Operations East Rand, metallurgy, SA Regional Services, Sustainable Development, SARS
Engineering at West Wits and Vaal River and workshops.

Other consists of corporate offices, AngloGold Ashanti Health, the exploration offices, Rand Refinery and other non gold producing entities.

Persisting global skills shortages, particularly in the resources sector and in southern Africa, contributed to
continued high turnover levels, although there has been some improvement on the prior year owing to the
implementation of strategic retention programmes. This high turnover trend is likely to abate somewhat with the
global economic downturn and following the implementation of the revised system for the management of
people across the group. In 2008, the level of turnover amongst permanent employees within the group was 8%.

– 93 –

Report to Society 2008

Turnover levels for all operations, of all employees and women are reported in the table opposite. Separation
by age group cannot be reported as it is not specifically recorded by the company for management purposes
as it is not deemed to be a material indicator.

AngloGold Ashanti is committed to providing employment in the countries and regions in which it operates and,
in the event of any restructuring, the preservation of jobs is paramount. See the case study: Preserving jobs,
at Great Noligwa Mine, at www.aga-reports.com/08/GreatNoligwa-jobs.htm

Employment

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000

50,000

60,000

70,000

Total number of employees
(including contractors) – group

62,895

61,522

61,453

63,993

65,400

Rand Refinery South Africa

Reasons for separation from the
group (%)

Resignation

46%

Dismissal

34%

Medical
separation

20%

Retrenchment
(voluntary)

7.6%

34%

46%

7.6%

20%

0.8%

Death in service 6%
Retirement

Retrenchment
(involuntary)

0.8%

– 94 –

Report to Society 2008

Turnover levels (%)

2008

2007

All All
employees

Women

employees

Corporate
Corporate office

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

Australia

21.5*

Perth office

Sunrise Dam

Exploration

Brazil
Brasil
Mineração

Serra Grande

Ghana
Iduapriem

0.3

3.4

Obuasi

0.2

Guinea
Siguiri

0.06

2.5

Mali
Morila

Sadiola and Yatela

0.18

3.4

Namibia
Navachab

4.4

South Africa
TauTona

Mponeng and Savuka

Tau Lekoa

Kopanang

Great Noligwa

0.3

Moab Khotsong

Tanzania
Geita

0.6

USA
CC&V

3.67

Group

0.5

10.5

* Australia was not reported separately for 2007

Given the global economic circumstances prevailing at the end of 2008, it is likely that some operational
restructuring will ensue in 2009, which may result in the reduction of a number of jobs. Where possible, this will
be through a process of natural attrition or voluntary separations. As at the end of December 2008, the
following restructuring is planned for 2009:

•

further reduction in production at Great Noligwa that is likely to result in the loss of about 283 jobs;

•

replacement of contractor labour with permanent employees at Savuka; and

•

increase in mining jobs (by about 500) as mine production builds up and a decrease in contractor jobs
by about 400 as mine labour replaces contractor employees at Moab Khotsong.

Iduapriem, Ghana

– 95 –

Report to Society 2008

Eliodoro Aroca Ramirez

Environment Auxiliary, Colosa, Colombia

“I was a displaced citizen in Colombia due to the country’s guerilla

war, during which I lost all my assets. After losing everything I

owned, I got the opportunity to work for AngloGold Ashanti’s Colosa

project, I feel as though I have been born again.”

Fundamental human rights conventions

Certain human rights conventions, including those relating to freedom of association and collective bargaining,
are entrenched in South African legislation and the constitution, as well as in laws and regulations in Argentina,
Brazil, Australia, Namibia, Tanzania, Mali, and the United States. In addition, AngloGold Ashanti is committed
to upholding the International Labour Organisation (ILO) Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at
Work. Specifically the company seeks to ensure the implementation of fair employment practices by prohibiting
forced, compulsory or child labour and implementing these practices through country, operation and shaft level
recognition and collective bargaining agreements, including non-discrimination agreements and codes.

No breaches of the ILO declaration were alleged, nor were any charges brought against the company in
connection with these during the year. No operations are deemed to be at risk in this regard.

Policies are in place at all operations to protect employees from prejudice and, in some countries, to promote the
advancement of certain groups of employees. Discrimination, including racial and sexual harassment and
discrimination against the disabled, is prohibited in terms of the company’s business principles, as well as by
legislation in most of the countries where our operations are situated. In many of the countries in Africa, South
America and Australia in particular, the rights and promotion of indigenous peoples, of the historically disadvantaged
and of women are provided for in legislation and adopted and followed by the company. No cases of discrimination
were alleged or reported during the year. (See section on diversity and on women in mining below).

See the section on Human Rights on page 112 of this report.

Employment

Iduapriem, Ghana

– 96 –

Report to Society 2008

Freedom of association and collective bargaining

AngloGold Ashanti recognises that freedom of association is a fundamental right of all employees and

particular country. See case study: Reviewing our approach to industrial relations, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/collective-bargaining.htm.

Good progress was made with the implementation of new collective bargaining processes and structures
in Ghana. See case study: Update on collective bargaining Ghana, at www.aga-reports.com/08/collective-
bargaining-Ghana.htm.

In total, around 86% of all employees are either members of a union or catered for through collective bargaining
agreements. The exceptions to the collective bargaining arrangements are the United States and Australia,
where employees are not members of unions, but where a high degree of employee participation is
encouraged. This is common practice in both countries. However, new workplace relations legislation currently
being drafted in Australia will encourage the engagement between management and unions through collective
bargaining agreements, provided regulatory minimum entitlements are met. Further details on the level of union
participation and the unions involved are indicated in the Country Reports, which may be found at www.aga-
reports.com.

Union and collective bargaining participation in South Africa, where the group has the most number of
employees, is 97%. This includes those that participate in terms of an agency shop agreement, which exists
across the lower bargaining unit at the South African operations. This industry-wide agreement provides for the
contribution by non-union members of 0.75% of basic monthly pay to a fund which is used to address the work
and social needs of that bargaining group and has been negotiated because union members pay 1% of their
basic pay as union dues. The outcome of wage negotiations with the unions applies to all employees within
that bargaining unit, whether they are union members or not. Excluding the agency shop agreement (that is
direct union membership), union participation in South Africa is 87%.

There were no significant disputes or strikes at any of the group’s operations during the year. Days and shifts
lost owing to industrial action are described more fully below.

Employees by country
(including contractors) 2008 (%)*

South Africa 68%
Ghana

12%

Brazil

Tanzania

Guinea

68%

12%

Mali

Argentinia

Australia

Namibia

USA

* Due to rounding up percentages may add up to >100%

Sunrise Dam, Australia

contractors, and adheres to collective bargaining agreements with due regard to the relevant legislation of a

– 97 –

Report to Society 2008

Mali

•

A single eight-hour shift was lost by the mining contractor at Sadiola and Yatela on 21 October 2008 when
the union (SECNAMI) wanted a change in the shift roster system. This was subsequently agreed to by
management and the issue was resolved on 31 October 2008.

South Africa

•

All business units were affected by the Congress of South African Unions (COSATU) legal protest and
strike action on 23 July 2008 and 6 August 2008 respectively. The protest and strike action was in
response to the Eskom power crisis. Attendance numbers were slightly affected on 23 July 2008. On the
evening of 5 August and on 6 August, a total stayaway affected all operations.

Key negotiations or agreements in 2008 are set out below.

Namibia

•

Substantive wage agreements were concluded in December 2008 regulating wage and conditions of
employment for 2009-10.

Mali

•

Wages (January 2008) at Morila, and at Sadiola and Yatela.

Ghana

•

Salary and wage review (January 2008), 2008 bonus scheme (January 2008) and senior staff duty
allowance (January 2008) at Iduapriem.

•

Wages and salaries (June 2008) and duty allowance (August 2008) at Obuasi in Ghana.

Tanzania

•

Remuneration policy and overtime policy (June 2008) at Geita.

Brazil

•

Salary adjustment for employees to compensate for higher than anticipated levels of inflation (August 2008).

Guinea

•

Wage review (January 2008) at Siguiri.

South Africa

•

Two year wage agreement concluded in 2007

Employment

South Africa: unionised employees
(including contractors) 2008 (%)

National Union of
Mineworkers

76.6%

No union

13.1%

76.6%

0.3%

2.8%
7.3%
13.1%

UASA
Solidarity
SAEWA

Union representation and collective bargaining agreements % of employees covered

100

65%

1. Argentina
2. Australia

4. Brazil – Serra Grande
5. DRC

27%

98%

100%

96%

100%

97%

96%

100%

58%

69%

6. Ghana – Obuasi
7. Ghana – Iduapriem
8. Guinea

10. Mali – Morila

11. Namibia
12. South Africa
13. Tanzania
14. USA

– 98 –

Report to Society 2008

7.3
2.8
0.3

9. Mali – Sadiola and Yatela

3. Brasil Mineraç o

Benefits and conditions of service

AngloGold Ashanti aspires to be an employer of choice in the regions and countries in which it operates,
offering attractive and fair remuneration practices and conditions of service.

AngloGold Ashanti’s employee remuneration is above the legislated minimum wage requirements in the various
states where it operates.

•

In the South African mining sector, wages and conditions of service are competitive. In respect of certain
categories of employees, wages and conditions of service are negotiated through a collective bargaining
process, and compare favourably with minimum wages set by the statutory determinations and
competitors.

•

In Ghana, minimum wages are set by the state for government employees. AngloGold Ashanti’s
operations exceed these requirements and, in addition, provide benefits such as a provident fund, which
is not provided for in legislation but was negotiated through the collective bargaining process.

•

In Tanzania, a minimum wage has been legislated for the mining industry. This is well above other legislated
minimum wages in the country as part of that government’s intention that mineworkers should benefit from
the mineral wealth of the country.

Generally, conditions of service, including minimum notice periods and negotiation practices with employees and
employee representatives are guided by country legislation, collective bargaining agreements and individual
contracts of employment. It follows therefore that these vary from region to region. See the Country and
Operational Reports for further detail. (www.aga-reports.com)

As a minimum, AngloGold Ashanti provides access to primary health care for all employees as a basic condition
of service. Increasingly, health care benefits are provided to dependants as well. Details on the specific housing
and health care benefits that are provided to employees at the various operations may be found in the Country
Reports at www.aga-reports.com.

allowances, home ownership and accommodation, life assurance, death and disability cover, educational/study
assistance, and share ownership and share incentives.

For some employees the provision of housing or accommodation is a benefit, while for others who are employed
at mines in remote locations (such as Argentina and Australia) it is a condition of service. For a significant
proportion of South African employees who are drawn from neighbouring countries or from rural areas in South
Africa, the provision of accommodation is both historical and necessary. Many of these employees choose not

Callie Lonn

Schemes Coach: Mining and Rock Engineering, Vaal River, South Africa

“I have been with AngloGold Ashanti since 1976 and I

have enjoyed my time immensely, my day-to-day

responsibilities include managing the mining and rock

engineering schemes training in Vaal River and West Wits

which includes management trainees, learner

diplomates, learner officials and trainee shift bosses.”

– 99 –

Report to Society 2008

Additional benefits include, but are not limited to, maternity and paternity leave, retirement funds, housing

to relocate their families to their place of employment and live in company-provided residences. (See box below
and overleaf).

Formal performance and career development review processes are in place at all operations, for either
individuals or teams. In South Africa, where most of the group’s employees are based, a formal skills
development plan is in place for all disciplines at all operations in line with the company’s Social and Labour
Plans (SLPs). Skills development plans are reviewed and updated annually.

SLPs are provided for by South African legislation. In AngloGold Ashanti’s case, they are submissions
made in respect of the company’s two regions of operation (West Wits and Vaal River), and make certain
undertakings in respect of training and development, employment equity and the management of human resources.
SLPs focus particularly on redressing the imbalances of the previous socio-economic environment with regard to
historically disadvantaged South Africans (HDSAs). These submissions were made as part of the company’s
application for the conversion of its mineral rights under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act
(MPRDA) and were accepted by government. Progress made against these plans is reported annually to the
Department of Minerals and Energy (DME). See the Social and Labour Plan Reports at www.aga-reports.com.

Company-provided accommodation in South Africa

Given historical labour patterns and the labour-intensive nature of mining operations, by far the most
formalised on-mine, employee-only accommodation is that provided in South Africa. Here, historically and
still today, a significant proportion of employees are drawn from surrounding countries and from rural areas
within the country.

Residences
While the company has been introducing more family accommodation and encouraging home ownership, the
provision of accommodation for employees drawn from areas beyond the immediate vicinity of the mines
remains a necessity. An area of focus has been the transformation of these hostels, or residences, so as to
provide greater privacy and a better quality of life to those who live there. The change from their previous name
of hostels to residences is intended to reflect this transformation process.

A central AngloGold Ashanti Accommodation Forum and regional Accommodation Forums, comprising
management and union representatives, meet on a regular basis to plan for both current and future
management of the residences. Issues that are dealt with by these forums include food, accommodation,
health and safety, leisure activities, industrial relations and communication.

At the end of 2008, 52% of employees working in South Africa were housed in company-provided residences
(2007: 51%). The increase of 1% from 2007 is attributable to Moab Khotsong staffing for full production. In
2004, 62% of employees resided in company-provided hostels.

The programme to upgrade residences continued during the year, with particular efforts being made to reduce
the numbers of individuals in each room, including converting communal rooms into single room
accommodation. This process is expected to be completed by 2019 in the West Wits area and in 2014 in the
Vaal River area, at a total cost to the company of R381.4 million ($46.2 million) of which R83 million
($10.1 million) has been spent to date.

At the end of 2008, 9% of all residence-based employees were accommodated in single person
accommodation, with 672 units having been converted during the year. Since 2005 when this initiative began,
2,139 single rooms have been created. The average number of individuals per room has been reduced from
eight in 2005 to six in 2008.

A case study on: Upgrading residences in South Africa, is available at www.aga-reports.com/08/residence-
upgrade.htm.

Employment

– 100 –

Report to Society 2008

Company-provided accommodation in South Africa Cont.

In South Africa, meals are provided to employees living in residences; their nutritional value is carefully planned
and monitored by an independent nutritional expert. The minimum calorific value required by underground
workers (as stipulated by a Chamber of Mines study) is 13,500kJ – AngloGold Ashanti’s meals provide
between 15,000 and 17,000kJ per day.

Although the majority of women invited to work in mining are drawn from the local community, it has
nevertheless become necessary to plan for residence accommodation for women. The company’s plan is to
accommodate women in existing residences but in dedicated blocks.

Promotion of home ownership
The company has continued to promote home ownership as an important aspect of its accommodation
strategy. The sale of residential units and vacant stands that was embarked upon in 2005 has continued, with
priority being given to current incumbents of these properties, with transactions concluded at market value.

The formalisation of the West Wits and Vaal River villages and adjacent land and properties into the municipal
areas of Merafong and Matlhosana respectively, also continued. See case study in: Report to Society 2006:
Long-term sustainability of mine villages at www.anglogoldashanti.com.

Following comprehensive technical planning and extensive consultation with accommodation forums, local
authorities and other stakeholders, the process is now well under way and is expected to be completed
in 2010 at a total cost to the company of R6.5 million. The aim of this process is to make available disused
mine-owned housing and land as accommodation within a sustainable community that is independent
of the mine.

Accommodation assistance payments to lower level employees (should they choose not to live in residences
or if they do not qualify for mine-based housing) have been substantially increased in recent years, again to
improve the general quality of living of employees. At the end of September 2008, this amounted to
R1,200 per month for employees at the lower level.

Hostel, South Africa

– 101 –

Report to Society 2008

Training and development of people

A great deal of emphasis is placed on the training and development of people. Training and development
initiatives at all levels – from Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET) and skills development, to graduate
training and executive development programmes – underpin the group’s system for the management of people
and will ensure that the group has the requisite skills in the future.

Direct total training and development expenditure in 2008 amounted to $35 million (2007: $31.4 million),
an increase of 12% on the prior year. Data related to the average hours of training per employee is not collated
across the group as this is not deemed a meaningful measure given the number of people involved, the
significant differences in skills sets and the diversity of operations. Further details on training and development
initiatives may be found in the Country Reports at www.aga-reports.com

It is AngloGold Ashanti’s goal that all employees should become functionally literate and numerate or, at the very least,
have access to literacy training. For more than a decade the group has offered ABET to employees at its South
African operations and this was introduced in Namibia in 2007. All employees at the operations in Australia and the
United States are literate, as are most employees in Argentina, Brazil and Ghana. See box below for
further information, as well as the Country Reports and the Social and Labour Plan Reports available at
www.aga-reports.com.

Skills development in South Africa

As part of the initiative at the South African operations to upgrade employees’ skills, and to create
development opportunities for HDSAs in particular, the company has identified a pool of high-potential
employees for whom development plans have been put in place and mentors appointed.

A Central Skills Development Committee has been set up as a consultative forum between management and
unions to deal with issues such as skills development and employment equity. This forum meets on a quarterly
basis. Skills Development Committees have also been set up at each business unit. A particular area of
emphasis for these committees is the promotion of ABET. These committees play an active role in marketing
ABET to employees and recognising ABET achievements. A major stumbling block in the promotion of literacy
in the past has been a lack of interest in attending ABET classes on the part of employees.

ABET
There are four ABET centres in the West Wits area and six in the Vaal River area, capable of accommodating
1,140 learners per intake, both on a full-and part-time basis. ABET levels range from Pre-ABET (which is
equivalent to Grade 0) to National Qualifications Framework (NQF)2 Fundamentals (four subjects of the NQF2
qualification). In addition, the company supports two ABET centres for community members (one at Wedela
in Carletonville and one in Orkney), and community members may attend the mine-based ABET centres
should they not be fully utilised at any time.

Employment

ABET training, South Africa

– 102 –

Report to Society 2008

Mponeng, South Africa

Skills development in South Africa cont.

A total of 10,070 employees and 573 community members participated in ABET during the year, at a cost to the
company of R9.5 million. In 2007, there were 4,122 participants at a cost of R9.2 million ($1.3 million). Of the
10,070 employees, 8,302 have been exposed to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) and the remaining
1,768 participated in formal classroom training. Of the employee classroom learners, 30.8% attended ABET on a
full-time basis. Full-time ABET is provided to learners drawn from the community as the majority of prospective
learners are without work and the training equips them with a qualification and makes their skills more marketable.

Incentives are provided to employees to attend ABET to encourage greater participation in the programme.
These are paid to employees who pass their ABET courses and range from R250 for Pre-ABET (which is paid
by the mine) to R1,170 for ABET Levels 1 to NQF1, which is paid for by the Mining Qualifications Authority
(MQA). In 2008, the overall ABET pass rate was 69.9%.

The success of the ABET programme in 2008 is attributable to a combined effort involving management,
ABET facilitators and organised labour to work towards the common goal of a literate workforce.

Bursaries and learnerships
Internships and bursaries are also offered in South Africa to promote the development of HDSAs and women. A
full-time internship programme develops employees for specific career paths, while the three-year management
trainee programme equips graduates and diplomates with the skills required for middle-management positions.
Miner and artisan learnerships (of between one and two years in duration) provide technical and supervisory skills.
In addition, a bursary programme for full-time tertiary studies in critical fields is provided to employees and potential
employees. Statistics related to these programmes are provided in the table below, and further information may
be found in the Country Reports and the Social and Labour Plan Reports at www.aga-reports.com.

In 2008, there were 61 bursars, 73 management trainees, 274 miner and artisan learnerships and
82 officials’ learnerships in the South African operations (excluding corporate office). This was largely in line
with the plan for the year. There is focus on both HDSAs and women in these programmes:

•

72% of bursars were HDSAs; 29% were women;

•

71% of management trainees were HDSAs; 34% were women; and

•

87% of learnerships were HDSAs; 10% were women.

(The definition of HDSA includes white women).

– 103 –

Report to Society 2008

The group’s Management Development Programme (MDP) and Intermediate Management Development
Programme (IMDP) continued during the year, with 27 and 34 employees, respectively, participating at a cost
to the company of around $474,131. In 2007, 33 participants attended each programme at a combined cost
of $490,000. Increasingly, participants are drawn from operations around the world and this is again providing
a valuable forum for diversity management and training.

A Southern African Division Programme was implemented in 2007 to give more managers exposure to
managerial development. The Managerial Mastery Programme (MMP), an extension of the MDP and IMDP, was
attended by 21 participants in 2008 (2007: 22) at a cost of approximately $108,713.

Training for life (also called portable skills training in South Africa) is aimed at delivering training and development
in skills that are widely applicable and transferable, providing employees and ex-employees with the skills to
remain economically active, whether through formal employment or self-employment, when they are no longer
employed by the company. This training is also given in preparation for career endings, whether as a result of
ill health, retrenchment, downscaling or mine closure. Portable skills training was provided to 1,177 employees
and community members in South Africa during the year (2007: 750). Training is provided on both a part-time
and full-time basis and includes training for bricklaying, welding and wiring, forklifting and plumbing.

Bursaries and scholarships for employees, their dependants and community members are offered at all
operations. Emphasis is placed, where possible, on giving scholarships and bursaries to candidates from local
communities first, and then to people from the region in which the operation is located.

Employment

Ricardo Carrizo

Laboratory Auxiliary, Cerro Vanguardia, Argentina

“Respect for the environment is the most

important value for me. There are different ways to

sensitise employees about how we can minimise

our mining activity’s impact on the environment.”

Kopanang, South Africa

– 104 –

Report of Society 2008

Bursaries and scholarships offered

2008

2007

Argentina

Cerro Vanguardia

Australia

Perth office
(incorporating
Sunrise Dam.
Exploration

Brazil

107

198

Brasil Mineração

Serra Grande

107

Colombia

Exploration

DRC

Exploration

Ghana

Iduapriem

Obuasi

Guinea

Siguiri

Mali

Morila

Sadiola and Yatela

Namibia

Navachab

South Africa

South African
operations

Corporate office

Tanzania

Geita

USA
CC&V

Scholarship programme in Australia

The AngloGold Ashanti Australia Scholarship programme is open
to full-time students studying in Australia, in specific company-
critical disciplines in which skills shortages have been identified.
These include geology, mineral resource management, metallurgy
and geophysics. In addition to covering study-related expenditure,
each scholarship holder has access to on-site workplace
experience, often a prerequisite to their courses. Students are
recruited through local universities.

Serra Grande, Brazil

– 105 –

Report of Society 2008

Diversity and equal opportunity

AngloGold Ashanti recognises and promotes the diversity of the people within its host countries and within the
company. It is cognisant of requirements in certain countries to address past and institutionalised inequities,
while affording all employees the opportunity to develop further in their chosen careers.

In South Africa, the employment of HDSAs is promoted and regulated by legislation, specifically the
Employment Equity Act, the MPRDA and the Mining Charter. Employment equity targets and performance are
set and monitored by a board subcommittee, and are reported annually to the South African Department of
Labour and the Department of Minerals and Energy (DME).

Good progress continued to be made with the advancement of HDSAs in 2008. At the end of December,
HDSAs made up 30% of the board (33% in 2007); HDSAs made up 36% of management (2007: 30%).
(Managerial employees are defined as those in supervisory and management roles in Paterson job grades
D-Lower and above).

See case study on: Grappling with South Africa’s employment equity challenge, at www.aga-reports.com/08/
employment-equity.htm.

Exploring diversity at Savuka mine

Given the nature of historical recruitment practices (with large numbers of
employees being drawn from neighbouring countries) and indeed the diversity
that is evident in South Africa itself (which has 11 official languages), recognising
a wide diversity of cultures, languages and customs and developing an
understanding and tolerance of differences is an area of focus. The
programmes at Savuka mine in the West Wits region of South Africa are typical.

Included in the diversity training and sensitisation programme in 2008 were:

•

a one-day cultural diversity course, attended by close on 300 people from
all levels at the mine;

•

an in-house CARE programme, in which all employees participate, and in
which the issue of diversity and of visible respect for one another is an
integral component;

•

meetings of the employment equity steering and subcommittees, made up
of management and union representatives, at which issues related to
diversity and discrimination are discussed; and

•

drawing on the mine’s own diversity when conducting interviews for
potential recruits and development planning.

Employment

South Africa – HDSAs in management – target vs actual
(%)

Target (five-year plan)

Actual

Navachab, Namibia

– 106 –

Report of Society 2008

In South Africa, historical recruitment practices have also created a reliance on the employment of people from
neighbouring countries, primarily Lesotho, Mozambique, Botswana and Swaziland. These practices have
resulted in a dependence on the part of these countries on the South African mining industry both indirectly – to
provide jobs and support for large proportions of their economically active populations and their dependants –
and directly through remittances that are provided. The Mining Charter requires that South African mining
companies do not discriminate against foreign nationals in their employment practices. At the end of 2008, in
line with the reporting required by the Mining Charter on this aspect, some 31.19% of employees in South Africa
were drawn from outside the borders of the country (2007: 34.7%). This number has been slowly decreasing
over the years.

Elsewhere in Africa, the employment of locals and the replacement of expatriate employees at senior levels is
a priority which is supported by skills transfer programmes and the appointment of understudies. Frequently
this, too, is regulated by legislation. Localisation plans and programmes are in place in Ghana, Guinea, Mali,
Namibia and Tanzania to limit the placement of expatriate employees and the training and development of the
indigenous population. In some countries, such as Namibia, work permits for expatriates are only renewed if
the appropriate level of progress has been made with the localisation programmes.

Given the increase in mining activity in East, West and Central Africa in recent years, the shortage of technical skills
in these regions and the finite time horizon of mining and exploration activities, this is a challenging target area.

The promotion of diversity and specific groups of employees is also regulated in:

•

Namibia, through the Affirmative Action Act;

•

Mali, through equal opportunity employment regulations within labour legislation;

•

Ghana, through the Labour Act and Minerals and Mining Act and immigration legislation that covers the
employment of women, the disabled and expatriate employees;

•

Australia, through the commonwealth, state and federal legislation dealing with equal opportunities for
women, workplace relations, human rights, racial discrimination and disability discrimination;

•

Brazil, specifically related to the disabled;

•

Guinea, where regulations exist in respect of gender and expatriates; and

•

Colombia, where the level of gender representation is prescribed by law within the public sector; expatriate
levels and regulated by law in all sectors.

Countries from which South
African employees are drawn (%)

South Africa

68%

Lesotho

18%

Mozambique

Swaziland

Botswana

68%

18%

Savuka, South Africa

– 107 –

Report of Society 2008

Expatriate employees (%)

2008

2007

Brasil Mineração

0.1%

n/a*

Iduapriem

0.7%

0.1

Obuasi

0.8%

0.1

Accra office

14%

n/a*

Siguiri

4.98%

4.0

Morila

7.0

Colombia

4.3%

n/a*

Sadiola and Yatela

1.89%

n/a**

Exploration – DRC

5.4%

n/a*

Navachab

1.4%

1.7

Geita

6.2%

5.1

* Brasil Mineração, Accra office, Colombia and DRC regions were not reported in 2007
** Sadiola 2007: 4.7%, Yatela 2007: 5.7%. These were reported separately in 2007

Exposing corporate office employees to diversity in the workplace

Dealing with diversity is not limited to an operational level, and neither is it limited to dealing
with issues of race and gender. While employees are fortunate enough to be exposed to a
very broad range of the diversity in the group – through travel and secondments – a
programme put in place during the year exposed corporate office employees to a number
of external speakers on the topic. Invited guests this year included Dr Graeme Coddrington
on ‘Generational diversity’, Simeon Mighty Moloko on ‘Transformation in the South African
mining industry – beyond the Mining Charter’, Frans Baleni (the general secretary of the
NUM) on ‘Employee share ownership plans as part of black economic empowerment’, and
Justice Malala (journalist and political commentator) on ‘Broad-based black economic
empowerment challenges in South Africa’. The speakers brought an external and
sometimes controversial approach to the matter.

Women in mining

Across the world, women have typically been excluded from participating in mining operations, through
legislative and customary constraints. AngloGold Ashanti recognises that women have an equal right to
participate in mining as a career and has put plans in place in those countries where it has been necessary to
ensure the attraction, retention, training, development and promotion of women. In South Africa and Australia,
such programmes and reporting on targets and progress are required by law.

It is the company’s policy to ensure parity between the wages and conditions of service for men and women.
Currently, however, the number of women in mining is still relatively low and tends to be limited to administrative
and advisory positions. The ratio between the basic salary of men to women by employment category is
therefore not collated.

Progress on the programmes implemented can be reported for the year under review.

Across the group, women made up 14% of top senior and middle management. In 2007, this figure was reported
under top and senior management; and professional staff the percentages were 9%, 13% and 9%, respectively.
This equated to 18.60% in South Africa, 10.7% in Brazil and 31% in Australia. Women make up 9% of all
permanent employees (2007:8.6%). This figure was 9.75% in South Africa, 7% in Brazil and 20% in
Australia. In South Africa, the total percentage of women within the mining discipline was 4.14%
(961 women out of a total mining workforce of 23,188). In South Africa, the definition of top, senior and
middle management relates to Paterson Bands F, E and D, respectively.

Programmes are in place to promote women in mining, as set out below.

•

Proactive programmes are in place in South Africa to attract, train, develop and retain women in mining.
See the box below for further details, or the Country Reports or the Social and Labour Plan Reports at
www.aga-reports.com.

Employment

Iduapriem, Ghana

– 108 –

Report of Society 2008

Moab Khotsong, South Africa

•

While Argentinian legislation requires that all employees and prospective employees are treated equally,
there is no specific requirement to develop women in mining. Nonetheless, Cerro Vanguardia has taken
the initiative in attracting women to the company. However, this process is hampered by high turnover
levels attributed to the long distance between the mine and at place at which employees live and the long
shift hours which deters mothers from working on-mine.

•

Efforts to increase the focus on developing women in mining have been made and plans communicated
to all operations. Six women are operating equipment at Serra Grande, and similarly, eight women at Brasil
Mineração.

Meeting gender targets in South Africa

In South Africa in particular, the planning for and implementation of recruitment and advancement
programmes for women is a requirement of the MPRDA, and the company reports annually to the DME on
both targets set and progress made. While progress is being made in this regard, the target set by the Mining
Charter – that 10% of all posts must be held by women by 2009 – is a challenging one. Progress made
against targets prepared by the company is illustrated in the table and graph below.

Gender statistics – South Africa, as at 31 December

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009 (target)

Target

Actual

% of all employees who are women

6.9%

8.2%

9.1%

12.3%

9.75%

14.4%

% of women directly involved in mining

1.06%

2.28%

3.16%

10%

4.14%

10%

% of top management who are women

10%

16.7%

13.3%

6.2%

10%

6.7%

% of senior management who
are women

7.9%

8.1%

8.9%

12.8%

10.64%

13.0%

Top management = Paterson F Band; senior management = Paterson E Band;
professionally qualified = Paterson D Band.

– 109 –

Report to Society 2008

Women in management

% Women

in the company

in management

Corporate office
Corporate office

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

Australia
Perth office

50.0

Sunrise Dam

Tropicana

24.1

20.0

Brazil
AGA Mineração

7.6

14.1

Serra Grande

3.5

Colombia
Exploration

35.4

26.9

DRC
Exploration

12.5

Ghana
Iduapriem

Obuasi

3.3

Guinea
Siguiri

7.9

Mali
Morila

Sadiola and Yatela

2.4

South Africa
Tau Lekoa

6.7

3.0

TauTona

4.1

5.6

Kopanang

6.8

5.4

Mponeng

6.5

16.7

Great Noligwa

3.7

2.9

Savuka

6.5

18.2

Namibia
Navachab

9.2

Tanzania
Geita

USA
CC&V

Group

OBJECTIVES FOR 2009

•

Entrenching company values through employee participation in determining behaviours which support values.

•

Finalisation of design of HR model called the System for the Management of People (SMP). The following
sub-systems with associated IT systems will be implemented across the global operations over the next
three years:

•

Organisational design (structuring role

•

Talent pool development

accountabilities, functional alignment)

•

Education and training

•

Human resources planning

•

Remuneration and conditions of employment

•

Recruitment, selection, induction

•

Design of sub-systems will be based

•

Performance management

on requisite organisation principles.

•

Centralisation of HR policy development to ensure alignment and focus on delivering AngloGold Ashanti‘s
strategy.

•

Delivering a transformation model and its execution to ensure that our licences to mine are maintained
across the globe.

•

Within the South African context, participating in the Mining Charter review and influencing outcomes.

Employment

Sunrise Dam, Australia

Corporate Office, South Africa

– 110 –

Report to Society 2008

CASE STUDIES:

Case studies describing some of the challenges that the group faces, and how these are addressed may be found in this
report (on page 186), on the Report to Society website at.www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific urls listed below.

GROUP

Managing talent using the requisite organisation model

As part of its strategy to position AngloGold Ashanti as the leading mining company, the global Human
Resources team is in the process of establishing a talent pool development system that will ensure that
AngloGold Ashanti has the available talent necessary to deliver on its strategic objectives and at the same time
allows every individual to contribute to his/her full capability. An important aspect of this system is that it is a
sub-system of a comprehensive human resources system, the System for the Management of People.
See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/requisite-model.com.

Reviewing our approach to industrial relations

AngloGold Ashanti is committed to upholding basic human and labour rights as enshrined in various
international instruments, which have as their core principles the right to organise, freedom of association and
the right to collective bargaining. A commitment to these rights is also guaranteed by South African legislation
and the constitution, as well as through the laws and regulation of most of the countries in which the company
operates. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/collective-bargaining.htm.

BRAZIL

Keeping a finger on the pulse in Brazil

Communication between management and employees is part of normal good business practice, but, in
AngloGold Ashanti’s operations in Brazil, a more formal dimension has been added. Regular climate audits are
conducted to test employee perception on a variety of topics. The survey was first carried out in October 2006,
and repeated in October 2008. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/Brazil-survey.htm.

SOUTH AFRICA

Grappling with South Africa’s employment equity challenges

AngloGold Ashanti’s employment equity programme is a critical feature of human resources management in the
company’s South Africa-based business units. The legacy of apartheid in South Africa remains a significant
challenge to the integration and incorporation of previously marginalised groups into the economic hub of the
commercial organisation, particularly in leadership and management. This case study discusses some of the
issues and challenges faced, and the way in which the company is dealing with them. See case study
www.aga-reports.com/08/employment-equity.htm.

Preserving jobs at Great Noligwa Mine

For many years a major contributor to the group, Great Noligwa’s production has declined in recent years, as
has its grade. This declining production profile has been accompanied by a corresponding decrease in
employee complement. This reduction has been achieved largely through natural attrition, transfers to sister
mines or voluntary retrenchment. This case study discusses the measures adopted by the mine to preserve
jobs. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/GreatNoligwa-jobs.htm.

GHANA

Update on collective bargaining in Ghana

AngloGold Ashanti’s philosophy as an employer includes a strong belief in employees’ right to freedom of
association, right to organise and a robust collective bargaining process, in line with its commitment to
upholding basic human and labour rights. In South Africa, this approach has developed over many years
of interaction with organised labour and the same approach is also beginning to bear fruit in Ghana, where
the company employs the largest number of people after South Africa. See case study at www.aga-
reports.com/Ghana-labour.htm.

– 111 –

Report to Society 2008

114

Key developments

114

Renewing our vision, mission and values

114

The year in review

117 Objectives for 2009

117

Case studies

Human

rights

– 112 –

Report to Society 2008

– 113 –

Report to Society 2008

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

A Vice President for Global Security appointed.

•

Global security review undertaken to develop a framework for the management of security issues in line with Voluntary

Principles on Security and Human Rights.

•

Escalating tension between the company and artisanal and small-scale miners (ASM), and illegal miners. A number of

incidents reported during the year, three involving shootings.

•

Significant human rights issues reported.

RENEWING THE VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

During the year, AngloGold Ashanti reviewed its mission and vision in line with the group’s corporate strategy, and
renewed its values statements. With respect to human rights, the group has explicitly stated in a key value that:

We treat each other with dignity and respect
We believe that individuals who are treated with respect and who are entrusted to take responsibility,
respond accordingly and give of their best. We seek to preserve people's dignity and their sense of self-
worth in all our interactions, respecting them for who they are and valuing the unique contribution that they
can make to our business success. We are honest with ourselves and others, and we deal ethically with all
of our business and social partners.

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Respect for human rights is a key principle in many of the policies and practices that are integral to the group’s
sustainability efforts, and are entrenched in the constitutions and legislation of many of the countries in which
the group operates. Oversight and implementation of various practices in this area are largely the function of
line managers as they are the direct interface between the company and employees and the company and
communities. Human rights cut across a range of disciplines, from safety and health, community and
environment, to human resources, ethics and governance. While certain human rights issues are dealt with in
various other sections of this report, for the sake of completeness and convenience, all human rights issues are
grouped together in this section. References are provided to indicate where particular matters have been
discussed elsewhere in this report.

The group continues to support both the UN Global Compact and the Voluntary Principles on Security and
Human Rights. A major development during the year was the appointment of a Vice President for Global
Security, with a specific remit to ensure that all security operations and practices take due cognisance of human
rights. This appointment followed a comprehensive review of global security operations, which is discussed
more fully below. See the case study on page 212 of this report or at www.aga-reports.com/08/security-
review.htm. Human rights issues are considered when screening all major suppliers and contractors, and in
evaluating all new investments.

Fundamental human rights conventions

Certain human rights conventions, including those relating to freedom of association and collective bargaining,
are entrenched in South African legislation and the constitution, as well as in laws and regulations in the
countries in which AngloGold Ashanti operates. The group is committed to upholding the basic labour rights
captured in the Fundamental Rights Conventions of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). Specifically, it
seeks to ensure the implementation of fair employment practices by prohibiting forced, compulsory or child
labour and implementing these practices through country, operation and shaft level recognition and collective
bargaining agreements, and through disciplinary, grievance and non-discrimination agreements and codes. No
breaches of fundamental rights were alleged, nor were any charges brought against the company in connection
with these during the year. No operations are deemed to be at specific risk in this regard.

Human

rights

– 114 –

Report to Society 2008

Freedom of association and collective bargaining

Freedom of association is recognised as a fundamental right within the group, and collective bargaining is
encouraged. With the exception of Australia and the United States, where collective bargaining is not common in
the resources sector, collective bargaining structures are in place at all operations. During the year the group has
reviewed and recommitted to collective bargaining and this discussion is contained in the case study: The way
forward for collective bargaining for AngloGold Ashanti, at www.aga-reports.com /08/collective-bargaining.htm.

A concerted effort was made to embed a robust collective bargaining structure in the group’s operations in
Ghana, where a wage settlement for certain levels of employees was reached without external involvement
during the year. See the case study: Update on collective bargaining in Ghana, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/collective-bargaining-Ghana.htm.

Around 86% of the group’s workforce is represented by recognised trade unions or provided for by way of
collective bargaining processes. In the United States and Australia, a high degree of employee participation is
encouraged. Further details on the group’s collective bargaining processes and significant strikes and work
stoppages may be found in the Employment section on page 88 of this report.

Discrimination and harassment

All forms of discrimination, including racial and sexual harassment and discrimination against the disabled, are
prohibited by the company’s business principles as well as by legislation in most of the countries where our
operations are situated. Policies are in place at all operations to protect employees from prejudice and, in some
countries, to promote the advancement of certain groups of employees. Specifically in countries in Africa and
in Australia the rights and promotion of indigenous peoples, the historically disadvantaged and women are
provided for in law and adopted and followed by the company. No significant cases of discrimination (that is
alleged and subsequently, found to be of substance with disciplinary actions necessary) were reported during
the year. Further details may be found in the Employment section of this report, on page 88. A whistle-blowing
process is available to all employees across the group and among issues raised and investigated as part of this
process, are those relating to human rights. See page 50 in the Ethics and Governance section.

Security and human rights

The group continues to support both the UN Global Compact and the Voluntary Principles on Security and
Human Rights, and has submitted its annual report on compliance, which is available at www.aga-
reports.com/08/VPHR-response.htm. A major development during the year was appointment of a Vice
President for Global Security, with a specific remit to ensure that all security operations and practices take due
cognisance of human rights. This appointment followed a comprehensive review of global security operations.

Siguiri, Guinea

– 115 –

Report to Society 2008

A feature of the industry and the regions within which the company operates is the need to conduct appropriate
threat and risk assessments and to deal with these in the most effective manner. In Colombia, the DRC and
Guinea, the potential threat to company assets and personnel is such that state military and police units provide
security services to the company on a near-permanent basis. Furthermore, during 2008, a police contingent
provided support to the company’s own security staff and they were further supported in November by the
deployment of a military platoon at the Obuasi mine in Ghana. This was in response to rising risks to our people
and assets by aggressive illegal miners. See the discussion on page 138 in the Community section of this report
for further details. Such security arrangements are common in these countries and the engagement and
payment of security forces are undertaken in a transparent manner. The company maintains close contact with
the military in these regions and is working to ensure the implementation and enforcement of practices in line
with the Voluntary Principles.

Human rights training

Human rights training – for security personnel in particular – has been initiated at all operations where this is
required. It is estimated that 75% of the group’s security personnel have received human rights training.
Workshops to bring the discipline in alignment with new group policies will be held in Johannesburg and
Bogotá in early 2009.

Investments and contractors

AngloGold Ashanti is aware that the human rights performance by its network of suppliers and contractors may
have a significant impact on the communities in which they operate. Where it is appropriate, specific human
rights clauses are included in significant contracts (including collective bargaining and other labour
conventions). Particularly in respect of security contractors, a review process was undertaken during the year:
significant security contractors (including military and police services) are screened for potential human rights
abuses and that the group’s policies, practices and training requirements have been formally extended to them.
See discussion below on the implementation of the Voluntary Principles. Respect for human rights is
considered as part of the due diligence into all new investments by the company.

Significant issues

A number of significant community issues were reported during the year, and are discussed in the Community
section of this report. Increasingly, AngloGold Ashanti is experiencing greater levels of tension between the
company and both artisanal and small scale miners and illegal miners at Obuasi in Ghana, Siguiri in Guinea and
Geita in Tanzania, and this has necessitated the use of force by security personnel in fulfilling their duties. In line
with AngloGold Ashanti’s commitment to the Voluntary Principles, the company advocates minimum force by
its own, contracted and state security staff.

Three specific incidents occurred relating to shootings, two at Obuasi and one at Geita. The two incidents at Obuasi
were as a result of warning shots being fired by policemen; at Geita, a guard reacted to an attack by armed intruders.
Investigations were undertaken in respect of all three incidents, and these found that all three individuals had acted
with justifiable use of force. Those they acted against were charged with engaging in illegal mining and theft.

Human

rights

Iduapriem, Ghana

– 116 –

Report to Society 2008

It must be reported that 28 people lost their lives on company property during the year in incidents unrelated
to the company’s own mining activities:

•

five people engaged in illegal mining at the company’s underground operations at Obuasi died in three
separate fall of ground incidents;

•

22 artisanal miners died at Siguiri’s open-pit operations in eight separate fall of ground incidents; and

•

a suspected diesel thief, who was trespassing on company property, died at Geita in an accident involving a
load haul truck.

A number of instances of labour and community unrest were reported during the year, one at Obuasi, one at
Siguiri, one at Sadiola in Mali and nine at the South African operations. There were no incidents associated with
these events. The company’s security personnel were vigilant during the wave of xenophobic attacks on non-
South African nationals during the year. No incidents were recorded.

Of great concern to the company is the increasing level of violence perpetrated against AngloGold Ashanti
security personnel, with five serious incidents recorded during the year – three at Obuasi, one at Siguiri and one
at Geita. Liaison with communities, private and public security forces, and the judiciary is continuing in an effort
to address this criminal activity.

OBJECTIVES FOR 2009

•

Develop the AngloGold Ashanti global framework for collective bargaining, further embed these processes
in Ghana.

•

Fully embed the functioning of the new Security Department, and appoint the requisite staff.

•

Roll out new policies and practices for the new security discipline, and undertake training among security
personnel in respect of the Voluntary Principles.

CASE STUDIES

Case studies describing some of the challenges the group faces, and how these are addressed may be found in this report

(on page 184), on the Report to Society website at www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific urls listed below.

Improving security practice in line with the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights

Securing its assets and ensuring the safety of its employees is not only a right of the company, but a clear

responsibility – to employees, to their communities, to shareholders and to the countries that have entrusted

the exploitation of their natural wealth to AngloGold Ashanti. The traditional approach to security in most mining

companies focuses specifically on securing assets, particularly as the product reaches further down the

processing, smelting and refining end of the process stream, and as its value increases exponentially.

Increasingly in recent years and in various locations, the security of people and non-product related assets has

also become important. This case study documents the development and implementation of a group security

strategy, in line with the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights. See case study on page 210, or

at www.aga-reports.com/08/security&human-rights.htm.

Reviewing our approach to industrial relations

AngloGold Ashanti is committed to upholding basic human and labour rights as enshrined in various

international instruments, which have as their core principles the right to organise, freedom of association and

the right to collective bargaining. A commitment to these rights is also guaranteed by South African legislation

and the constitution, as well as through the laws and regulation of most of the countries in which the company

operates. In South Africa, the company has developed a robust philosophy and approach through its many

years of practical interaction with organised labour. This case study discusses the current review of the group’s

approach to industrial relations. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/collective-bargaining.htm.

– 117 –

Report to Society 2008

HIV & AIDS

120

Key developments

120

Renewing the vision, mission and values

120

The year in review

129 Objectives 2009

129

Case studies

HIV

& AIDS

– 118 –

Report to Society 2008

– 119 –

Report to Society 2008

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

Improving health care outcomes of HIV prevention and treatment programmes.

•

Success in VCT programme sustained – 33,589 VCT encounters in South Africa in 2008,

where the pandemic is at its most critical.

•

ART programme continues to deliver success. A total of 1,933 people on ART in South Africa.

•

Study on economic impact of AIDS at South African operations completed.

RENEWING THE VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

AngloGold Ashanti’s values, as reviewed and redefined in 2008, are underpinned by the philosophy that ‘People

are our business ... our business is people’. Giving life to this are the business principles related to the group’s

labour practices, which include the group’s commitment to ‘prompt and supportive action in response to any

major health threats in the regions in which we operate’. AngloGold Ashanti’s programmes in response to

HIV & AIDS and malaria are natural consequences of these.

For further information on the development and implementation of these values, see the case study: Renewing our

commitment to doing things the right way, at www.aga-reports.com/08/renew-values.htm.

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Management systems and accountability

The management of HIV & AIDS is undertaken on a regional and operational basis, with the appropriate level

of resources dedicated to the threat posed by the disease. This varies from operation to operation, with the

exact nature of the facilities and services provided depending on specific circumstances and requirements.

Further details are provided in the operation- and country-specific reports. (See www.aga-

reports.com/08/Country-reports.htm.)

The pandemic is most severe in southern Africa, with the highest levels of prevalence estimated at the

South African operations. Other countries where HIV & AIDS is of concern are Namibia, Tanzania, Guinea and,

to a lesser extent, Ghana and Mali.

AngloGold Ashanti’s response to HIV & AIDS is underpinned by the Board-approved HIV & AIDS policy and, in

South Africa, is supported by an HIV & AIDS agreement between the company and various unions. Arrangements

at an operational level frequently provide for joint management and union HIV & AIDS committees that oversee the

development and implementation of mine-based programmes.

In many countries, HIV & AIDS-related regulations and policies are in place at a national level and the company

acts in accordance with these. Where possible, the company works within government frameworks and

structures to try and make its own programmes as relevant, accessible and sustainable as possible. In Ghana,

for instance, the government has issued national guidelines for HIV & AIDS programmes. The company hospital

at Obuasi is a key location in the government’s regional campaign because, since 2006, it has been a registered

site of the treatment acceleration scale-up programme (TAP). TAP is a joint World Bank, African Union and

Economic Commission of Africa programme that has been implemented in Ghana.

In South Africa, oversight and implementation of the HIV & AIDS programmes are undertaken by AngloGold

Ashanti Health, a wholly owned subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti, in association with the business units and their

HIV & AIDS committees.

HIV & AIDS performance statistics are reported to the Southern Africa Division executive on a monthly basis

and to the Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee of the Board every quarter. The issues are

also considered during the company’s risk management process.

& AIDS

HIV

– 120 –

Report to Society 2008

In South Africa, high HIV levels in conjunction with exposure to silica dust, exacerbates the tuberculosis (TB)
challenge, and management systems are in place to address the diseases in a holistic way. See the discussion
on TB and silicosis in the Safety and health section on page 85.

While AngloGold Ashanti recognises that HIV & AIDS continues to have a major impact on employees and the
company, it also believes that this impact can be managed. The provision of anti-retroviral therapy (ART), along
with the comprehensive prevention and treatment campaigns, has meant that mortality rates have declined,
while absenteeism remained stable.

At the other African operations, the management of HIV & AIDS, particularly, the drive for everyone to know
their status, is also led by the HIV & AIDS committees. Unions are strongly represented on these committees
and the programmes have proved to be highly successful when senior management has been seen to be
involved. The programmes in place are aimed at both permanent employees and contractors, and frequently
extend to dependants and community members.

Where appropriate, the company works closely with non-governmental organisations (NGOs), which are well
placed to offer a comprehensive, integrated and sustainable service to both employees and local communities.
One such NGO is the American Medical Research Foundation (Amref) operating near the Geita mine in
Tanzania. AngloGold Ashanti provides financial and other support to Amref, and meets regularly with the NGO,
which in turn provides a wide range of HIV & AIDS counselling, testing and support services as part of a broader
health programme to Geita employees and contractors, their dependants, and community members. Women
at high risk are a particular area of focus.

Prevalence estimates

In general, the estimated prevalence levels at AngloGold Ashanti’s operations are in line with those segments
the general population that are demographically similar (that is, those portions consisting largely of males of
working age).

It is estimated that the HIV & AIDS prevalence level among employees at the South African operations has
continued to remain stable at around 30% of the workforce. Early actuarial modelling had indicated a gradual
rise in prevalence levels to a peak of 30% in 2004, declining marginally to 29% in 2008. It is anticipated,
however, that the provision of ART is likely to have the effect of increasing prevalence levels by extending the
productive lives within HIV-positive employees.

Vaal River, South Africa

– 121 –

Report to Society 2008

Prevalence levels are estimated at around 8% at Navachab in Namibia; at around 6% for men and 10% for women
(based on Amref estimates) in Geita town in Tanzania. Prevalence levels measured 1% at Sadiola and Yatela, and
Morila in Mali; at Iduapriem, prevalence at the mine was 1.4%, and 3.3% in the Wasa West district (now incorporated
in the municipal area). Prevalence measured 5% at Obuasi; and 6% in the region around Siguiri in Guinea.

AngloGold Ashanti’s HIV & AIDS programme

The group’s HIV & AIDS programme aims to:

•

minimise the risk of HIV & AIDS to its employees and the company by reducing, and ultimately, eliminating
new infections;

•

efficiently manage and treat those infected; and

•

support those who are AIDS-ill.

Consequently, AngloGold Ashanti’s programmes typically comprise three components:

•

first, the prevention of HIV, through various workplace initiatives, including education and training, and
voluntary counselling and testing (VCT);

•

treatment programmes, which comprise the clinical care of those infected, preferably through early referrals
from the VCT programme into the wellness programmes, which includes the use of ART where this is
indicated; and

•

support for the AIDS-ill, who may leave the employ of the company and require palliative care, includes
support for various community initiatives. See the case study: Investing in home-based care for Carletonville’s
HIV and AIDS patients, at www.aga-reports.com/08/CHBC-project.htm.

Prevention

Education, combined with VCT, forms the cornerstone of all HIV & AIDS programmes. Both are available at all
affected operations at no cost to employees.

Extensive education and awareness programmes are aimed at developing and promoting an awareness of
HIV & AIDS and its consequences, as well as an understanding of its symptoms and treatment. This understanding
will enable safer sexual practices, earlier access to care if needed, and will reduce and ultimately eliminate the stigma
associated with the disease. Specific training programmes cover topics that include:

•

the group HIV & AIDS policy;

•

methods of transmission, including links to other sexually transmitted infections; and

•

safer sex and condom usage.

These programmes involve working alongside HIV-positive employees and include sharing information about
the medication used.

HIV

& AIDS

Hermien Saayman

Security Supervisor, Rand Refinery Asset Protection, South Africa

“I revel in being the custodian of safety and protection of the

Rand Refinery’s property and its people.”

– 122 –

Report to Society 2008

Peer educators are employees who have received special training to educate and counsel fellow employees, in
addition to their normal work responsibilities. They play an important role in education and training programmes. It
is the company’s intention to have a ratio of one peer educator for every 50 employees. During 2008, 125 new peer
educators were trained at the South African operations, bringing the total trained over the three-year period from
2005 to 2008 to 749, giving a ratio of 1:46. It is the company’s intention to recruit and train additional peer educators
in 2009. The ratio at Geita, which has an active peer educator programme, is 1:60.

Training material linked to HIV & AIDS is provided in a variety of languages and media to ensure that all employees
are reached. At the Siguiri mine in Guinea, for example, extensive outreach campaigns are undertaken in local
villages and make use of the local radio station, Siguiri fm. Condoms are freely available to employees.

VCT needs survey at Geita directs programme

A survey of the Geita workforce aimed at understanding the needs
of employees regarding VCT and, in particular, at trying to understand how to
improve VCT, was undertaken between 20 and 30 May 2008. The survey found
that several factors hindered the uptake of VCT, including:

•

the residual stigma about the disease and a fear of discrimination (by peers);

•

concerns about security of employment should test results be positive;

•

a lack of understanding (and indeed permission) from supervisors in
allowing time off to attend VCT;

•

perceived lack of confidentiality; and

•

inconvenient timing of VCT (not long enough and only during shifts).

Suggested improvements were tabled and many of these have now been
implemented. A VCT outreach campaign was undertaken in November 2008
as a follow-up to the survey. (Outreach campaigns also took place in November
2007 and February 2008). Heads of departments, the workers representatives’
council, peer counsellors and mineworkers were briefed thoroughly in advance
and encouraged to participate. A key outcome of these initiatives was a 97%
VCT uptake of the workforce, assuming single testing.

VCT is undertaken in a strictly controlled, confidential environment that provides pre- and post-test counselling,
and advice on further treatment options. Confidentiality and commitment to the fair treatment of individuals are
enshrined within group policy and, in South Africa, in operation-level agreements with unions.

AngloGold Ashanti HIV & AIDS programmes – African operations*

Employees

Employees’ families

Community members

Education and training

Yes

Counselling

Yes

Prevention (risk control)

Yes

Treatment

Yes

* Note that there are variations in the programmes from mine to mine, depending on the risk of the disease, the needs of the communities and

the facilities available in the communities.

Given that knowing one’s status is the key to treatment, a great deal of emphasis is placed on VCT, and some
successes were recorded during the year as underlined below.

•

In South Africa, 33,589 VCT encounters were recorded during the year (2007: 33,435) and, assuming single
testing, this indicates that around 99% of the South African workforce was tested during the year (2007:
102%). Some employees tested more than once – it is known that 32% had two or more tests. Of the 68%
who had single tests, 14% were HIV-positive and 86% HIV-negative.

•

VCT targets have become an important part of performance management at senior levels and the various

Vaal River, South Africa

– 123 –

Report to Society 2008

mine-based campaigns offer incentives to employees to participate. It is envisaged that in the future, with
increasing levels of HIV education and awareness, the need for mass campaigns and incentivisation for
testing will decrease.

•

At Iduapriem in Ghana, 254 employees out of 356 who have participated in the VCT programme, were
counselled and tested at least once. This represented 71% coverage in 2008. Contract employees –
numbering 630 – also participated in VCT in 2008.

•

At Obuasi in Ghana, 30% of those who participated in the VCT programme tested positive. This programme
is small at present and this high prevalence level is not a true reflection of the level prevailing in the
community, but more an indication that the AIDS-ill are presenting for VCT very late in the course of the
disease. A number of initiatives were undertaken to increase VCT uptake, including the provision of VCT for
community members at churches.

•

At Geita in Tanzania, 2,265 employees and 5,132 community members participated in VCT during the year.
(See box on page 123).

•

At Siguiri in Guinea, almost a third of all employees on site underwent VCT during the year (1,019), with 4.2%
being positive.

•

At Navachab in Namibia, 96 employees participated in VCT, with all (100%) testing negative.

•

At Sadiola and Yatela in Mali, data collection of VCT encounters only began in the latter part of the year. Of
those known to have been tested, (2.5%) were HIV-positive.

Wellness programme

As VCT programme attendances recorded some success, so a corresponding rise in participation in wellness
programmes was achieved at some operations, as those who tested positive were persuaded to understand
and manage their health.

Wellness programmes vary from operation to operation but typically involve regular counselling by professional
health care providers, monitoring and evaluation of an individual’s health, and advice, treatment and support
regarding nutrition and the treatment of opportunistic infections.

•

At the end of December 2008, there were cumulatively 5,432 participants registered on the wellness
programme in South Africa (2007: 4,610 ), with 822 people having joined the programme for the first time
during the year (2007: 1,182).

•

At Sadiola and Yatela in Mali, medical care for those infected is provided by the mine’s medical services.

•

At Geita in Tanzania, 26 employees participated in the wellness programme, with all 26 being provided with
ART through the Geita government hospital. Geita, along with other mining companies, was instrumental in
helping to bring government-funded ART to the local hospital.

HIV

& AIDS

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000

35,000

VCT attendance in
South Africa 2004 to 2008

33,589

33,435

23,389

10,219

4,071

Aurum, South Africa

– 124 –

Report to Society 2008

•

At Obuasi in Ghana, 150 people are now registered on the company’s wellness programme, with
55 people on ART.

•

At Siguiri in Guinea, the wellness programme is run in conjunction with the local government hospital.

•

Bringing ART in-house at Siguiri

The construction and equipping of a new hospital for employees and
dependants at Siguiri mine in Guinea will result in major improvements in
the provision of health care and occupational health in the region. The
benefits will extend to the HIV & AIDS programmes.

Currently, employees who are HIV-positive and who are candidates for
ART have to make a 800-kilometre road trip to the capital, Conakry, to
have their CD4 counts tested. By early 2009, this facility will be on site at
the Koron Clinic, making the entire process more accessible and cost
effective. It is expected that this will boost VCT and ART uptake even
further. In 2008, there were 18 new employees and five new dependants
enrolled on the ART programme, bringing the total ART uptake to 32 and
five, respectively. There were no defaulters during the year.

Anti-retroviral therapy

ART is available to all employees at the African operations either directly from company facilities (South
African operations, Navachab in Namibia, Obuasi in Ghana, Siguiri in Guinea), through company sponsored
or funded facilities (Iduapriem in Ghana, Geita in Tanzania, and Morila in Mali) or through state facilities
(Sadiola and Yatela in Mali).

In South Africa, at the end of December 2008, a cumulative net total of 1,933 employees (2007: 2,061) at
West Wits and Vaal River were being provided with ART through AngloGold Ashanti Health. A number of
patients previously receiving ART withdrew from the programme for a variety of reasons, including poor
adherence to the regimen, retirement, resignation and death. While ART is provided by the state, efforts are
made to support the transition by former employees on ART to state-run facilities. See the case study:
Increased ART uptake at TauTona, at www.aga-reports.com/08/ART-TauTona.htm.

Leaving the company

In 2008, a total of 1,167 employees left the employment of the company in South Africa as a result of ill health
(2007: 942 in South Africa). Although not all of these separations were as a result of AIDS, it is likely that this
was the reason behind most of the ill-health formal medical separations in South Africa.

A Medically Affected Employees Policy (MAEP) is in place to deal with employees who are found to be medically
unfit for their current occupations. As a preference, alternative vacancies are sought, failing which the services
of employees may be terminated. Employees have a right to representation in this process. To deal specifically
with this sensitive issue, business units in South Africa have formed Business Unit Medically Affected
Committees, which function jointly with the unions and deal with the assessment of medical incapacity.

It is estimated that 291 people died because of illness (and injury) while in the service of the company in South
Africa in 2008 (2007: 285 people due to illness), with AIDS being one of the main causes of these deaths. The
death rate due to illness, together with other indications of health care outcomes, has declined consistently
following the company’s administration of ART. (Statistics related to deaths in service for operations outside of
South Africa are not disclosed for reasons of confidentiality as the numbers are low.)

– 125 –

Report to Society 2008

total number of people on the wellness programme remained at three, all of whom are on ART.

At Navachab in Namibia, no employees were found to have newly-diagnosed HIV during the year, so the

Cost of the HIV & AIDS programme

The cost to the company of HIV & AIDS is multi-faceted and complex, and involves an analysis and assessment
of the costs related to absenteeism, lost productivity, skills loss, recruitment and training, insurance, sick leave,
disability and ill health in the workplace, early retirement and in-service death benefits, medical aid
contributions, and post-retirement liabilities.

Total expenditure on the company’s HIV & AIDS treatment programme in South Africa (excluding mine-based
costs) amounted to approximately R21.36 million by December 2008. This relates primarily to VCT and wellness
programmes and includes the provision of ART. The estimated total cost of providing ART in South Africa is
around R1,200 per employee per month, and includes a drug cost of some R400 per employee per month.

Mine-based cost of HIV & AIDS programme

Ghana

Iduapriem

46,140

Obuasi

Guinea

Siguiri

101,645

Mali

Sadiola and Yatela

16,097

Namibia

Navachab

1,1000

South Africa

Mponeng

16,937

Kopanang

21,935

Great Noligwa

6,777

Tau Lekoa

4,778

Moab Khotsong

152

TauTona

2,987

Savuka

15,939

Tanzania

Geita

71,818

This table excludes cost related to AngloGold Ashanti Health Services (outlined in the preceding paragraph) and includes the period up to

December 2008.

* HIV & AIDS expenditure is not recorded separately at Obuasi and therefore cannot be reported.

A unique model of the impact of HIV on AngloGold Ashanti was developed by the Aurum Institute for Health
Research in conjunction with the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. In addition, a study was
commissioned on the cost-benefits of the ART programme to AngloGold Ashanti. (See box on following page).

HIV

& AIDS

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

6,000

Wellness clinic participation in
South Africa (cumulative total) –
2004 to 2008

5,432

4,610

3,354

3,254

834

Navachab, Namibia

– 126 –

Report to Society 2008

The economic Impact of HIV & AIDS

When AngloGold Ashanti first introduced its ART programme, its
rationale was a humanitarian one, with the hope that an economic
benefit would follow While the medical and economic benefits of
ART have become increasingly evident, a recently completed study
by the Aurum Institute for Health Research and the London School
of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine evaluated, and quantified where
possible, the economic effects of HIV & AIDS on AngloGold Ashanti.
This study, which began in 2003, incorporated a cost-benefit
analysis of the ART programme to AngloGold Ashanti and
considered variables such as capital expenditure and management
time, changes in the use of health care facilities, staff turnover,
absenteeism and productivity.

In terms of the impact of HIV & AIDS on AngloGold Ashanti, study
results indicate that the overall company prevalence rate of HIV
& AIDS should peak at around 30% and that the total economic
impact of the disease is estimated to be around 7% to 8% of payroll.
The main contributors to the economic cost of the disease are
increased levels of absenteeism and reduced productivity while at
work, increased benefit payments and medical expenses (excluding
that of the ART programme). The cost of providing ART comprises
just 6% of the overall economic cost of HIV & AIDS to AngloGold
Ashanti.

The study also indicated that, at an individual level, a direct benefit
of the ART programme was the increase in the number of HIV-
positive employees with higher CD4 counts, which results in better
overall health and an improved outlook for survival.

The steady decline in the cost of ART was confirmed, driven by
reduced drug prices and increasing economies of scale as more
employees take up ART. On a cost per employee level, a net annual
benefit of R4,000 to R12,000 per person enrolled on the ART
programme is achieved through reduced absenteeism and savings
in health care. At a company level, the benefits of the investment
were less than initially anticipated. They were, however, in line with
those of the management of chronic diseases, such as
hypertension, coronary artery disease and occupational lung
diseases, in the workplace.

Some of the more indirect benefits resulting from the provision of
ART were difficult to quantify or were outside AngloGold Ashanti’s
immediate sphere of influence. These included the patients’

Geita, Tanzania

West Wits, South Africa

Siguiri, Ghana

– 127 –

Report to Society 2008

greater use of the health care facilities.

people on ART are still not as healthy as HIV-negative employees
and they experience higher than average levels of absenteeism and

longer and, assuming no reduction of the incidence of new infection,

caution. With the provision of ART, HIV-positive employees live

These encouraging results should, however, be regarded with some

prevalence of the disease will increase. Furthermore, HIV-positive

HIV

& AIDS

Mike Erasmus

Lamproom supervisor at Moab Khotsong, South Africa

“I work in a service environment therefore the values are very

important to me to define how I interact with my colleagues.

The values determine the standard of professionalism required

in my work plan.”

improved quality of life and the better economic circumstances of their families as employees continued to
hold down their jobs, improved worker morale (in particular of those providing health care services), more
predictable absenteeism, and a reduced burden on a struggling public health care system.

The Aurum Annual Report concludes that at the level of an individual patient retained on ART there are definite
cost savings with reductions in mortality, hospital admissions, absenteeism and benefit payments. However,
the relationship between individual patient costs and savings and the overall economic benefit at a company
level is more complex. On ART, patients get better and live longer, effectively increasing the prevalence of the
disease. They survive with higher than average absenteeism and higher than average medical costs.

The full economic benefit of the ART programme to the company is constrained by the extent to which
employees register for and remain on it, which in turn is a function of the willingness of employees to undergo
HIV testing. This emphasises the importance of the VCT programme which feeds into the ART programme.

Community-based programmes

AngloGold Ashanti supports community-based HIV & AIDS programmes, directly and indirectly, both financially and
in kind. In southern Africa, this support is provided directly by the operations, through AngloGold Ashanti’s corporate
social investment initiatives and through Teba Development, an organisation that works directly in the communities
from which mineworkers are drawn, particularly in rural areas and in countries neighbouring South Africa.

At Geita mine in Tanzania, the Post Test Club (PTC) has been formed to support those who are HIV-positive,
and includes both employees and community members. Members of the PTC have been trained by Amref and
this group regularly visits AIDS-ill patients to provide simple medication (paracetamol and oral rehydrants),
family and individual education on care, and to discuss referrals. The group itself meets once a month. Income-
generating activities have also begun.

Aurum

– 128 –

Report to Society 2008

Home-based care projects and community HIV projects supported in South Africa in 2008

A number of community-based projects were supported during the year.

•

Mothusimpilo conducts prevention campaigns, particularly for high-risk individuals, in the Carletonville area.

•

The Rudo Home-based Care Programme operates in Fochville.

•

The Carletonville Home & Community Based Care Programme is also located in Carletonville. See the
case study: Investing in home-based care for Carletonville’s HIV & AIDS patients, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/CHBC-project.htm.

OBJECTIVES FOR 2009

•

To increase VCT uptake at all African operations and to sustain an 80% uptake at all business units in South
Africa

•

To recruit and train additional peer educators to maintain a ratio of one peer educator per 50 employees
in-service in South Africa

•

To increase the number of new employees registered at the wellness clinics for the first time

•

To increase the ratio of employees on ART to 90% of those for whom it is clinically indicated.

CASE STUDIES:

Case studies describing some of the challenges that the group faces, and how these are addressed, may be found in this
report (page 186), on the Report to Society website at.www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific urls listed below.

SOUTH AFRICA

Increased ART uptake at TauTona

AngloGold Ashanti’s HIV & AIDS wellness programme is reaping the benefits of improvement at the South
African operations. The company’s regional health management practices and policies are guided by
AngloGold Ashanti’s business principle of prompt and supportive action in response to any major health threats
in the regions in which it operates. As part of its response to this pandemic, AngloGold Ashanti’s South African
HIV & AIDS programme is comprehensive, as this is where the disease has had its greatest impact and where
the company has the greatest number of employees. This case study details the progress made with the roll-
out of the ART programme at TauTona mine. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/ART-TauTona.htm.

Supporting the Potchefstroom Hospice

Over the past three years, the AngloGold Ashanti Fund has devoted 17%, 22% and 12%, respectively, of its
spending to HIV & AIDS-related projects and the Potchefstroom Hospice is one of the projects the fund has
supported. The hospice received a three-year grant of R600,000 for the period from 2004 to 2007, and in
2008, R250,000 was granted towards priority needs. The hospice was established in 1998 for patients
suffering from terminal illnesses. On average, the hospice assists 200 patients a month through its adult home-
based care programme in the Ikageng, Potchefstroom, Promosa and Mohadin areas. Two full-time nurses visit
patients and families at home, to support and give professional care in pain and symptom management. See
case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/Potch-hospice.htm.

Investing in home-based care for Carletonville’s HIV & AIDS patients

AngloGold Ashanti has supported the Carletonville Home and Community-Based Care (CHCBC) since 2001.
CHCBC serves as one of the organisation’s HIV & AIDS support programmes, along with prevention and
treatment. See the case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/CHBC.htm.

– 129 –

Report to Society 2008

132

Key developments

132

Renewing the vision, mission and values

132

The year in review

137 Objectives

2009

137

Case studies

Malaria

– 130 –

Report to Society 2008

– 131 –

Report to Society 2008

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

Ongoing success of the Obuasi malaria control programme, with the incidence rates continuing to decline
for the third consecutive year.

•

Roll out of Obuasi programme to other operations.

RENEWING THE VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

As is the case with HIV & AIDS, AngloGold Ashanti’s response to malaria is underpinned by its commitment to
prompt and supportive action in response to any major health threats in the regions in which it operates.

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Management response

At an operational level, malaria is managed by mine management and the occupational health and health care
service professionals contracted to perform these tasks. Given the concentration of malaria in East and West
Africa, a great deal of co-ordination is undertaken between sites located here, with the malaria control team at
Obuasi in Ghana providing specific guidance to the other operations. However, the facilities and programmes
provided by the group differ from site to site, depending on specific circumstances and requirements. Further
details are provided in the country and operational reports at www.aga-reports.com.

Malaria programme performance and statistics are reported to the regional management of AngloGold Ashanti
on a monthly basis and to the Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee of the Board every
quarter. The issue is also considered during the company’s risk management process.

Not only does the disease result in death, illness and absenteeism among employees, it also is a major cause
of death in young children and pregnant women, with an obvious impact on employees’ families and
communities.

Malaria

Malaria management, Ghana

– 132 –

Report to Society 2008

AngloGold Ashanti’s malaria programmes and protocols are based on World Health Organisation (WHO)
standards and guidelines. As malaria is something that affects whole communities, and not just employees of
the company, a holistic approach must be taken. Regionally, the group is involved with initiatives by government
and by non-governmental organisations (NGOs) to combat the disease, and national guidelines are applied and
provide the context for the various programmes. Such national guidance includes the Tanzanian National
Guidelines for Malaria Management and, in Mali, the National Policy Against Malaria (published in 2006). The
Obuasi malaria control programme is run in accordance with the Ghana National Malaria Control Plan. The mine
works closely with the national programme co-ordinators and the Obuasi Municipal Assembly, and company
health management officials give credit for much of the success of the programme as due to this close co-
operation.

Area of concern

Malaria remains an area of concern for AngloGold Ashanti’s operations in Ghana, Guinea, Mali and Tanzania,
although employees at South African operations may contract the disease when travelling to their homes in
malaria-infected areas in neighbouring states.

Key elements of the malaria control programme are depicted below, and form part of the malaria control
programmes at all operations. These components are:

•

information, education and communication, particularly among the communities;

•

vector control, which is essentially the control of mosquitoes through indoor residual spraying and larviciding
of breeding areas;

•

early, effective diagnosis and treatment; and

•

surveillance, monitoring and research.

Involving people in malaria initiatives at Iduapriem

At Iduapriem in Ghana, a number of initiatives are in place to involve both employees and community
members in a campaign to eradicate the disease. Key to this programme is education and training, with an
emphasis on:

•

encouraging good environmental practices, such as desilting gutters and weeding surroundings to reduce
the breeding areas for mosquitoes;

•

periodic spraying of homes with insecticide provided by the company;

•

protection from mosquito bites by wearing protective clothing is particularly important and is encouraged
among children and pregnant women; and

•

seeking treatment and prophylaxis, and compliance with both.

Sharon Li Green

Accountant, Corporate Office, Johannesburg, South Africa

“I provide accounting services, administer and monitor

corporate costs, and monitor regional expenditures at

AngloGold Ashanti. It is an occupation that requires the

custodian to be accountable to the business. The value that

says, ‘We are accountable for our actions and undertake to

deliver on our commitments’, therefore resonates with me.”

– 133 –

Report to Society 2008

In addition to monitoring the incidence of diagnosed malaria cases, and the number of days lost as a result
of the disease, the company has developed a Malaria Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (MLTIFR). This is
expressed as the number of cases (incidents) of malaria for every million hours worked, and allows the rate
to be compared with the conventional LTIFR, which is a commonly used safety measure.

Malaria cases per quarter

Geita

767

527

164

Iduapriem

382

584

472

440

Sadiola and Yatela

147

Siguiri

138

322

224

Obuasi

465

836

966

802

Work days lost per quarter as a result of malaria in 2008

Geita

142

Iduapriem

Sadiola and Yatela

293

Siguiri

108

Obuasi

861

1,002

1,026

907

Malaria Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (MLTIFR) in 2008

Geita

351

260

Iduapriem

248

384

338

293

Sadiola and Yatela

Siguiri

185

122

Obuasi

168

194

161

Malaria

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000

50,000

60,000

70,000

80,000

Malaria cases at Obuasi,
including employees,
contractors, dependants and
community members

22,976

53,070

79,237

15,798

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000

50,000

60,000

Malaria medication costs at
Edwin Cade hospital at Obuasi
(average monthly cost – $)

15,000

26,000

55,000

12,000

Obuasi, Ghana

– 134 –

Report to Society 2008

Comprehensive surveillance and monitoring programme at Obuasi

An extensive integrated malaria control programme is in place at Obuasi, and the lessons learnt here are being
applied elsewhere. Malaria rates have declined consistently over the past three years, from 6,700 cases per
month in 2005 to 1,128 cases per month in 2008. See the case study: Update on malaria programme at
Obuasi, at www.aga-reports.com/08/malaria-Obuasi.htm.

The vector control programme at Obuasi is the principal component of the programme, and covers the entire
Obuasi municipal area (the mine, the town and surrounding villages). Three primary areas of attention have been
identified:

•

indoor residual spraying of all structures in the municipal area (dwellings, offices, schools, businesses,
shops and surrounding villages – close on 160,000 structures sprayed twice a year);

•

larvaciding of all temporary and permanent waterbodies to prevent mosquitoes breeding; and

•

distribution of long-lasting impregnated nets (LLINs) to places where there is concentration of people
susceptible to the diseases such as maternity and children’s wards in hospitals and local orphanages.

The programme has achieved a high level of acceptance from the community. Surveys undertaken in the region
show an increased level of awareness by community members of the causes of malaria, recognition of
mosquito breeding sites, and increased understanding of sources of infection.

The mine spent some $1.4 million on the programme during the year and is expected to spend a similar amount
in 2009. Based on the success of Obuasi’s Indoor Residual Spraying programme in the Obuasi District, a
proposal for funding from the Global Fund to Fight HIV, TB and Malaria ( GFATM) for $133 million, to scale up
the Obuasi model to cover 40 districts in Ghana, has been approved. It is envisaged that Obuasi will become
part of this new programme, and although AngloGold Ashanti will contribute to the implementation of the
National GFATM programme, a cost reduction is anticipated

As part of the mine’s malaria control programme, a comprehensive malaria control centre has been established
at Obuasi. It has a sophisticated malaria information system (MIS) which measures and monitors the progress
and quality of the programme. The centre has an insectary and laboratory, built to the specifications of and
accredited by the South African National Institute for Communicable Diseases. Here research and surveillance
is conducted with regard to vector resistance and insecticide susceptibility, which, in turn, dictates the selection
of insecticide for subsequent rounds of spraying. The Noguchi Institute of Ghana collaborates with Obuasi on
many of these programmes.

Obuasi, Ghana

– 135 –

Report to Society 2008

Malaria

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

3,500

Geita

1,557

3,212

3,339

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

Iduapriem

1,878

2,956

2,557

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

Siguiri

756

633

1,312

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

Sadiola and Yatela

216

434

288

Obuasi, Ghana

A substantial decline in malaria cases has been recorded at Geita in Tanzania – 99 cases in the fourth quarter of
2008 (which is the rainy season) as opposed to 667 cases in the fourth quarter of 2007.

At Iduapriem in Ghana, the anticipated malaria control programme will be undertaken in conjunction with the
local municipality and with four other mining companies in the area. The programme comprises health education,
intermittent preventative treatment for pregnant women, encouraging malaria prophylaxis and prompt treatment
of diagnosed cases. A vector survey was undertaken in 2007 and a pilot spraying programme will be launched
during the second quarter of 2009.

Despite increased emphasis on malaria control at Siguiri in Guinea during 2008, the incidence of malaria did not
decline as much as expected, given the significant decrease achieved in the previous year. This may, in part, be
due to the fact that the region experienced a particularly heavy and extended rainy season, from May to
November. The mine’s programme includes vector control, distribution of nets and mosquito repellents for night
shift workers, and an intensive education and communication campaign.

At Sadiola and Yatela, rising malaria rates are believed to be related to high levels of rainfall.

Cases of malaria

– 136 –

Report to Society 2008

Community initiatives

Malaria affects not only employees, but entire communities in which the group’s operations are located. Where
possible, the group works closely with other stakeholders to address malaria in a holistic fashion and to develop
programmes that may attract both government and donor funding.
Obuasi offers extensive assistance to other companies and to the government in the planning and execution of
their programmes. During the year the mine trained spray operators for the US President’s Malaria, Initiative
which is being rolled out in the north of Ghana.

At Geita a local steering committee has been formed to extend the mine programme to the region.

At Iduapriem the company is involved in the Roll Back Malaria Initiative as well as a regional malaria control
programme. The latter will be implemented during 2009, with the aim of halving malaria rates in the region over a
two-year period.

In Mali, at Sadiola and Yatela, bednets are available to community members at subsidised cost, and
reimpregnation is carried out free of charge.

OBJECTIVES FOR 2009

•

To maintain good performance at Obuasi, Geita and Siguiri

•

To roll out the programme to Iduapriem

•

To improve results at Sadiola

CASE STUDIES

Case studies describing the way in which the group addresses various issues may be found in this report (on page 186), or
on the Report to Society website, at www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific url listed below.

GHANA

Update on malaria programme at Obuasi.

Based on the success of Obuasi’s Indoor Residual Spraying programme in the Obuasi District, a proposal for
funding from the Global Fund to Fight HIV, TB and Malaria (GFATM) for $133 million, to scale up the Obuasi
model to 40 districts in Ghana, has been approved. It is envisaged that Obuasi will become part of this new
programme, and although AngloGold Ashanti will contribute to the implementation of the National GFATM
programme, a cost reduction is anticipated. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/malaria-Obuasi.htm.

– 137 –

Report to Society 2008

– 138 –

Report to Society 2008

140

Key developments

140

Renewing the mission, vision and values

141

The year in review

158 Objectives 2009

158

Case studies

Community

– 139 –

Report to Society 2008

Community

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

Integration of community and environmental disciplines at a corporate level.

•

Management standards on social investment, cultural heritage and sacred sites, stakeholder engagement,
indigenous peoples, artisanal and small-scale mining (ASM), land use management, grievances and
complaints and land acquisition being developed in support of group’s Community Affairs Management
Framework.

•

Increased demand from local communities for the provision of basic services such as water, roads
and electricity.

•

Corporate social investment expenditure in excess of $9.2 million, targeted at sustainable projects and to
address established community needs.

•

Progress made with local economic development initiatives, particularly in South Africa and Brazil.

•

Escalating tension between the company and artisanal miners, trespassers and others, at Obuasi in
Ghana, Siguiri in Guinea and Geita in Tanzania resulting in a number of incidents and injuries.

RENEWING THE VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

The group’s vision, mission and values were reviewed during the year, and consequently so were the group’s
business principles. The group’s business principles or undertakings are currently under review. AngloGold
Ashanti’s values and business principles may be found at www.anglogoldashanti.com/Values/Values.htm.

One of the group’s six core values is:
The communities and societies in which we operate will be better off for AngloGold Ashanti having
been there.
We uphold and promote fundamental human rights where we do business. We contribute to building
productive, respectful and mutually beneficial partnerships in the communities in which we operate. We aim
to leave host communities with a sustainable future.

The group gives effect to its values through its business principles. These undertakings in respect of
communities serve also as the group’s policy, and guide regional and operational policies and practices.
See the case study: Renewing our commitment to doing things the right way, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/values-renew.htm.

Obuasi, Ghana

– 140 –

Report to Society 2008

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Management systems and accountability

Community-related matters are addressed at Board level by the Safety, Health and Sustainable Development
Committee. See the Ethics and Governance section of this report and the Governance section of the Annual
Financial Statements for further information on the functioning of this committee.

During 2008, the community affairs and environmental teams were integrated, reflecting the interdependence
of these issues from both a strategic and operational perspective. This team is responsible for developing
company policy in respect of community-related issues, and providing guidance and developing processes to
assist operations in acting in accordance with the group’s business principles. A corporate level Community
and Environment Vice President has been appointed to head up the discipline.

Further refinement of the Community Affairs Management Framework continued during the year. An additional
module on human rights and security is being refined, in support of the new security discipline and in
compliance with the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights. In view of the integration of the
community and environmental aspects of the business from a management perspective, a decision was taken
late in 2008 to include community aspects into the existing ISO14001 management systems in place at all
operations. It is envisaged that this process will take two to three years.

The existing community management system, incorporating the Stakeholder Engagement Action Plans (SEAPs)
and Integrated Development Action Plans (IDAPs) and the accompanying toolkits are being drafted into
management standards on stakeholder engagement, social investment, cultural heritage and sacred sites,
indigenous peoples, grievances and complaints and ASM. An AngloGold Ashanti land use management and land
acquisition standards are being finalised and a specialist resettlement company has been appointed to provide
greater support to operations in developing and implementing robust land management and resettlement practices.

Also at a corporate level, AngloGold Ashanti engaged with international advocacy and voluntary bodies to
develop standards, norms and best practice, such as the International Council for Mining and Metals (ICMM)
and the International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO). AngloGold Ashanti is supportive of, and has
participated in, discussions and programmes initiated by the Responsible Jewellery Council (RJC), the World
Gold Council (WGC), and the Initiative for Responsible Mining Assurance (IRMA). For further details on the
group’s participation in these bodies see pages 62 to 63 of this report.

In a number of countries, legislation and regulation is in place to guide companies in respect of local community
imperatives. In South Africa, the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (MPRDA) requires that all
mining operations submit and adhere to a Social and Labour Plan (SLP) as a prerequisite for the granting of new
order mining rights and report their compliance with the MPRDA in accordance with the Mining Charter. In addition
to specific human resources-related issues, the Charter requires that mining companies engage with communities

Andrew Baird

Project Geologist, Tropicana, Australia

“I particularly appreciate the organisation’s attitude to

‘Safety being the first value’, I believe a company that puts

the livelihood of its employees first is building a world-class

organisation.”

– 141 –

Report to Society 2008

in which the company’s operations are located and from which it draws its workforce. AngloGold Ashanti was
granted its licence conversions in respect of all of its operations in August 2005 and has reported on progress
made against its SLP targets and commitments in the Social and Labour Plan Reports at www.aga-reports.com.

AngloGold Ashanti is also committed to engaging with non-governmental organisations (NGOs), community-
based organisations (CBOs) and other stakeholders on issues of mutual concern. Underpinning its strategy is
the group’s view that it is desirable that the various parties engage directly in relationships based on a mutual
recognition of each other’s legitimate right to operate. Specific structures are being put in place to deal with
grievances and legacy issues.

The group has continued during the year with its strategy of building relationships with key stakeholders and,
interest groups, monitoring emerging trends, being proactive where possible, and responsive where issues
arise unexpectedly. Relative to prior years, fewer NGO reports and campaigns on the company’s activities have
been witnessed over the past year. One of the reports has been a catalyst for media and other stakeholder
interest including, on occasion, investors, was the publication by Norwatch, a Norwegian news service, of
published allegations of heavy metal pollution at Nyakabale village near Geita in Tanzania. See case study,
Allegations of environmental damage at Geita, at www.aga-reports.com/Geita-environment.htm.

AngloGold Ashanti has responded to issues as they have emerged. The group’s strategy is to continue to
actively develop relationships with key interest groups and also to monitor emerging trends. Specific
engagements during the year have included:

•

Food First Information and Action Network (FIAN), in relation to security issues at Obuasi. See box on
page 149;

•

a first meeting with Tundu Lissu of the Lawyers’ Environmental Action Team in Tanzania; and

•

IKV

Pax Christi, an international NGO which has interacted with AngloGold Ashanti Exploration in Colombia

in respect of security and human rights.

Engaging with communities

A wide range of formal and informal structures are in place to engage with stakeholders across all operations.
An extensive list of stakeholders is available at www.aga-reports.com/08/stakeholders.htm.

Community

Raposos, Brazil

– 142 –

Report to Society 2008

IDAP, Sadiola and Yatela

The communities in which the company operates (either through mining projects or exploration activities) are
addressed through site-specific SEAPs and IDAPs. Community consultation forums vary from operation to
operation. See box on community structures at Sadiola and Yatela (below) as an example of this.

Community forum at Sadiola and Yatela addresses meaningful issues

Community consultation structures at the Sadiola and Yatela mines in Mali are long-standing and have made
a significant contribution to the relationship between the mine and its host communities. The forum was
established in 2003 and meets on an annual basis as part of the Integrated Development Action Plan (IDAP).

The meeting runs in the format of a workshop dealing with significant issues, with presentations made and
active engagement by all parties. The meeting is usually well attended with upwards of 150 participants.
These participants include local community members, local elected communal councillors and the mayor,
local administrative services and the Sous Prefet, regional services and elected authorities, national
government representatives, including parliamentary ministers, national and international NGOs, and
representatives from other mining companies in the region.

The forum is also used as the basis for discussion about mine closures, which are currently scheduled for
Yatela and Sadiola in 2010 and 2013, respectively.

The most recent workshop, held over a three-day session in January 2009, comprised four principal sections:
a presentation on the activities of the two mines; question and answer sessions; visits to both sites and to a
number of community development projects; and discussions by team groups to expand on
recommendations made in the plenary session.

Issues raised included:

•

a review of the activities and performance of the mine during the year, including plans for the deep sulphide
and the Yatela push-back projects;

•

progress on the previous year’s workshop recommendations;

•

review of the IDAP process;

•

review of progress made with the epidemiological study;

•

independent water supply system for Sadiola and Farabakouta villages; and

•

the employment of locals.

Recommendations made by participants at the conclusion of the workshop focused on a number of projects
related to road construction, community health and safety (including the establishment of a community base
epidemiologic monitoring system, the establishment of a regional committee to address mine closures, and
continued research into additional sources of drinking water for the villages of Sadiola and Farabakouta.

– 143 –

Report to Society 2008

Community

Dago Borquez

Warehouse Supervisor, Cerro Vanguardia, Argentina

“Respect is the key to a successful organisation. In my job as a

warehouse supervisor, the main challenge is satisfying the internal

client and in order to achieve this, I have to work with my team as

a unit. And without respect, teamwork doesn’t work.”

Playing an active role in civil society in Brazil

AngloGold Ashanti Brazil (Brasil Mineração) has played a significant role in the development of the economy
of Minas Gerais, the state in which its operations are located. The company has been in existence in some
form for over a hundred years and has been a substantial provider of employment and corporate support to
local municipalities and the state alike. This tradition is continuing, at national, regional and local levels. Some
of the initiatives that the company has been involved with in 2008 are set out below.

•

Financial and other support for the Reference Centre for Sustainability, established by the Fundação Dom
Cabral, a leading Brazilian business school, with a view to ensuring the concept of sustainability is integrated
into strategic planning, leadership and people management in business in Brazil.

•

Extensive support for local development agencies in Sabará and Santa Bárbara which are aimed at
improving the quality of life of local residents, improving access to technical qualifications, job creation and
improving income generation.

•

Support for Rede Colaborativa in Sabará, which addresses the needs of the young and particularly those
deemed to be at social risk.

•

Financial and technical support for Raposos’ artisans involved in manufacturing environmentally friendly
brooms from recycled material, dress-making and other crafts.

Through the company’s Good Neighbour programme, community concerns are aired and addressed. Often
these concerns do not relate directly to the company, but are issues that affect the community. Some of the

100

Good neighbourhood
programmes pre-empt conflict

100%

90%

54%

95%

1. Raposos
2. Nova Lima
3. Santa Barbara
4. Sabara

100

Good neighbourhood
programmes improve your
knowledge of the company

93%

85%

82%

100%

1. Raposos
2. Nova Lima
3. Santa Barbara
4. Sabara

100

Toll-free complaints number
is effective

87%

85%

100%

1. Raposos
2. Nova Lima
3. Santa Barbara
4. Sabara

recent results of a survey related to the Good Neighbourhood programme are presented below.

– 144 –

Report to Society 2008

Mechanisms for community members to lodge grievances are in place at most operations. Major issues raised

during 2008 are summarised below.

•

A total of 56 calls were received during the year at Brasil Mineraçao, 38% relating to caretaking of the

company’s properties.

•

In the DRC, community complaints were received regarding the increased project-related road traffic and, in

particular, that company vehicles were being driven at high speed.

•

A number of complaints lodged by community members at Iduapriem during the year concerned

resettlement and compensation, environmental pollution and the lack of water supply to Teberebie. Other

complaints related to the lack of new jobs created, and the management of the Hand-in-Hand Alternative

Livelihoods Initiative.

•

Grievances raised by community members around Siguiri in Guinea related to damage to crops caused by

mining activities and the diversion of a national road.

•

Complaints were received from community members at Sadiola and Yatela, relating to the contamination of

grazing land by mud, death of cattle, and water shortages in Sadiola and Farabakouta villages.

•

At Geita, grievances lodged by community members largely concerned land and property acquisition by the

company, and environmental issues.

•

At CC&V in the United States, community complaints were about dust, noise, vibrations from mining activities and

the impact of the proposed extension to the mine.

A number of positive initiatives were undertaken during the year in establishing new relationships and in

maintaining existing ones. An example is the significant milestone achieved in the DRC when the project hosted

a libation ceremony (seeking blessing of the ancestors for exploration activities) with a number of local

communities in an area where exploration was about to begin.

Human rights and security

As AngloGold Ashanti’s global footprint extends into countries and regions in which it has not previously operated

and where the risk profiles are different, so its exposure to different operating environments and security contexts

has increased. Given the company’s position on human rights and its status as a signatory to various initiatives,

such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the Global Compact and the Voluntary Principles on Security

and Human Rights, it is clear that security is not simply a matter of asset protection, but one that, increasingly, has

a social dimension. For this reason, the company undertook a global security review and is developing a group

approach to security across its operations.

AngloGold Ashanti operates in a number of countries where security considerations make it necessary for

operations to rely on special support, on a fee-for-services basis, from the police and/or the military. This is the

case in Ghana, Guinea, the DRC and Colombia. It is a complex issue that raises moral and social concerns and

requires ongoing management, monitoring and attention. (See discussion above on illegal mining in Ghana on

page 148.) See case study: Improving security in line with Voluntary Principles, at www.aga-

reports.com/08/security-assessment.htm. or on page 214 of this report, as well as the Human Rights section

of this report on page 114.

Significant community incidents

A number of incidents relating to the community issues and human rights were recorded during the year.

Environmental incidents may be found at www.aga-reports.com/08/environmental-incidents.htm. Areas of

greatest concern to the company are the continued clashes with artisanal miners, illegal miners and trespassers

at Obuasi in Ghana and Siguiri in Guinea. Significant incidents during the year are reported below. under the

headings of:

•

incidents involving community members on the mine property and who are engaged in illegal activities;

•

incidents where there have been clashes between the mine and contractor security personnel and

community members; and

•

protest action against the company.

– 145 –

Report to Society 2008

Incident

Individuals involved

Security interventions

Protest

in illegal activity

Action

Deaths**

Injury**

Community members

company security
personnel

Operation

Deaths

Injuries

Deaths

Injuries

Colombia*

1 (altercation)

Siguiri, Guinea*

22***

–

Obuasi, Ghana*

5***

1***

2 (shooting)

Iduapriem,

Ghana

Geita, Tanzania

1****

–

1 (shooting)

Sadiola, Mali

Total

*AngloGold Ashanti security acts in concert with state security forces at these operations on an active and ongoing basis.

** On company property, but unrelated to security interventions

*** Fall of grounds accidents

**** Accident involving a haul truck

The vast majority of these incidents (outside of protest action) stem from individuals involved in illegal activities.
A distinction is made between the death and injury of individuals involved in illegal activities without active
security intervention (that is, 27 deaths and one injury due to falls of ground while practicing artisanal, and in
most cases, illegal mining, and the death of one individual suspected of attempting to steal fuel from a haul
truck), and those incidents where security interventions have led to the death (0) or injury of community
members (4). AngloGold Ashanti security personnel (12) sustained injuries, some serious, while carrying out their
duties. There were five incidents of significant protest action during the year.

Several notable incidents occurred in 2008, where force was used by AngloGold Ashanti security staff, or by

contracted public/ private security providing services to AngloGold Ashanti. Minimum force is advocated at all

times, in line with the company’s commitment to the Voluntary Principles. These are detailed below:

Community

Candice Kater

Office Administrator, Corporate Office, Johannesburg, South Africa

“I provide administrative support to the financial team

here at the corporate office. For me, the values help to

define how I interact with other employees, and give me

guidance.”

– 146 –

Report to Society 2008

Date

Location

Units involved

Detail

Shooting incidents

May 2008

Obuasi,

Local police

A group of illegal miners, armed with machetes, was

Ghana

on mine site

sighted on AngloGold Ashanti’s property. Police stated

that the trespassers acted in a threatening manner, and
decided to fire warning shots. Warning shots struck one
illegal miner, wounding him in the leg. The individual is
currently out on bail and recuperating from the wound,
after receiving treatment at AngloGold Ashanti’s mine
hospital. After a full investigation, local police determined
that the policemen acted with justifiable force and within his
rights. The miner was subsequently charged for being
involved in illegal mining activities. From a corporate and
management perspective, AngloGold Ashanti has flagged
some concerns with the use of force in this situation.

December 2008 Obuasi,

Local police

A policeman fired a warning shot whilst trying to arrest an

Ghana

on mine site

illegal miner. A struggle ensued, during which the illegal
miner was shot in the foot, resulting in a fracture of the
foot. After a full investigation, it was found that the
policeman acted with justifiable force and was within his
rights, and the individual was charged for being involved
in illegal mining activities. The illegal miner is currently out
on bail and recuperating from his wound, after receiving
treatment at AngloGold Ashanti’s mine hospital

November 2008 Geita,

Sub-contracted

A group of approximately 20 intruders tried to access

Tanzania

security guards

AngloGold Ashanti’s mine workings, allegedly to try to
steal diesel (which is a common problem at Geita . When
confronted by an AngloGold Ashanti security guard
armed with a shotgun, one of the intruders - armed with
a machete - approached the guard in a threatening
manner, which prompted the guard to fire a shot in the
intruder’s direction. The individual sustained minor
birdshot wounds to his body and was treated at the
mine’s local clinic.
After a full investigation, it was found that the guard acted
with justifiable force and was within his rights. The intruder
was arrested for attempted robbery and trespassing and
detained by the police. Guards at Geita have been
threatened by suspected criminals several times during
2008, and several warning shots have been fired
throughout the year to ward off groups of people
attempting to commit theft on AngloGold Ashanti property.

Incidents involving death or injuries to the public

Several dates Ghana

Illegal miners

In three separate incidents in Obuasi’s underground

during 2008

operations, five people lost their lives and one person

as illegal miners were operating in Obuasi’s underground
shafts. In all the incidents, the mine initiated rescue

sustained serious injuries due to falling rocks. This occurred

operations. One person was rescued alive during these

– 147 –

Report to Society 2008

Date

Location

Units involved

Detail

rescue attempts. He was treated at the Obuasi mine hospital and referred
to the state hospital in nearby Kumasi. The bodies of the deceased were
identified and subsequently returned to the families for burial.

Several dates

Guinea,

Illegal miners

During 2008, a total of 22 people lost their lives in eight separate incidents

during 2008

incidents involving artisanal miners at Siguiri mine in Guinea. Holes dug by
the artisanal miners at AngloGold Ashanti’s open-pit mining operations
collapsed on them. In one incident alone, a total of 13 people died.
Although all possible measures from a security point of view are being taken
to prevent the persons from entering our workings, they still manage to
enter and put their lives at risk. Every effort is being made to find a workable
solution with the communities, to prevent these unfortunate incidents.

Providencia

Millitary platoon

The commander of a platoon, detailed to support our joint venture

Antioquia

under formal

partner at Providencia Antioquia, responded to a request for help by a local

Colombia

agreement with

bartender. Local underage youths were drinking at his establishment.

AngloGold Ashanti

Military personnel confirmed the youths were underage and drunk, and
escorted them off the property. However, they then marched two of the
youths to their encampment, and administered corporal punishment-
forcing them to dig holes to bury garbage. The youths were returned six
hours later to their families. Upon hearing about the incident, AngloGold
Ashanti's Colombian security department determined the military may have
violated the civil rights (human rights) of the youths. AngloGold Ashanti
security composed a letter to the army brigade commander to inform him
of the potential Voluntary Principles violation, and to request that a proper
investigation be conducted. The army sergeant and the participating
soldiers were immediately relieved from their duties the following day, and
transferred to another army facility. In December 2008, AngloGold Ashanti
received a formal response from the army indicating that after an internal
investigation the soldiers involved had been dismissed from the army.

Geita,

Operations A suspected diesel thief, who was trespassing at one of the

Tanzania

waste dump areas at Geita mine in Tanzania, was fatally injured when
struck by a rock being dumped by a truck in the area

Labour and community unrest incidents

Obuasi, Sub-contracted

The local Diawuoso community took two Obuasi staff members and

Ghana

security guards

a mine vehicle hostage for several hours in the village, demanding to see the
Managing Director of the mine. The community’s concern stemmed from
the unresolved matter of the building of a bridge (by the mine) to cross a
river which floods during the rainy season. The flooding has been made
more severe by the release of water into the river by the mine. Security
intervention was required. The issue was resolved without injury.
Local communities staged protests outside the mine. The community's

2008

Guinea

security guards

anger arose from expectations relating to the electrification of Siguiri

police and

town and the surrounding communities by the mine. The unrest and

local army

protests lasted for six days, and required a significant security presence in
and around Siguiri mine. Police and the local army were present, without
incident. The issue was resolved at national level, and protestors dispersed
peacefully. A short, medium and long-term plan is being put in place by the
mine, with other stakeholders, to resolve the underlying issues.

January and

Sadiola,

Sub-contracted

Two separate protests took place at Sadiola regarding the water

February

Mali

security guards,

supply, and possible shortages, in the surrounding communities.

2008

Security intervention was needed and the protests were dispersed
without incident.

Several dates

South

AngloGold

Nine incidents of (legal) industrial action were monitored at the

during 2008

African

Ashanti

South African operations, with no serious incidents

operations

security staff

occurring.

Community

– 148 –

Report to Society 2008

February 2008

September 2008

June 2008

November Siguiri, Sub-contracted

Dealing with illegal mining activities at Obuasi in Ghana

At Obuasi in Ghana, the large-scale presence of illegal mining activity has hampered operations by creating a
safety and security risk during the year. A series of escalating events prompted a response that encompasses
enhanced security, the further development of alternative livelihoods programmes along with the review and
enforcement of the company’s legal rights.

As illegal mining activity increased significantly at the beginning of 2008, 120 youths from surrounding
communities were employed as part of a community policing initiative to run 24-hour security patrols of
company installations within the community. The number and intensity of clashes with illegal miners continued
to increase, however, to the point where the mine was experiencing almost daily security incidents with groups
and individuals engaged in illegal mining in the area. These incidents included the invasion of underground
facilities, the setting alight of cables, drilling and blasting without recourse to safety and environmental impacts,
and the use of stolen explosives. In addition to extensive disruptions to mining activity and damage to property,
AngloGold Ashanti personnel and contractors trying to deal with the situation were threatened and injured,
severely in some cases.

A security operation began in September 2008 to address the situation. The operation, jointly conducted by
Ghana Armed Forces and the Ghana Police Service, was to protect the mine and to ensure that security
operations on the lease area were undertaken in line with the provisions of the Minerals and Mining Act and
other legislation.

Since then, the military have maintained a presence at Obuasi, supporting both the mine’s own and
contracted security personnel. Emphasis by mine personnel during the latter part of the year was placed on
securing the access to underground workings by closing illegal holes (ducts leading to underground
workings), with around 55 such holes having been sealed.

It should also be noted that, on arrival at Obuasi, all security and military personnel were inducted on the
tenets of the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights.

It is the company’s intention, in the long term, to upgrade its security capacity in order to be able to secure
its property. Appropriate action will be taken, in accordance with international human rights standards, to
remove illegal miners from operating areas and, if circumstances require it, to hand them over to the police
for action to be taken against them in terms of the law.

Obuasi, Ghana

– 149 –

Report to Society 2008

Community

Artisanal and small-scale miners

The continued presence of artisanal and small-scale mining (ASM) at the company’s operations and exploration

sites in Africa (Ghana, Guinea, Tanzania, the DRC), present a significant challenge to the company, resulting in

a various degrees of social, environmental and safety incidents as listed above.

ASM activity has resulted in third-party fatalities on the company’s lease areas. ASM communities seldom share

information on safety incidents given that these activities are often illegal.

AngloGold Ashanti’s position on ASM is that the group will, first and foremost, act in accordance with local

regulations and legislation. However, the company recognises the historical and current roles and rights of

artisanal and small scale-miners, and that engagement is a critical factor in dealing with the issue. AngloGold

Ashanti believes that co-existence with artisanal and small-scale miners is not only possible, but also desirable.

The group is in favour of promoting the development of orderly, viable ASM sectors in collaboration with host

communities and governments in exchange for respect for the security of the group’s operations. However, in

most cases, these aspirations have not yet been achieved.

There is inherent potential for conflict between large-scale operators, working within a formal, regulated land

tenure framework, and small-scale miners on the other, often outside of any regulations. AngloGold Ashanti

believes that government needs to take a leading role in addressing ASM. It is also conscious that ASM is

largely a social issue that can only be addressed through the upliftment of communities – an area where the

company has a an important role to play.

While ASM plays an important role in subsistence activity in communities, there is a concern by the company

that activities that are attributed to ASM infringe the rights of the company and safety of its assets and people.

There have been several incidents of illegal pit invasions at Siguiri in Guinea by artisanal and small-scale miners,

and shaft invasions by illegal miners at Obuasi.

•

At Siguiri, these large-scale (upwards of 700 people) mining invasions have taken place in the mining pits,

along haul roads and close to waste rock dumps. The mine has experienced damage to property, theft,

sabotage and the physical assault of its security personnel during the year and mine has engaged external

consultants to develop a comprehensive community engagement plan, including a management programme.

•

At Obuasi, these invasions have been particularly confrontational resulting in serious injuries to mine security

personnel. In response, Obuasi has implemented a multi-pronged programme to address both the issue of ASM

and illegal mining activity. (See box on page 149.) The intervention includes a military deployment on site, ongoing

engagement with artisanal and small-scale miners, other community groups and local and national government.

•

There have been a number of instances of conflict between the company and artisanal and small-scale

miners around Geita in Tanzania. It is estimated that between 400 and 500 miners are typically engaged in

activities on and around the lease area. The company continues to work with the authorities and through the

Small Miners’ Association to establish dialogue, provide education and training (especially in respect of safety,

health and environmental issues) and to minimise conflict.

•

ASM is a significant and potentially high-risk issue in the DRC, where it is estimated that there are around

100,000 miners on and around the lease area. A plan to address this is issue is being implemented. A key

component of the programme is the provision of an alternative gold recovery process that does not use

mercury (which is highly hazardous to human health). The project forms part of a greater endeavour to build

capacity within the community surrounding the company’s licence area, in partnership with the NGO, Pact

Congo. Included in this programme are: conflict mitigation, savings funds, literacy training, small business and

entrepreneurship development, among others. An environmental and social impact assessment has been

completed by SRK Consulting and the concentrator has been procured and will be commissioned in 2009.

– 150 –

Report to Society 2008

Planning throughout the life cycle

As exploration and mining activities frequently occur in areas that are remote or in regions where there is very
little other economic activity, their relative impact is often heightened. Therefore, the impact of potential and
existing mining activities needs to be considered at all stages of an operation’s life cycle, from exploration,
through the operating life, to eventual closure.

A range of potential impacts and mitigating measures are identified during the Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment, and mitigating measures are then incorporated into the Environmental Management Plans (EMPs)
over an operation’s life of mine. See the Environment section of this report on page 158.

Similarly, planning for closure takes into account both the environmental and social impacts that will be the
mine’s legacy to the community. Planning begins well in advance of closure and closure is a matter for
discussion at most community engagement forums. This is the case at Sadiola and Yatela in Mali, for example
(see box on page 143), where closure has long been a standing agenda item of the annual IDAP workshop. At
Morila, also in Mali, where ore extraction is expected to cease in 2009 and processing in 2013, planning for
closure has involved a comprehensive range of stakeholders.

AngloGold Ashanti recognises that the plans that are developed for community engagement need to be
dynamic and revised to take account of differing circumstances. In 2008, for example, a review was undertaken
of the community development programme and the alternative livelihoods initiative for Iduapriem.

An area of concern that is being addressed at a group level and will influence future feasibility studies and the
life cycle analysis is that of climate change. Climate change is having, and will continue to have, the greatest
impact on impoverished communities in developing countries. The group-wide climate change study focuses
on the impact of climate change on communities around AngloGold Ashanti’s operations. The study aims to
identify community-related climate change risks faced by the company and identifies options for adaptation
programmes. See also the discussion on climate change in the Environment section of the report on page 158,
and the case study: Developing a business case for climate change projects, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/climate-change.

The impact of the company’s activities, programmes and practices on communities (including community health
and safety, land management, livelihood restoration, local culture, indigenous peoples and cultural heritage) is not
formally assessed. However, through the formal and informal engagement practices (including stakeholder
engagement forums, SEAPs and IDAPs) informal and ongoing feedback is received from communities and others,
and taken into account in planning for ongoing future activities. It is the company’s intention to embark on a more
formal approach to the assessment of the impact on communities in the coming year.

Carlos Alberto Martinez Salgado

Colosa, Colombia

“In 2007, I suffered from a back injury which keeps me from

having full physical mobility, because of this reason I feared that

my employment with AngloGold Ashanti would be terminated.

However, the company kept me on board during the difficult

times allowing me to provide for my extensive family. I will always

remember that act as the foundation of what this organisation

represents: its people definitely come first.”

– 151 –

Report to Society 2008

Community

Predicting future climate change

The science of predicting future climate change has grown increasingly sophisticated in recent decades. A
core component of this effort has been the development of global climate models, known as Atmosphere-
Ocean General Circulation Models (AOGCMs), which provide a complex, three-dimensional depiction of the
earth’s climate system. Strong advances in these models have occurred, allowing scientists to predict both
historical and future climate with ever-increasing accuracy.

Global climate models have also been downscaled at a regional level, increasingly allow for these scientists
to account for local geographical variations. The use of these downscaled models, known as Regional
Climate Models, is an approach that is now widely used by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(IPCC) to predict future climatic conditions.

Uncertainties remain, however, requiring an understanding that not all aspects of climate change can
necessarily be foreseen. In response to these uncertainties, efforts to reduce the vulnerability of communities
and their exposure to risk are now recognised as crucial in supporting ordinary citizens to cope with whatever
climatic changes come their way. Important synergies therefore exist between AngloGold Ashanti’s existing
programmes aimed at improving the livelihoods and coping strategies of surrounding communities, and
efforts to assist communities to adapt to climate change. By addressing the social vulnerabilities of
communities, such as levels of literacy, access to basic services and health care, AngloGold Ashanti can
assist with community development and climate change adaptation efforts.

Effective adaptation to a warmer world is a critical component in ensuring the socio-economic development
of communities in the vicinity of AngloGold Ashanti’s operations. Given that the livelihoods of poorer
communities are often intimately connected to their immediate natural surroundings, even small changes in
climatic conditions can have a profound effect on their health, well-being and livelihoods. Adaptation to
climate change is particularly critical in the developing world, where the impacts of climate change are
predicted to be greatest and where vulnerabilities are highest. Adaptation therefore makes up an important
component in the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals and the overriding attainment of
sustainable development by communities.

In the course of AngloGold Ashanti’s recent climate change study, a range of physical changes (see table on
the next page) brought about by climate change were considered in relation to their potential impacts on
communities.

Critical to the study was to consider how changes in any of the factors could impact on the well-being,
security and stability of surrounding communities. Site visits to all operations were complemented by the use
of the most up-to-date regional climate projections published by the IPCC within its Fourth Assessment
Report (IPCC, 2007), in order to establish future climate trends across AngloGold Ashanti’s areas of operation.

– 152 –

Report to Society 2008

Typical risks to communities from climate change

Apart from identifying communities that may be particularly at risk from climate change, the study has also

established a number of risk categories in relation to each of the major variables expected to be altered by

climate change. A summary of selected risks to communities brought about by climate change is provided

below:

Climate variable

Selected potential risk to communities

Sea level rise

• Possible flooding or destruction of low-lying coastal homes and

infrastructure.

• Salination of groundwater due to salt water intrusion.

Increased temperature,

• Increased water consumption requirements for livestock and people.

increased number of hot days

• Increased incidence of diarrhoea and temperature-related food

contamination, affecting child mortality.

• Loss of glacier water flow resulting in severe loss of local water supply

and available hydropower.

• Increased insect outbreaks and decreased agricultural yields in warmer

environments.

Increased precipitation,

• Damage to infrastructure, including roads, bridges, telecommunications

precipitation intensity and

and property.

flooding

• Heightened landslide and flood vulnerability.

• Possible contamination of water supply.

• Damage to crops, water logged soils and increased soil erosion.

Drought and extreme

• Reduced groundwater availability, resulting in severe water stress for

dry periods

communities without piped water access.

• Increased risk of drought-related water-borne disease.

• Loss of agricultural productivity or crop failure, resulting in possible

malnourishment and food scarcity.

• Increased land degradation and desertification of regions, affecting

grazing and crop land development.

Wild fires

• Danger to physical property and lives, including localised air pollution and

possible respiratory effects.

Other extreme weather events • Potential large-scale damage to property, crops and loss of life.

• Increased risk of water- and food-borne diseases.

Health and disease

• Increased territorial range or frequency of certain vector diseases,

including malaria, dengue fever, cholera and meningitis.

• Heightened strain on local public health services.

Cumulative effects

• Climate change contributing to political, social or economic

destabilisation of communities with impacts on surrounding regions.

By outlining the new risks to communities from climate change, highlighting high-risk regions based on current

vulnerabilities and expected climate impacts, and by proposing localised adaptation options that address

expected challenges and promote overall community resilience, the climate change study has laid the

foundation for an effective climate change response for AngloGold Ashanti’s communities.

The challenge ahead is to promote a co-ordinated response to adaptation that includes taking appropriate

mitigation measures to the local level, ensuring that these measures are embedded within community

structures, and ensuring that the options chosen form part of overall efforts aimed at reducing community

vulnerability to stressors and risks. This must be done in partnership with key stakeholders.

– 153 –

Report to Society 2008

Local economic development

AngloGold Ashanti is of the view that its operations and activities can and should contribute to the long-term
sustainable development of host communities. Specifically through the support of local economic development,
operations can ensure that they play a positive role in sustainable economic development of the local
communities. The fact that mining operations may be short-lived or that exploration projects will not necessarily
become mines, presents a challenge as there is only a limited period in which to make an impact. See case study:
New road paves the way for economic development in the DRC, at www.aga-reports.com/08/roads-DRC.htm.

Many of the group’s operations are located in areas of great need, where development has been minimal,
resources are scarce and high levels of poverty exist. The need to invest appropriately and in a manner that is
sustainable is frequently countered by the pressure from communities and indeed governments to receive
tangible and immediate benefits. Where this makes sense, particularly in economically underdeveloped regions,
operations are encouraged to develop partnerships with parties such as other mining companies and
companies in other industries, contractors, NGOs and government to ensure more effective delivery.

Local economic development of mine-based communities and labour-sending areas is specifically mandated
by the MPRDA and the Mining Charter. In South Africa, the Small and Medium Enterprise Development Initiative
(SMEDI) continues to identify people with ability and potential, and enters into a partnership with them to
provide education, training and funding with the long–term aim of creating sustainable business. The raising of
venture capital is managed through Masakhisane Investments Limited, which was established in 1999, with an
initial capital investment of R10 million. See the case study: The challenges of local economic development:
The Masakhisane Fund, at www.aga-reports.com/08/Masakhisane.htm.

In Brazil, both Serra Grande mine and Brasil Mineração have local economic development programmes in
place to stimulate the local economy, to develop skills and to develop alternative employment options now and
in the future. This work is done in conjunction with local communities, municipalities and elected leaders, and
in close collaboration with NGOs that provide support to micro and small enterprises in Brazil.

The Cerro Vanguardia mine in Argentina is the primary employer of people in Puerto San Julián, a very small (12,000
people) and remote community. For some years, the company has been actively engaged with community leaders
and the local authorities supporting the work of the Development Agency. A development plan for Puerto San Julián
(from 2007 to 2020) has been developed and is being refined. Progress on this plan is reported in the case study:
Community engagement in Argentina, at www.aga-reports.com/08/development-CVSA.htm.

The newly developed social investment management standard will specifically address local economic development
and this area of work (particularly the development of alternative livelihoods) will continue to be a focus in 2009.

Corporate social investment

In 2008, AngloGold Ashanti spent $8.89 million on corporate social investment (2007:$8.05 million). For
accounting purposes, corporate social investment expenditure is defined as the voluntary investment of funds in
the broader community through programmes spanning a range of development and maintenance activities that
seek to complement the work of government, NGOs and community-based organisations (CBOs), where the
target beneficiaries are external to the company. Corporate social investment specifically excludes those activities
where the purpose is primarily commercial, for example, marketing, employee benefits or public relations activities.

The vehicles for corporate social investment differ from region to region, and operation to operation, and are in
line with the specific needs indicated by communities.

The South African corporate social investment initiative is directed by the AngloGold Ashanti CSI Committee,
the members of which are drawn from the ranks of senior managers in different fields. In line with the Mining
Charter, the focus is intentionally on regions in which AngloGold Ashanti has operations and the areas from
which the company draws large numbers of employees, with 90% of the projects supported being situated in
these areas. North West Province, where the West Wits and Vaal River operations are located, benefited from
(50%) of the available funding, followed by the south-eastern part of the Eastern Cape (15%) where the families
of the majority of employees from this province reside.

Two initiatives undertaken in Southern Africa in 2008 are featured in case studies: Rolling out computers in rural
schools, at www.aga-reports.com/08/rural-computers.htm and, Supporting the Potchefstroom Hospice, at
www.aga-reports.com/08/Potch-hospice.htm.

Community

– 154 –

Report to Society 2008

Corporate social investment in South Africa

Over the past three years there have been significant changes in the running of corporate social investment
initiatives in South Africa. Apart from the actual running of the fund having been brought in-house to more
closely align corporate giving with community imperatives, there is a greater emphasis on delivering on the
commitments made in the company’s Social and Labour Plans.

In 2008, around R16.8 million was allocated for social investment expenditure with about R300,000 going
towards the Hearts of Gold programme. See case study.

The programme is managed at a corporate level although its funding and the projects that are managed fall
under the Southern Africa division. Local area committees in each of the West Wits and Vaal River regions,
and at the Potchefstroom divisional office, may identify a number of projects in their communities; they meet
with stakeholders on a regular basis and monitor project implementation. The local area committees are also
able to approve projects directly provided they are within specific budget parameters (currently less than
R10,000) and according to the corporate guidelines.

The main functioning of the programme is directed by a group of senior managers. A change that has
developed during the past year is that the company is playing a more active role in identifying projects – meeting
community members, talking to different government departments – to find projects that will make a difference.

Says Sipho Mahlangu, (Group CSI Manager) who heads this discipline in South Africa, “Because we have
limited resources, we are very selective in the projects that we support. We seek to work with organisations
that are well-managed and with good systems for delivery, so that the projects are sustainable into the future.

“We do not fund individuals. We do not fund religious organisations, unless it is very clear that they are
involved in outreach programmes that benefit the community at large without regard to their religious affiliation,
or political organisations. We partner with government departments where we can, again to ensure both the
sustainability of projects and the benefits provided by synergy.

“NGOs are our primary vehicles for giving. By working with NGOs, we are able to get closer to the issues and
needs on the ground, particularly in labour-sending areas. The NGOs we work with have typically done the
groundwork: they know what the issues are; they understand what the needs are in the communities; and,
through our long-term engagement with them, we also know what is happening.”

Sectorial giving by value (%)

Education

40%

Welfare and development 16%
Skills training and
job creation

12%

HIV & Aids

11%

Health

11%

Area committee

10%

11%

40%

10%

11%

16%

12%

Provisional giving by value (%)

North West

50%

Outside South Africa

12%

Eastern Cape

15%

National

11%

Gauteng

Free State

KwaZulu Natal

Western Cape

50%

12%

9%
11%

15%

– 155 –

Report to Society 2008

The primary area of funding in South Africa is on education (42%), with the two major areas of focus being
the development of infrastructure and capacity-building among educators.

Social Corporate investment ($000)

Mine

2008

2007

Reason for variance

Argentina

590

371

Cerro Vanguardia

590

371

Increased expenditure to start up a young

(92.5%)

entrepreneurs foundation and a teachers college.

Australia

117

Sunrise Dam

117

Brazil

923

612

Brasil Mineração

839

481

Increased expenditure related to support for renovating
a town square to support and promote tourism.

Serra Grande (50%)

Colombia

Expenditure brought in to reporting slope in 2008.

Exploration

–

DRC

119

Exploration

119

More focused approach towards CSI adopted in
2008 with an implementing partner.

Ghana

2,287

2,304

Iduapriem (85% until
September 2007

)

332

319

Obuasi

1,955

1,985

Guinea

242

395

Re-evaluation of projects being supported underway.

Siguiri (85%)

242

395

Mali

620

102

Morila (40%)

Sadiola (38%)

and Yatela (40%)

560

Expansion of activities related to IDAP.

Namibia

360

Navachab

360

Reduced expenditure due to completion of once
off infrastructural projects and assistance to
communities to reduce the effects of drought.

South Africa

3,177

3,180

Fund and other
corporate donations

2,993

3,001

South African
operations

184

179

Tanzania

373

265

Geita

373

265

USA

253

311

CC&V

253

311

Total

8,885

8,048

Attributable.

The figure for Siguiri includes the amount paid to the Prefectural Council for the development of Siguiri as part of a legally binding 0.4%
revenue agreement.

Restated: 2007 figure was for 100% of expenditure.

Indigenous people’s issues

AngloGold Ashanti is mindful that there are specific considerations that need to be taken into account regarding
indigenous people. The company has participated in the development of a position statement on indigenous
peoples developed under the auspices of the International Council on Mining Metals (ICMM) and supports the
council’s position statement on indigenous peoples, which was approved during 2008. A draft standard in line
with their position statement was developed during the year. No specific incidents or complaints in respect of
indigenous peoples were recorded during the year.

In Australia, formal induction programmes have been developed to educate employees and contractors about
the communities in which the company operates and these deal with local values, traditions, culture and
preservation of the local environment.

Community

– 156 –

Report to Society 2008

Cross-cultural training is undertaken for all new employees and contractors at Sunrise Dam mine in Australia
as an integral part of the induction process. The course aims to demonstrate the links between Aboriginal
culture and the local environment, and to demystify the difference between Aboriginal and Western cultures,

Historical and cultural information presented highlights the many complexities encountered by Australia’s
indigenous communities and the corresponding challenges for non-indigenous people. A deeper appreciation
of the Aboriginal culture is critical to any effort to improve the status of the Aboriginal people and to narrow
the gap that exists in local society.

Land management

Securing land to explore and conduct new mining activities and extend existing ones underpins the viability of
the company. Particularly in respect of opencast mining, but also in underground mining and for metallurgical
processing, surface land area may be required to conduct mining operations, with a permanent loss of the
surface features and structures. Land is a particularly sensitive and emotive issue, and resettlement and
compensation continues to be a major consideration in the planning of mining activities.

Many communities have long-standing cultural and economic associations with the land on which they reside.
It is therefore necessary for the company to engage with communities in respect of resettlement, and to
compensate them fairly and appropriately as part of a rigorous and recognised resettlement process. The group
also needs to ensure that mechanisms are in place to address grievances or legacy issues that have arisen in
respect of past access to land.

Following a detailed review of the company’s resettlement and compensation practices in 2007, AngloGold
Ashanti’s has developed a new approach to land management. This draft standard draws on the International
Finance Corporation’s (IFC) policies on Involuntary Resettlement for AngloGold Ashanti’s policy on resettlement,
and associated land management practices. Provision is made for grievance mechanisms in the standard. See
case study: Implementing a land management policy for AngloGold Ashanti, on page 206 or at www.aga-
reports.com/08/resettlement-roadmap.htm.

Specific resettlement and compensation issues dealt with during the year are set out below.

DRC

•

Compensation has been paid for crop areas disturbed by exploration activities. A review of land management
practices and processes was undertaken during the year.

Tanzania

•

The Katoma compensation exercise for 553 property owners at Geita mine in Tanzania. Negotiations on this
resettlement were initiated in 2004, property valuations were conducted in 2006, and resettlement of all but
16 households has been concluded. A group of 16 property owners who declined compensation and filed a
case in court against the company will not be displaced until the court hearing has been concluded.
Negotiations with this group, through the District Commissioner’s Office, has continued.

Corporate Office, South Africa

– 157 –

Report to Society 2008

Guinea

•

A comprehensive review of land management has been undertaken in Guinea. Currently, resettlement of
around 70 households in the Kintinian area is being considered.

Ghana

•

Plans are advanced to resettle the Dokyiwa village community to pave the way for the extension of the Sanso
TSF at Obuasi in Ghana. Consultants were engaged to carry out the Resettlement Acton Plan (RAP), socio-
economic baseline studies and technical investigations of the proposed site. Although the construction of the
facility has been delayed, crop compensation began in January 2009 and resettlement is planned for early 2010.

•

Compensation for land along the Ge Kilomebre haul road for the Ajopa project was started at Iduapriem during
the year. This covers a total farming area of 156 hectares. Some $420,000 has been paid to the affected
farmers to date.

•

Plans are progressing for the resettlement of the Tokunso community for the Ajopa project. The community
comprises 376 households (about 1,970 people). Negotiations on this resettlement began in May 2007. An
agreed RAP has been developed and the actual resettlement will take place in June 2009.

•

Issues relating to the previous settlement of the people of Teberebie persist and extensive engagement
continues to resolve these issues.

OBJECTIVES FOR 2009 TO 2011

•

Incorporate community aspects into ISO14001 management system at all operations by 2011.

•

Implement in integrated incident notification and reporting system to include community incidents

•

Implementation of community management standards on :

•

a. Land use management

•

b. Stakeholder engagement

•

c. Land acquisition

•

d. Social investment

•

e. Cultural heritage and sacred sites

•

f. Indigenous Peoples

•

g. Artisanal mining

•

h. Grievance and complaints
i. Closure and rehabilitation

•

Continue the development and roll out of additional management standards and guidelines, as required.

•

Address key opportunities and risks identified by the 2008 climate change study.

•

Review closure planning practices during 2009.

CASE STUDIES:

Case studies describing some of the challenges that the group faces, and how these are addressed may be found on page
196 of this report, or the Report to Society website at.www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific urls listed below.

GROUP

Implementing a land management policy for AngloGold Ashanti

Access to land, particularly that held through customary title, and relocation are highly complex and emotive
issues. This is particularly the case among original inhabitants in Africa, Australia and South America, where
AngloGold Ashanti has numerous operations. The development of integrated Land Use and Land Acquisition
management standards for the group started with the premise that AngloGold Ashanti views land management
as a process that is far more complex than the physical act of moving people, and that resettlement is to be
undertaken only if all other avenues have been exhausted. To this end, the group community affairs team has
developed a resettlement roadmap to assist operations in approaching the issue. The case study also
discusses the process undertaken in reviewing land management in the DRC, even at an early exploration
stage. See the case study on page 206, or at www.aga-reports.com/land-management.htm.

Community

– 158 –

Report to Society 2008

ARGENTINA

Community engagement in Argentina

AngloGold Ashanti’s Cerro Vanguardia mine in Argentina is one of the most isolated and remote gold mining
operations in the world. The remote location and lack of alternative sources of economic activity have led to an
over-dependence of San Julian and the mine as the primary sources of employment. AngloGold Ashanti is
keenly aware – as at all its operations – of the need to focus on alternative, sustainable options for the local
community. This case study discusses some of the measures that are being implemented, including
partnerships with local businesses, developing young potential entrepreneurs and instituting community health
programmes. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/CVSA-community.htm.

SOUTH AFRICA

Rolling out computers in rural schools

AngloGold Ashanti embarked on a project to give rural children access to the world of technology. The group
donated 267 computers, at a cost of some R4.5 million, to 30 schools in the rural areas of Mozambique,
Lesotho and Swaziland (from which it draws a significant portion of its labour force), touching the lives of some
30,000 potential learners. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/rural-computers.htm.

Supporting the Potchefstroom Hospice

In 2009, the AngloGold Ashanti Fund has devoted 12%, of its spending to HIV & AIDS-related projects and the
Potchefstroom Hospice is one project the fund has supported. The hospice was established in 1998 and
assists, on average, 200 patients a month through its adult home-based care programme in the Ikageng,
Potchefstroom, Promosa and Mohadin areas. Two full-time nurses visit patients and families at home, to give
support and provide professional care. See www.aga-reports.com/08/Potch-hospice.htm.

The challenges of local economic development: Masakhisane Investment Limited.

The identification, funding and support of viable small businesses remains complex, with high failure rates
reported. To overcome this, and promote the development of sustainable local business, AngloGold Ashanti
established the Masakhisane Investments Limited in 1999, with the mandate to provide funding to aspiring
entrepreneurs in the surrounding communities. During 2008, Masakhisane supported 43 projects, granting
loans ranging from as little as R800 to over R240,000, resulting in the creation of some 333 jobs. See case
study at www.aga.reports.com/08/Masakhisane.htm.

Hearts of gold programme

The Hearts of Gold programme, introduced in 2004, initially focused on encouraging employees to contribute
to causes of their choice, with contributions matched by the company. The programme now also includes
employee volunteerism, encouraging employees to contribute their time as well as their money. This reflects the
growing trend in corporate social investment to ask not just for cash donations, but the donation of time, skills
and expertise. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/hearts-of-gold htm.

GHANA

Obuasi’s aquaculture project goes from strength to strength

Obuasi mine’s aquaculture project, established in 2006, was approximately 70% complete by the end of 2008.
A mined-out pit has been converted to a sustainable aquaculture project: fish for the pit are cultivated in fish
tanks by community members, with nine cages established and a long-term plan for 35. Additional planned
project components include vegetable cultivation, livestock farming, and the re-vegetation of degraded areas.
See case study at www.aga.reports.com/08/Obuasi-aquaculture.htm.

– 159 –

Report to Society 2008

Environment

162

Key developments

162

Renewing the vision, mission and values

162

The year in review

184

Objectives for 2009

184

Case studies

– 160 –

Report to Society 2008

– 161 –

Report to Society 2008

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

•

Integration of community and environmental disciplines at a corporate level.

•

Further development of the group’s position on climate change, including the quantification of its carbon
footprint and the identification of potential Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) projects as part of the
group’s business case for greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reductions.

•

Start of external review process of the group’s closure planning and liabilities.

•

Good progress with the implementation of the International Cyanide Management Code.

•

Improved environmental reporting contributed to more accurate incident tracking.

•

Occasional discharges of process water above permitted levels by Obuasi Mine in Ghana, and at the West
Wits and Vaal River operations in South Africa continued, although good progress was made with the
implementation of corrective measures.

•

AngloGold Ashanti ranked third in the Carbon Disclosure Project’s Carbon Intensive Sector Leadership
Index of the largest 100 companies listed on the JSE.

RENEWING THE VISION, MISSION AND VALUES

The group’s vision, mission and values were reviewed during the year and, consequently, so were the group’s
business principles. Further details may be found at: www.anglogoldashanti.com/Values/Values.htm.

One of the group’s six values states:

We respect the environment.
We are committed to continually improving our processes in order to prevent pollution, minimise waste,
increase our carbon efficiency and make efficient use of natural resources. We will develop innovative
solutions to mitigate environmental and climate risks.

The group’s business principles in respect of the environment serve also as the policy, and guide regional and
business unit policies and practices. (A combined Environmental and Community Policy is currently being
developed.) The process of engagement in developing and communicating these new business principles is
discussed in a case study: Renewing our commitment to doing things the right way, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/values-renew.htm.

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

Management, systems and accountability

While day-to-day responsibility for environmental issues lies with mine and project management, the group’s
corporate environment team provides strategic guidance and monitors performance against company
standards. Site-based and regional environmental specialists contribute to operational environmental
functioning and combine to form the Environmental Steering Committee at a group level. The senior
environmental and community affairs functions at a corporate level were amalgamated during the year,
reflecting the reality on the ground, where the natural and social environments are interdependent.

The Board Committee on Safety, Health and Sustainable Development has oversight of environmental matters.
The committee meets on a quarterly basis and members of the corporate environment team are invited to
participate in these meetings.

A group-wide biennial environmental workshop was held in Brazil in late 2008 bringing together some
50 participants in the environmental discipline from across the group to discuss a number of issues facing the
company, including:

•

discussion regarding local and international environmental initiatives and their potential impact;

•

identification of environmental issues and technical challenges facing the company and its operations;

•

reviewing the next series of draft standards; and

•

AngloGold Ashanti’s new operating framework and how the environmental discipline fits within it.

Environment

– 162 –

Report to Society 2008

As a minimum, all operations are expected to comply with legislation, regulations and permits in their countries
of operation, and with the obligations that the company has entered into (ICMM sustainable development
framework and position statements, ISO14001, International Cyanide Management Code, etc). All operations
are required to implement the group’s Environmental Policy, and country- and operation-specific policies are
encouraged as a means of putting it into effect within the local context. Group environmental standards have
been and are being developed in support of the policy.

Total group environmental expenditure cannot be reported separately (as is requested by GRI) as aspects of
expenditure (such as concurrent rehabilitation, training and development, auditing and certification, and other
expenses) are considered to be an integral part of mining and processing operations, and are accounted for as
part of operating costs. Additional information on expenditure is reported in the Country and Operational reports,
to be found at www.aga-reports.com. The group’s decommissioning and rehabilitation liabilities are reported on
page 168.

External awards

CC&V was nominated by state and federal agencies for a National Co-operative
Conservation Award for its contributions to the completion of the community-based
Millsap Tailings Reclamation project. CC&V has also become the first mine to be
awarded Gold Leader status in the voluntary Colorado Environmental Leadership
Program (2008 to 2011).

AngloGold Ashanti was ranked third in the Carbon Disclosure Project’s Carbon
Intensive Industries Leadership Index of the largest 100 companies listed on the JSE
Limited in South Africa. The assessment was based on the quality of information
disclosed by companies in response to the 2008 questionnaire, which canvassed
respondents regarding their approach to climate change-related issues.

Compliance

All requisite environmental permits for current operations are in place or have been applied for, and all
operations were in compliance during the year with the following exceptions:

•

the discharge of process water outside of permitted quality levels by Obuasi Mine. See case study: Following
up on environmental commitments made in Ghana, at www.aga-reports.com/08/obuasi-update.htm;

•

incidents of non-compliance were reported at the West Wits and Vaal River operations relating to non-
permitted water discharge events;

•

at the Vaal River operations, incidents were reported relating to sulphur dioxide stack emissions exceeding
the required thresholds; and

•

a fine of $56,500 was imposed by the Government of Guinea for exceeding permitted dust levels at
Siguiri mine.

Jeff Campbell

Environmental Co-ordinator, CC&V, USA

“Environmental stewardship is a key value of the

company which is also an important value in my daily

life and occupation.”

– 163 –

Report to Society 2008

These incidents are discussed in greater detail on page 162 of this report and a comprehensive schedule of
incidents and the remedial actions undertaken is available at www.aga-reports.com/08/environmental-
incidents.pdf.

No other significant fines were received by the company in relation to non-conformance with environmental
laws and regulations.

Major permits applied for and/or granted during the year include:

•

The CC&V mine in the United States completed its permit applications for the Cresson Mine Life Extension
project. A number of complaints were received about the visual impact of the extension by residents of the
City of Cripple Creek and this issue was successfully resolved through mine planning amendments. A case
study on: Public hearings pave the way for CC&V may be found at www.aga-reports.com/08/CC&V-
expansion.htm.

•

Applications for environmental licences were submitted to the Goiás state environmental agency
in Brazil for the Serra Grande Expansion project, including the Pequizão underground mine and the elevation
of the tailings storage facility (TSF).

•

Environmental studies have been submitted to the regional environmental authority in Colombia prior to
further drilling taking place at the La Colosa project.

An area of continued concern is the fact that the water licences applied for by all South African operations in
terms of current water legislation have not yet been issued, and these operations are utilising their previous
permit requirements. This appears to be due to a lack of administrative capacity in the regional offices of the
Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, and is common across the industry.

Site-specific information on compliance and permitting, as well as the significant environmental incidents, may
be found in the country and operational reports at www.aga-reports.com

ISO14001

All AngloGold Ashanti operations have environmental management systems (EMS) in place that are certified to the
ISO14001 standard. All operations are expected to maintain certification to the standard and to meet their
individual targets as part of the group’s commitment to continual improvement in environmental performance.
All sites that have been audited as part of the ISO surveillance programme or for recertification have successfully
retained their certification. Additionally, the Lamego project in Brazil and the Australian Region Exploration Group
have also achieved certification to the ISO14001 standard.

Corporate Environmental Review Programme

The Corporate Environmental Review Programmme (CERP) first undertaken in 2007, verified that significant
environmental aspects had been identified in each operation’s management system, and assessed whether

Environment

Yatela, Mali

– 164 –

Report to Society 2008

Brasil Mineraça

o, Brazil

appropriate programmes had been established to monitor and manage these aspects. See the case study in
the 2007 Report to Society: Corporate environmental review programme initiated, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/CERP.htm. During 2008, a programme of follow-up visits was undertaken to sites with significant
environmental risks to ensure that acceptable controls were either being implemented or maintained. A second
CERP has been planned to start in mid 2009, and will include all AngloGold Ashanti-managed operations. The
results of CERP 2007 were used as the basis for the first company-wide environmental award, which was
awarded to Brasil Mineração in Brazil. (See below).

Brasil Mineraça

~o receives first group environmental award

AngloGold Ashanti Brasil Mineração, incorporating the Cuiabá and Córrego do Sitio mines and the Queiroz
plant, as well as associated facilities, received the group’s first environmental award at an awards function on
5 November 2008. The award was based on the results of the CERP undertaken in 2007.

In the recommendation made by the team of evaluators, it was noted that this operation “displayed excellent
on-the-ground environmental performance in a setting which is both geologically and climatically challenging.
A team of experienced professional environmental staff work closely with operating staff on achieving agreed
environmental objectives”.

Of special note were the efforts made by the operation in these areas:

•

Biodiversity conservation, through the establishment of several privately-owned conservation areas and the
sponsorship of research undertaken by local universities. See case study in the Report to Society 2004 on:
Preserving natural forests – Mata Samuel de Paula at Nova Lima, at www.anglogoldashanti.com.

•

Environmental education of employees and local communities.

•

A mature Environmental Management System, integrating environmental considerations into the
organisational culture.

The operation maintains good working relationships with regulators and has made significant strides in dealing
with arsenic-related legacy issues evident after well over a hundred years of mining in the area. These mines
have also adopted progressive rehabilitation techniques (including revegetation of open-pit high walls) and
were the first in the group to carry out an assessment of their carbon footprint. See case study in the Report
to Society 2007: Establishing AngloGold Ashanti’s carbon footprint in South America, at www.aga-
reports.com/07/GHGs-SouthAmerica.htm.

– 165 –

Report to Society 2008

Major environmental incidents

All operations are required to report all major environmental incidents to the corporate office. A summary of these
reports is submitted quarterly to the company’s Executive Committee and the Board Safety, Health and
Sustainable Development Committee.

The group defines a major incident as one which could affect the company’s reputation or which results in a
cost to the company exceeding $100,000, including fines, compensation, clean-up, loss of production, and
anticipated litigation costs, etc.

Subject to meeting the above criteria, examples of issues of direct interest include, but are not limited to:

•

matters which, by law, must be reported to government agencies;

•

matters which, by law, are subject to fines and/or penalties;

•

environmental impacts which are by their nature either extensive or likely to have long-term effects;

•

cyanide-related incidents;

•

TSF failures;

•

spillages or leakages of tailings materials, hydrocarbons, acids and other chemicals with impacts beyond the
company’s designated containment areas;

•

atmospheric emissions and effluent releases beyond permitted levels;

•

dust emissions above permitted levels which may impact on the company’s reputation; and

•

wildlife mortalities and land clearing activities which may impact on the company’s reputation.

A total of 104 environmental incidents were reported in 2008, far more than in 2007. The reasons for this are
discussed below. A schedule of significant incidents during 2008 is published at www.aga-reports.com/08/environmental-
incidents.htm. In order to align with the revised group risk management system, the environmental incident classification
system will be revisited during 2009.

Analysing environmental incidents

At the request of the Board Committee on Safety, Health and
Sustainable Development, an analysis of significant incidents over the
past five years was undertaken.

The analysis showed that most incidents fall into three categories:
unpermitted gas emissions, unauthorised solution overflows or
discharges, and pipeline failures. These occur primarily at the
metallurgical operations in South Africa and at the Obuasi Mine in Ghana.

Paradoxically, the increase in the number of incidents reported over time is
partly a function of more comprehensive reporting brought about by the
implementation of better environmental management systems. This has
raised general environmental awareness and instilled a more
knowledgeable and conscientious approach to incident reporting.

Environment

Vaal River, South Africa

Causes of environmental
incidents (2004 to 2008)

Gas emissions

36%

Unauthorised solution
overflows/discharges

29%

Other

14%

Third party activities

Wildlife fatalities

36%

29%

14%

100

120

Number of incidents reported

104

– 166 –

Report to Society 2008

Mine closure

Mine closure and its associated costs are incorporated into the economic feasibility studies of new projects.
AngloGold Ashanti supports ICMM’s integrated approach to mine closure that considers social, economic and
environmental aspects in the closure planning process. Closure plans are in place at all operations. More detail
on specific operations’ closure plans may be found in the Country and Operational Reports at www.aga-
reports.com.

Closure plans are typically reviewed and updated annually and take into account operational conditions,
community requirements, planning and legislative requirements, international protocols, technological
developments and advances in good practice.

A draft integrated closure planning standard has been prepared based on ICMM’s Toolkit for Integrated Mine
Closure Planning, which was published in 2008. By year end, advanced plans were in place to thoroughly
review every operation’s closure plans and liability estimates from a technical and accounting perspective. The
objective of the review is to compare current plans with the standard, recommend how they should be revised,
if appropriate, and adjust the company’s closure liabilities, if necessary. This process is expected to be
completed during 2009 and, in addition to the plans and liabilities information, it is intended that it will generate
a group-specific tool for assessing closure liabilities.

While actual closure costs may only be fully determined at the time of closure, as at 31 December 2008 the total
estimated liability amounted to $404.9 million (2007: $445.8 million). This decrease is largely owing to exchange
rate fluctuations. Provisions for decommissioning and rehabilitation are made in all jurisdictions in the format
prescribed by law, and a range of methods are employed including trust funds, bonds and bank guarantees.

George Kennedy

Processing Shift Supervisor, Australia

“In order for our business to be sustainable, we need to take

care of the environment in which we work. Environmental

values are important to me. I’m proud that AngloGold Ashanti

is developing innovative solutions to mitigate environmental

and climate risks at all its operations.”

Obuasi, Ghana

– 167 –

Report to Society 2008

Environment

Rehabilitation and decommissioning liabilities

2008

2007

Rehabilitation

Decommissioning

Total*

Region

$ million

Corporate

0 0

2.1

Corporate*

0 0

2.1

Argentinia

12.7

10.4

23.0

16.0

Cerro Vanguardia

127

10.4

23.0

16.0

Australia

15.3

4.4

19.7

47.6

Sunrise Dam

15.3

4.4

19.7

25.1

Brazil

11.6

22.9

34.5

36.4

Brasil Mineração

5.9

16.8

22.7

29.9

Serra Grande

1.8

3.6

5.4

6.5

Sao Bento Mineração

3.9

2.5

6.4

–

Ghana

44.1

31.7

75.9

73.7

Iduapriem

13.0

8.8 21.9

19.8

Obuasi

31.1

22.9 54.0

51.3

Cluff Resources**

–

2.6

Guinea

20.3

14.8 35.1

35.7

Siguiri

20.3

14.8

35.1 35.7

Mali

10.8

17.5 28.3

24.1

Morila

2.3

1.6

3.9 3.9

Sadiola

6.1 8.2

14.3

11.7

Yatela

2.4

7.7

10.1

8.5

Namibia

1.6

1.7 3.2

3.3

Navachab

1.6

1.7

3.2

3.3

South Africa

46.5

48.9

95.4

127.3

Great Noligwa

2.1

8.3

10.4

17.3

Kopanang

2.7 8.9

11.7

17.9

Tau Lekoa

2.7

3.4

6.1

6.6

Moab

7.1

6.6

13.7 2.2

TauTona

7.9

7.0

14.9 10.5

Savuka

1.9

3.6 6.0

5.2

Mponeng

1.9

4.7

6.6 7.8

Legacy projects - Vaal River

4.3 0.5

4.8

15.6

Legacy projects - West Wits

1.0

5.2 6.2

2.2

Ergo***

15.0

0.1 15.1

24.1

Nufcor

0 0.5

0.5 –

Tanzania

22.1 24.0

45.8 47.5

Geita

22.1

24.0 45.8

47.5

USA

41.3

2.8

44.1

34.6

CC&V

41.3

2.8

44.1

34.6

Total

226.3

178.7 404.9

445.8

* Assets held through the corporate office were disposed of during 2008.

** The liabilities related to Cluff Resources concern Obuasi and have been incorporated into that figure.

*** Although Ergo has been sold, the company retains certain liabilities until the sale conditions have been fully met.

The liability for decommissioning represents the cost that will arise from rectifying impacts caused before the
start of production. The liability for rehabilitation represents the cost of restoring the site after the start of
production.

– 168 –

Report to Society 2008

Planning for closure at Sunrise Dam

Planning for closure at the Sunrise Dam gold mine in Australia has been
undertaken using a risk-based approach that is consistent with the
Strategic Framework for Mine Closure. This plan is a ‘living’ document
that is subject to ongoing revision and is aimed at meeting the mine’s
objective of creating a safe, stable, non-polluting landform on site that
is compatible with surrounding land uses and supported by
stakeholders.

A management structure and approach has been defined for the
implementation of the closure plan before, during and after closure.

In total, 15 different Closure Management Units (CMUs) have been
developed, with individual management plans developed for each CMU.
These plans list all the obligations, risks and objectives of each CMU and
contain both a closure implementation plan and closure improvement
plan. Conceptual closure criteria and a summary of costs are also
provided.

An assessment of the socio-economic impact of closure on the local
and regional contractors and communities will be conducted prior to
closure, currently planned for 2015.

Engaging with communities and employees

Communicating with employees and affected communities is an integral part of the ISO14001-based EMSs.
Depending on the nature of the operation and its proximity to and relationship with neighbours, extensive
engagement may need to be undertaken. Community engagement is dealt with extensively in the
Community section of this report, starting on page 138, and should be read in conjunction with this section.
In line with the requirements of ISO14001, environmental training is provided to employees and contractors.

Sunrise Dam, Australia

Serra Grande, Brazil

– 169 –

Report to Society 2008

Engaging with local communities at Geita

Communication with local communities in respect of environmental issues at Geita is undertaken on both a
formal and informal basis. Monthly meetings are held with a community forum to discuss any changes being
considered by the mine and to understand and respond to issues raised by the community. In 2008, the two
major concerns raised by the community related to:

•

allegations of heavy metal pollution at Nyakabale village. See case study: Allegations of environmental
damage at Geita, at www.aga-reports.com/08/Geita-pollution.htm; and

•

silt from the waste dump (WD15) entering the environment and affecting the residents of Nyamalembo. To
deal with this a bund wall and silt settling pond have been constructed at the toe of the waste dump.

Informal education of local communities in respect of environmental issues is conducted, alongside a more
formal cyanide awareness programme. Nursery owners are provided with training on indigenous seed
collection and cultivation, with villagers from both Nyakabale and Nyamalembo villages involved in the
rehabilitation of areas disturbed by mining.

An annual report is submitted to the Ministry of Energy and Mines and the Ministry is notified of any
significant incidents.

Resource management and usage

A central tenet underlying the group’s targets and performance is its commitment to optimising resource usage
and reducing waste. The nature of the orebody, mining methods and metallurgical processes employed differ
from mine to mine, as do the circumstances in which mines operate. Hence, environmental priorities are
identified and dealt with on a site-by-site basis.

Detailed disclosure on performance in respect of certain indicators may be found in the Environmental
Performance Indicator Appendix on the website at www.aga-reports.com/08/env-appendix.pdf. This table
provides responses to the core environmental indicators listed by the GRI and the Mining and Metals
Supplement, by country and operation where this is available.

Environment

Geita, Tanzania

– 170 –

Report to Society 2008

Resource use efficiencies are reported on more fully below and include the primary resources of environmental
importance used by the group namely cyanide, water, and energy. Note that resources used at Morila have
been excluded as the mine is no longer managed by AngloGold Ashanti. Data for 2007 and 2006 have
accordingly been restated for comparative purposes.

Cyanide management and usage

Cyanide is a vital reagent in the gold recovery process, without which the gold deposits mined today would not
be viable. Since different gold recovery processes and ore types use varying concentrations of cyanide to
maintain acceptable gold recovery efficiencies, relative cyanide usage is not necessarily a measure of
performance. Rather, the efficiency of usage at a particular site and whether there have been any environmental
incidents involving cyanide are key measures.

Total cyanide usage by AngloGold Ashanti increased by 6% in 2008 to 26,803,755 kilograms. In terms of
efficiency, cyanide usage per ounce of gold produced increased by 3.3% to 5.01 kilograms (2007: 4.85

Vanguardia. The spill was, however, effectively contained and managed on the mine site and no harm was
caused to the environment. See the schedule of significant environmental incidents at www.aga-
reports.com/08/environmental-incidents.htm.

The global mining industry, including AngloGold Ashanti, has done much over the past 10 years to minimise
risk associated with the use of cyanide. AngloGold Ashanti managed sites are signatories to the International
Cyanide Management Code for the Manufacture, Transport and Use of Cyanide in the Production of Gold (the
Cyanide Code), to which the group was a founding signatory. This code is a voluntary industry initiative
developed under the auspices of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) specifically to promote
responsible management of cyanide used in gold mining, to enhance the protection of human health, and
reduce the potential for environmental impacts.

A key target of the Cyanide Code is its full implementation by all signatories, and an independent audit of this
by all participants’ operating subsidiaries. See page 172 for AngloGold Ashanti’s operations which have been
externally certified to be in full compliance with the code. See the case study, Navachab works toward Cyanide
Code certification, at www.aga-reports.com/08/Navachab-cyanide.htm. For further information on the Cyanide
Code, see www.cyanidecode.org.

Sunrise Dam, Australia

kilograms per ounce). There was one reportable incident involving process water containing cyanide at Cerro

– 171 –

Report to Society 2008

Progress made with implementation of Cyanide Code

Status of

Planned certification

Certification date

implementation

audit date

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

Gap analysis concluded

2010

–

Australia
Sunrise Dam

Full compliance

N/A

January 2008

Brazil
Mineração
Serra Grande

Full compliance

N/A

February 2008

Queiroz Gold Plant

Full compliance

N/A

February 2008

Córrego do Sitio

Full compliance

N/A

February 2008

Ghana
Obuasi

Gap audit concluded

2010

–

Iduapriem

Gap audit concluded

2010

–

Guinea
Siguiri

Substantial compliance

Completed in

Third quarter 2009

October 2008

Mali
Sadiola

Substantial compliance

Completed in

Third quarter 2009

October 2008

Yatela

Full compliance

Completed in

Second quarter 2009

November 2008

Namibia
Navachab

Substantial compliance

Completed in

Second quarter 2009

November 2008

South Africa
Vaal River
East Gold Plant

Full compliance

N/A

July 2007

Noligwa Gold Plant

Full compliance

N/A

July 2007

Kopanang Plant

Full compliance

N/A

July 2007

West Gold Plant

Full compliance

N/A

June 2007

West Wits
Mponeng Plant

Full compliance

N/A

April 2008

Savuka Plant

Full compliance

N/A

May 2008

Tanzania
Geita

Gap audit concluded

2010

–

USA
CC&V

Full compliance

N/A

September 2007

Pending conclusion of obligatory WAD cyanide sampling campaign and successful transport audit.

Pending completion of actions identified during certification audit and successful transport audit,

Pending successful completion of cyanide transport audit.

Environment

Vaal River, South Africa

– 172 –

Report to Society 2008

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000

Group cyanide usage (000kg)

26,803

28,552

29,966

Group efficiency – cyanide
usage (kg/oz of gold produced)

5.01

4.85

4.41

An area of concern that is being addressed by the group is the weak acid dissociable (WAD) cyanide levels at
Geita in Tanzania and at Cerro Vanguardia in Argentina. While the tailings facility pool water is generally in
compliance with the Cyanide Code (below 50 ppm), readings at the tailings discharge points at both sites often
remain above this level. Though only one incident of this nature was recorded at Geita in 2008, the risk
remains. A two-pronged project, investigating cyanide detoxification options, as well as preventing exposure of
birds to high WAD cyanide levels at discharge points, has started at Geita.

Cyanide usage by operation

Cyanide usage (kg)

Efficiency (kg/oz)

2008

2007

2008

2007

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

516,000

548,000

3.10

2.48

Australia
Sunrise Dam

1,632,674

1,559,159

3.77

2.60

Brazil
Brasil Mineração

441,000

169,200

1.38

0.53

Serra Grande

362,000

314,000

2.08

1.73

Ghana
Obuasi

4,360,488

5,212,700

12.21

14.48

Iduapriem

1,088,000

1,206,000

5.44

6.14

Guinea
Siguiri

2,692,000 2,377,000

6.87

7.22

Mali
Sadiola

4,113,152

4,282,200

9.09

11.62

Yatela

998,000

748,000

6.05

2.49

Namibia
Navachab

875,000 1,022,000

12.87

12.78

South Africa
West Wits

1,016,000

1,434,188

1.04

1.34

Vaal River

3,428,000

3,917,812

3.06

3.11

Tanzania
Geita

2,226,000

2,258,000

8.43

6.91

USA
CC&V

3,055,441

3,504,000

11.84

12.43

Group

26,803,755

28,552,259

5.01

4.85

Increased in 2008 due to the full ramp-up of the Cuiabá expansion, which started in 2007.

Increase attributed to additional production requirements.

Lower tonnes treated and improved cyanide consumption efficiencies.

Increased consumption due to a high ratio of sulphide-to-oxide ore being treated.

Owing to decreased production requirements.

– 173 –

Report to Society 2008

Sadiola, Mali

Water

The availability of water varies from region to region, with some operations located in high rainfall areas, and others
in extremely arid areas. Topography, mining and processing methods and the mineralogical composition of the
orebody are also important factors in determining site-specific water management approaches. In addition to
minimising absolute water abstraction, attention is paid to recycling water at operations.

Surface and groundwater monitoring programmes are in place at the operations, which look for signs of
ineffective water pollution prevention controls, allowing management to put in place an appropriate response.

In 2008, total fresh water usage by AngloGold Ashanti decreased by 3.9% to 53,617,295 m

. (2007:

55,796,923 m

). From an efficiency point of view, consumption per ounce of production rose by 5.8%, at

10.02 m

per ounce of gold produced.

Extensive engagement between affected parties on the discharges from various mining, industrial and
agricultural sources into the Wonderfontein Spruit (stream) continued during the year. AngloGold Ashanti
actively participates in two forums committed to dialogue surrounding the Wonderfontein Spruit issue: the
Wonderfontein Spruit Catchment Area Project Technical Working Group (WCAPTWG), and the local Mining
Interest Group (MIG). In 2008 there were moves to connect and interlink these two forums, to encourage better
communication regarding the Spruit, and to prevent duplication of effort.

Key to AngloGold Ashanti’s involvement in this effort is a project to increase the storage capacity of the North
Boundary Dam, which captures process water overflows on the northern boundary of the West Wits
operations. The stormwater management capacity at the West Wits operations has improved in a phased
approach since 2002, yet during periods of high rainfall and/or significant operational interruptions it is possible
for the North Boundary Dam to overflow towards the Wonderfontein Spruit. See the case study on: Mitigating
the risk of discharge into the Wonderfontein Spruit, at www.aga-reports.com/SA-water.htm.

Environment

– 174 –

Report to Society 2008

Fresh water usage

Water usage (m

)

Efficiency (m

/oz of water)

2008

2007

2008

2007

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

899,346

1,036,741

5.40

4.70

Australia
Sunrise Dam

1,981,829

1,742,339

4.58

2.90

Brazil
Brasil Mineração

3,052,481

4,163,381

9.54

13.13

Serra Grande

400,000

399,300

2.30

2.19

Ghana
Obuasi

9,419,952

10,621,257

26.39

29.50

Iduapriem

100,000

0.50

0.51

Guinea
Siguiri

3,920,554

2,959,121

10.01

8.98

Mali
Sadiola

5,988,988 5,714,334

13.23 15.51

Yatela

934,231

1,120,000

5.66

3.73

Namibia
Navachab

1,194,214 1,116,821

17.56

13.96

South Africa
West Wits

5,263,456

5,569,486

5.37

5.21

Vaal River

15,695,170

17,217,443

14.03

13.69

Tanzania
Geita

3,048,430 2,670,066

11.55

8.17

USA
CC&V

1,718,644

1,366,634

6.66

4.85

Group

53,617,295 55,796,923

10.02

9.47

Due to increased efficiency of water recycling.

Consumption increased due to higher production profile.

Poor rainfall over the previous two years resulted in reduced groundwater availability, and water aquifer abstraction during 2008 has reduced
as a consequence.

CC&V increased the volume of water in the pad to increase solution flows and thus gold recovery.

An estimate of ground water abstraction.

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000

50,000

60,000

Group fresh water usage
(000m

)

53,617

55,796

57,319

Group efficiency of water
usage (m

/oz of gold produced)

10.02

9.47

9.40

– 175 –

Report to Society 2008

Energy management and usage

Mining activities use significant amounts of energy, for transporting employees, equipment, ore and waste, for
ventilation and refrigeration in underground mines, to power drilling and the use of other equipment, to run
metallurgical plants and administration offices, and for domestic uses in on-site accommodation facilities.
In 2008, AngloGold Ashanti’s total energy consumption from all sources was 29,264,362 GJ, a decrease of
2.2% from 2007 (2007: 29,925,687 GJ). Energy usage per ounce of gold produced increased by 7.7% to 5.47
GJ per ounce of gold produced (2007: 5.1 GJ).

Electricity is typically purchased from national grids or generated using heavy fuel oil or diesel at remote
locations. The major exception to this is Brasil Mineração in Brazil, where the company’s own hydro-electric
power facilities provide 75.6% of that operation’s electricity supply. See case study in the Report to Society
2004: The use of hydro-electric power in Brazil, at www.anglogoldashanti.com.

The group is dependent on the national or regional electricity provider for the fuel mix used in the electricity grid.
In South Africa, the largest regional electricity user in the group, energy is generated predominantly from coal.
Energy efficiency is a company imperative from a cost perspective. Typically, 18.5% of the group’s total cost
are related to energy.

Increasingly, energy is a scarce resource and can limit current and new project production. In Argentina, South
Africa and Ghana, for example, energy-supply issues have had a negative impact on operations during the year.
Capacity constraints at South African power utility Eskom resulted in nationwide power outages in late
2007/early 2008.

In addition, the role of energy generation in greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) provides further impetus for
reduction. AngloGold Ashanti’s operations continue to investigate options for low-carbon energy. See the
discussion on reducing carbon emissions overleaf and the case study: AngloGold Ashanti’s response to the
power crisis, at www.aga-reports.com/08/power-SA.htm.

Environment

CC&V, USA

– 176 –

Report to Society 2008

Energy usage

Energy usage (GJ)

Efficiency (GJ/oz)

2008

2007

2008

2007

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

1,189,203

1,170,596

7.14

5.31

Australia
Sunrise Dam

1,900,910

1,978,167

4.39

3.30

Brazil
Brasil Minerãçao

847,621

781,310

2.65

2.46

Serra Grande

328,555

311,456

1.89

1.71

Ghana
Obuasi

2,017,122

2,484,700

5.80

6.90

Iduapriem

1,016,368 944,479

5.08

4.81

Guinea
Siguiri

1,820,098 1,714,517

4.65

5.20

Mali
Sadiola

1,729,516 1,665,765

3.82

4.52

Yatela

555,233

577,412

3.37

1.92

Namibia
Navachab

360,510 320,275

5.30

4.00

South Africa
West Wits

5,727,095

5,789,711

5.84

5.42

Vaal River

6,953,481

7,365,629

6.21

5.86

Tanzania
Geita

3,307,836

3,351,884

12.53

10.25

USA
CC&V

1,548,626

1,469,786

6.00

5.21

Group

29,356,172

29,925,687

5.49

5.08

Overall energy usage has decreased owing to the more stable Volta River Authority power supply which negated the need to run on-site
diesel power generators.

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000

Group energy usage (000GJ)

29,356

29,925

29,756

Group efficiency – energy
usage (GJ/oz)

5.49

5.08

4.88

– 177 –

Report to Society 2008

Reducing greenhouse gas emissions

In 2008, AngloGold Ashanti embarked on a process to develop a business case for responding to climate
change. See case study on Developing a business case for climate change, on page 204 or at www.aga-
reports.com/08/climate-change.htm. This follows the setting of targets by the CEO in December 2007 to reduce
group energy consumption by 15% per ounce of gold produced in the short- to medium-term, and a medium-
to longer-term target of reducing GHGs by 30% per ounce of gold produced. See case study in the Report to
Society 2007: AngloGold Ashanti and climate change, at www.aga-reports.com/07/climate-change.htm.

AngloGold Ashanti believes that climate change presents both physical and financial risks, as well as
opportunities for the company, and these have been and are being considered.

A three-part study, begun in greater detail in September 2008, includes:

•

a group-wide assessment to determine in greater detail the GHG footprint of all AngloGold Ashanti
operations using 2007 as the benchmark year;

•

a comprehensive assessment to determine the risks to which the company is exposed as a result of climate
change. Various risk categories (financial and investment, physical, and legal/regulatory) are being considered; and

•

the identification of potential opportunities to expand on the group’s energy savings and energy efficiency
projects and to reduce the company’s dependence on fossil fuels. This component will identify opportunities
where GHG emissions can be reduced to minimise the group’s GHG footprint and where carbon credits can
be realised and potentially traded in order to offset the costs of these opportunities and to contribute to the
company’s bottom line.

Given the group’s focus on delivering value, the approach taken was that the process should identify multiple
and highly probable Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) projects. For AngloGold Ashanti, carbon trading
presents a particular opportunity; around 84% of the company's gold production comes from developing
countries, which are eligible for CDM projects.

Environment

Brasil Mineraça

o, Brazil

– 178 –

Report to Society 2008

GHG emissions

Tonnes of CO

Efficiency (CO

e/oz)

2008

2007

2008

2007

Argentina
Cerro Vanguardia

75,512

74,182

0.45

0.34

Australia
Sunrise Dam

147,423

154,173

0.34

0.26

Brazil
Brasil Minerãçao

15,192

10,060

0.05

0.03

Serra Grande

7,921

6,785

0.05

0.04

Ghana
Iduapriem

69,241

51,729

0.35

0.26

Obuasi

126,585

110,193

0.35

0.31

Guinea
Siguiri

133,714

129,653

0.34

0.39

Mali
Sadiola

128,001

125,089

0.28

0.34

Yatela

41,093

42,734

0.25

0.14

Namibia
Navachab

17,362

13,267

0.26

0.17

South Africa
West Wits

1,595,197

1,538,933

1.63

1.44

Vaal River

1,785,413

1,848,984

1.60

1.47

Tanzania
Geita

243,559

252,834

0.92

0.77

USA
CC&V

163,060

152,140

0.63

0.54

Group

4,549,273

4,510,756

0.85

0.77

Calculated from direct and indirect fossil fuel usage plus emissions of ozone depleting substances and utilising WRI-WBCSD GHG Protocol
Initiative default data, or where available, supplier emission factors.

Attributed to the increased diesel usage in the energy mix.

Attributed to the increased diesel energy requirements associated with the new Palmeiras mine and bigger fleet in use at the open-pit area.

Despite overall energy usage reducing at Obuasi, the GHG emissions have increased because the electricity grid emission factor per unit in
Ghana escalated from 83.5g CO

e per kWh to 203.7g CO

e per kWh.

Higher ratio of fossil fuel usage in 2008 compared with 2007.

Diesel consumption increased as a result of additional shifts worked per week.

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

Group GHG emissions
(000t CO

4,549

4,511

4,642

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

Group efficiency – GHG
emissions (CO

e/oz)

0.85

0.77

0.76

– 179 –

Report to Society 2008

In 2008, AngloGold Ashanti’s operations emitted 4,546,273 tonnes of CO

e (direct and indirect emissions), a

decrease of 0.79% on the 4,510,756 tonnes of CO

e emitted in 2007. From an efficiency perspective, CO

emissions increased by 10% to 0.85 CO

e/oz.

Preventing pollution

Means to minimise and prevent pollution by operations of the surrounding environment are considered and
typically built into mining projects at the beginning of the project. However, this has not always been the case
at operations that were established many decades ago, when legislation was less stringent and when
technologies and practices used today were largely unknown. This has resulted in the capacity of the pollution
prevention systems at several operations being unable to meet current requirements. Projects to address this
are in place at affected operations in South Africa and Ghana.

Ghana
One such legacy issue being addressed is the impact of pollution from the Sansu and Pompora tailings storage
facilities at Obuasi in Ghana. Here, illegal discharge of cyanide and arsenic into the environment led the
Ghanaian Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to issue an Enforcement Notice for the closure of these
facilities for a period of 12 days in 2007 and to an extended Enforcement Notice requiring remediation by June
2008. (This deadline was subsequently extended to June 2009). See the case study in the Report to Society
2007: Programme to deal with environmental legacy issues at Obuasi, at www.aga-reports.com/07/obuasi-
environment.htm, and the case study on the progress made in 2008, Following up on environmental
commitments Ghana, at www-aga-reports.com/08/Obuasi-environment-update.htm.

Mali
A $350 million lawsuit by Malian NGO Action pour l’environnement et la santé (APES) for alleged damage to
the environment and communities by gold mines in Mali has been dismissed on several occasions. Although
the courts have indicated that APES has no case, APES has appealed the court decision. The appeal is yet to
be heard by the Malian courts.

Environment

Mashiwayinkosi Mbatha

Assistant Human Resources Officer, TauTona, South Africa

“Health and safety are very important in an industry such as ours. It

is important to me that our gold gets produced safely, but in order

for employees to work safely, they also need to be healthy. The

prevention of HIV and other health threats is important for the

survival of our mines. Everyday as part of my job as a peer

educator, I motivate all employees to get tested and treated for

HIV/AIDS.”

– 180 –

Report to Society 2008

Tanzania

At Geita in Tanzania, a project was undertaken to evaluate and respond to allegations that the mine was a

source of elevated heavy metal concentrations in soil, stunted crop growth and ailing health of the nearby

Nyakabale village. The allegations were published by the Norwegian news services Norwatch. For further

information, see the case study: Allegations of environmental damage at Geita, at www.aga-

reports.com/08/Geita-pollution.htm. Further, work is being done to manage and minimise acid rock drainage

Guinea

At Siguiri in Guinea, work has continued to address the issue of dust. See case study on: Progress with dust

management at Siguiri, in the Report to Society 2007 at www.aga-reports.com/07/siguiri-dust.htm.

Dust is a nuisance for the mine and community members particularly during the dry, windy season, when the

harmattan (north-easterly trade winds), blows in from the Sahara Desert. Dust is generated from both mining

areas (ore stockpiles, open pits, waste rock dumps and tailings storage facilities) as well as mine and

community roads. Trials on the use of molasses as a dust suppressing agent have continued.

Brazil

Remediation of the old tailings deposit areas at Matadouro and Madeira continued during the year, in terms of

an agreement reached between the company and the state environmental agency. By year-end, four of the

seven areas had been recovered and integrated back into the communities at a total cost to the company of

$4 million. See case study in the Report to Society 2004: Rehabilitation of old tailings deposit at Nova Lima, at

www.anglogoldashanti.com

Argentina

During 2008, an ambitious project at Cerro Vanguardia Mine to prevent the possibility of groundwater

contamination was successfully completed. Part of the Cerro Vanguardia TSF is located on a long, thin intrusion

of hard rock, running a few metres below the surface, which creates a natural conduit for water seeping down

into the earth. See case study: Isolating a geological feature to prevent groundwater contamination at Cerro

Vanguardia, at www.aga-reports/com/CVSA-cyanide.htm.

Biodiversity stewardship

AngloGold Ashanti, as part of its commitment to environmental stewardship, considers long-term sustainability

of the land on which its operations are located to be an integral part of its responsibility. A number of its

operations and projects are located in environmentally sensitive areas.

A key objective for the year was to use the ICMM’s Good Practice Guidance to improve the management of

biodiversity-related issues in association with appropriate external organisations. A new draft standard on

biodiversity, currently under development, is based on the ICMM document.

In South Africa, implementation started on the recommendations of the Biodiversity Assessment project

completed in 2008. The South African Mining and Biodiversity Forum, a forum comprising industry, NGOs and

government, which is currently chaired by an AngloGold Ashanti representative, is developing guidelines based

on the ICMM guidance that are focused on South African conditions.

In respect of operations and projects located in areas of the Atlantic Forest and Cerrado ecosystems in Brazil,

AngloGold Ashanti is participating in a committee formed by the local mining companies to develop an

environmental and economic zoning study that will guide the future economic use and preservation of the areas.

(ARD) at Geita. See the case study, Addressing acid rock drainage at Geita at www.aga-reports.com/08/

Geita-environment.htm.

– 181 –

Report to Society 2008

A threatened species inspection was completed prior to the commencement of exploration activities by the

Australian region exploration group. Data collected during these inspections and baseline surveys are added to

the region’s geographical information system (GIS) for consideration when planning future exploration activities.

See case study: Update on biodiversity and heritage protection in the Australian region, at www.aga-

reports.com/09/Tropicana-biodiversity.htm.

In South Africa, research into the use of phyto-remediation technologies to prevent and repair environmental
damage on TSFs has continued. See case study: Growing vegetation to reduce environmental damage, at
www.aga-reports.com/08/phyto-remediation.htm.

An important part of the planning and implementation of any rehabilitation work is the restoration of areas
disturbed by mining to appropriate levels of biodiversity and land use. A particular challenge that is being dealt
with by Cerro Vanguardia in Argentina is how to encourage revegetation under particularly difficult conditions.
The mine is located in the arid Patagonia Desert region. Compounding this is the low availability of topsoil and
the fact that the mining method favours the creation of rocks and boulders, offering little suitable resources for
the rehabilitation of waste rock dams.

Further, at Córrego do Sítio mine in Brazil, successful rehabilitation is complicated by the non-cohesive soil
material and high levels of rainfall in the area, and consequently high levels of soil erosion. See the case study:
Mine site rehabilitation performance assessment training at Córrego do Sítio, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/Corrego-rehab.htm.

Environment

Obuasi, Ghana

– 182 –

Report to Society 2008

Land management – Total area of land (ha) leased, or managed for production activities or
extractive use

Argentina Australia Brazil Ghana Guinea

Mali

Namibia South Tanzania USA

Africa

Total land

managed

51,200

16,740

23,623

78,000 159,233 40,952

6,153 17,752 17,509

2,366

Total land

disturbed and not

7,500

1,881

605

2,605

960

1,860

311

6,436

2,749

1,649

yet rehabilitated

– opening balance

Total amount of

land newly disturbed

117

within the reporting

year (ha)

Total amount of land

newly rehabilitated

within the reporting

170

to agreed upon

end use (ha)

Total amount of land

disturbed and

7,270

1,903

608

2,578

988

1,877

311

6,500

2,751

1,639

not yet rehabilitated

– closing balance (ha)

Environmental impacts of gold, and transportation of gold

Gold as a metal is benign and has very little environmental impact. Only a small proportion of the rock mined
and moved contains gold-bearing ore. Key transport-related aspects for AngloGold Ashanti are:

•

Transportation of people, materials, ore and waste:
– vertical transport (cages and skips containing both ore and waste) and
– horizontal transport (locomotives or vehicles hauling ore and waste).

•

Gold mining operations are frequently located in remote locations, necessitating the transport of employees
to and from work by road (as at Cerro Vanguardia, for example) and by air (at Sunrise Dam, for example).

•

As far as possible, processing activities are located on-mine to minimise the transport of gold-bearing ore
and waste.

•

Transport of gold bullion by air to refineries.

The primary impact therefore of transportation activities by AngloGold Ashanti is related to energy use and the
associated GHG emissions. GHG emissions generated by ore and waste transporting activities within the
production of gold are a major component of the group’s carbon footprint.

The greatest potential for negative environmental impacts relates to the transport to sites of cyanide and other
chemicals such as hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide. As a signatory to the Cyanide Code, great care is
taken as part of this process. Controls are in place in accordance with national and international requirements,
such as HazChem labelling, vehicle and container safeguards, and emergency response systems. No incidents
were recorded in relation to the transport of chemicals during the year.

– 183 –

Report to Society 2008

OBJECTIVES FOR 2009 – 2011

•

Maintain certification to the ISO14001 Environmental Management System Standard and incorporate
community aspects by 2011.

•

Develop during 2009 quantitative performance targets for energy and water.

•

Implement in 2009 and ensure ongoing application of the Integrated Incident Notification and Reporting
System across managed activities.

•

Start implementation of the environment management standards to be approved in 2009, namely:

•

Closure and rehabilitation

•

Water

•

Air quality

•

Chemicals

•

Waste

•

Biodiversity

•

Land use

•

Continue the development and roll out of additional management standards and guidelines, as required.

•

Address key opportunities and risks identified by the 2008 climate change study.

•

Review closure planning practices during 2009.

•

Conduct a Corporate Environmental Review Programme biennially.

CASE STUDIES:

Case studies describing some of the challenges that are faced, and how the group is addressing these, may be found at
www.aga-reports.com, or at the specific urls listed below.

GROUP

Developing a business case for climate change

In September 2008, AngloGold Ashanti embarked on a three-part study to develop a group-wide response to
climate change. The three focus areas included: assessment of the GHG footprint of the company’s operations;
assessment of the level of potential risk arising from climate change; and the identification of potential
opportunities to expand on the group’s energy savings and energy-efficiency projects. This case study reports on
the initial findings of this work. See case study on page 204 or at www.aga.reports.com/08/climate-change.htm.

ARGENTINA

Isolating a geological feature to prevent groundwater contamination by cyanide at Cerro Vanguardia

During 2008 an ambitious project at Cerro Vanguardia mine to prevent the possibility of groundwater
contamination was successfully completed. Cerro Vanguardia is located on a long, thin outcrop of hard rock,
running a few metres below the surface, which creates a natural conduit for the water seeping down into the
earth from the TSF. A project to isolate the intrusion to prevent groundwater contamination was completed
during the year. See case study at www.aga-reports/com/08/CVSA-cyanide.htm.

BRAZIL

Mine site rehabilitation performance assessment training

An important part of the development of the Córrego do Sítio mine, located near the Santa Barbara town in the
Minas Gerais province, in south-eastern Brazil, has been the planning for and execution of the rehabilitation of
land affected by mining. After AngloGold Ashanti’s biennial environmental workshop, delegates attended
training on a low-cost, rapid rehabilitation performance assessment methodology. See www.aga-
reports.com/08/corrego-rehab.htm.

Environment

– 184 –

Report to Society 2008

AUSTRALIA

Update on biodiversity and heritage protection at Tropicana

The third phase of thoroughly mapping the ecosystem around AngloGold Ashanti’s Tropicana exploration
operation continued throughout 2008. The objective of the project was to address the recognition of the rich
diversity of plant and animal species and a number of vegetation communities of interest, at the tenement
package held by the joint venture. Meticulous surveying of animals, plants and the land was carried out. See
case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/Tropicana-biodiversity.htm.

SOUTH AFRICA

Growing vegetation to reduce environmental damage

AngloGold Ashanti has planted around half a million trees over the last decade for research on using phyto
(plant) technologies to prevent and repair environmental damage from the company’s TSFs.To date, all gold and
uranium mine TSFs in South Africa are unlined and many are uncovered. Most emit dust and seepage
containing salts and metals which can contaminate the surrounding environment. See case study at www.aga-

Mitigating the risk of discharges into the Wonderfontein Spruit

Engagement has continued between key role players to address the impact of historical mining activities in the
vicinity of the Wonderfontein Spruit, north of AngloGold Ashanti’s West Wits operations. Within AngloGold
Ashanti, effort has focused on the project to increase the storage capacity of the North Boundary Dam, which
captures process water overflows on the northern boundary of the West Wits operations. The project is
scheduled for completion in 2011. See case study at www.aga-reports.com/08/wonderfontein-spruit.htm.

GHANA

Following up on environmental commitments in Ghana

During 2008, significant process was made in the commissioning of a process water treatment plant at Obuasi
mine, one of a number of interventions taken to address the legacy issue of water pollution from the Sansu and
Pompora tailings storage facilities. Significant sections completed during the year include the Carbon-in-
Solution (CIS) plant and the Rotating Biological Contractors (a microbial water treatment technology originally
developed on the mine). See case study at www.aga.reports.com/08/Obuasi-environment-update-htm.

NAMIBIA

Navachab works towards cyanide code certification

In 2005 AngloGold Ashanti became a founding signatory to the International Cyanide Management Code, a
voluntary initiative for the gold mining industry that focuses on the safe management of cyanide produced,
transported and used for the recovery of gold. This case study outlines the process of implementing the code at
Navachab mine. www.aga-reports.com/08/Navachab-cyanide.htm

TANZANIA

Allegations of environmental damage at Geita

A draft thesis, written by a Masters student at the University of Dar es Salaam, alleged that soil samples of a
number of heavy metals in the area around Nyakabale village near Geita Gold Mine contained a sufficiently high
quantity to constitute a health threat. In response, the company has initiated a water and sediment analysis
programme, as well as submitting the thesis for an independent assessment. See www.aga-
reports/com/08/Geita-environment.htm.

Addressing acid rock drainage at Geita

Acid rock drainage (ARD) is a notable environmental concern in the mining industry. ARD occurs when
sulphide-bearing rocks are exposed to air and water. Mining activity disturbs these rocks and exposes the
sulphide minerals in them to oxygen (O

) in the air and water (H

O), which react and form reaction products.

Geita Gold Mine in Tanzania is actively addressing this issue. See www.aga-reports.com/08/ARD-Geita.htm.

reports.com/08/phyto-remediation.htm.

– 185 –

Report to Society 2008

– 186 –

Report to Society 2008

Case studies

188

Developing a new blueprint for safety and health for AngloGold Ashanti

192

New approach to safety and health in South Africa pays dividends

196

Converting mineral wealth to national treasure: the challenges of mining and development

202

Developing a business case for climate change

208

An integrated approach to land management for AngloGold Ashanti

212

Improving security practice in line with the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights

– 187 –

Report to Society 2008

Developing a new blueprint for safety and health
for AngloGold Ashanti

Case study

In many ways 2008 has been a seminal year for the management of safety and health within AngloGold
Ashanti. And it is one in which the group’s efforts to eliminate accidents at work have delivered significant
results across the company.

In 2008, there were 14 fatal accidents within the group, 11 of which were in South Africa. In 2007, there were
34 fatalities, with 27 of these in South Africa. While the loss of each and every life is a tragic occurrence, there
is reason to be positive about the progress made both in the substantial improvement year-on-year and over
the past five years. While significant improvements were reported in the Fatal Injury Frequency Rate (FIFR),
which decreased by 57% in 2008, the decrease in the Lost Time Injury Rate (LTIR) at 11% has not been as
encouraging.

Key to the transformation of the group’s safety and health culture has been the reaffirmation by CEO Mark
Cutifani that safety is the group’s first value.

“Safety is not something that we do as a separate step within a process. Safety is about how we think and
operate; it sits within and around everything we say and do. Values can only be defined and led from the top
– safety is our first value. Safety sets the context for our leadership messages, it guides our leadership
behaviours and the definition of work practices in our workplaces. We are reinforcing the focus on how we
work by introducing hazard assessment and looking at our work processes through the lens of safety and
associated risk management actions.

“As we say in AngloGold Ashanti: ‘people are the business…our business is people’. Our focus on safety
reflects the respect we have for each other and the desire we have to create the leading mining company –
together,” he says.

Safety is our first value

Adds Cutifani, “We are working on four fronts in our quest to eliminate all accidents from the workplace:

•

first, we are focused on making sure safety is in front of everyone, every day, and that this perspective
shapes every decision we make;

South Africa

Geita, T

anzania

Sunrise Dam, Australia

– 188 –

Report to Society 2008

SAFETY AND HEALTH

•

second, we must learn to look for hazards and understand what it takes to reduce the risk to a level that
can be managed – this follows the first step in which we are saying it is acceptable to stop work if an area
is unsafe;

•

third, we must put in place and manage according to a set of systems that ensure we are linked to achieve
safety in all of our working areas – this binds and links our activities to ensure we achieve safe outcomes; and

•

finally, every step we take as leaders must reinforce our safety message – not only must we talk to change
we must also be the change.”

Good progress was made in inculcating a safety and health culture within the group during the year, with
significant emphasis being placed on safe work practices at all levels of the company. In South Africa this was
evident in the implementation of the ‘Care’ initiative, an organisational change approach that has as its base
the way in which all employees (both managers and workers) value and respect the aspirations, capacities
and needs of one another, and those of the company. The ‘Care’ initiative is not a mass communications
campaign – rather it involves the development of individual and team-based compacts of expectations, and
delivery against these; included within this compact is the responsibility and accountability for safety and
health by management and employees alike. The ‘Care’ initiative has been supported, in turn, by a
programme to encourage and empower employees to stop working in places that they feel are unsafe. See
case study: New approach to safety and health in South Africa pays dividends, on page 170.

“Changing an organisation’s culture depends to a large degree on visible leadership,” says John McEndoo,
Group Safety Manager. The combination of safety and health into one portfolio, reporting to the Executive Vice
President, Sustainability, indicates the continued integration of this discipline and the increased level of focus
placed upon it. The group has scheduled a dedicated quarterly meeting of executives that focuses only on
safety and health, ensuring that safety and health are indeed at the top of the agenda.

“Clear direction has been given from the top that safety considerations override production and all other
aspects of the business,” says McEndoo.

Occupational Health and Safety Leadership Transformation Project

Significant emphasis continues to be placed on developing a strategic approach to the management of safety
and health within AngloGold Ashanti in 2008. The Occupational Health and Safety Leadership Transformation
Project was initiated in April 2008 to develop a global occupational health and safety blueprint. This initiative
is aligned with broader business transformation initiatives currently under way within the company, and is
being supported by Australian safety consultancy ZEAL, which has worked with other global mining companies.

Says Cutifani, “I think it is always important to have these types of processes facilitated by an external group
– they have a different perspective and will see things we may possibly not see. The idea is to bring everyone’s
views into the process without having them filtered by internal groups that will have a specific or personal
perspective which tends to shape their listening and reporting of results.”

There are two parallel streams of investigation that make up this project.

•

The first is the development of an understanding of where the company is today in terms of systems, both
internal and external, (for example, regulatory systems), organisational culture and structure.

•

The second stream has been looking at the environment in which the company and the industry are likely
to be operating in 10 to 20 years’ time, in terms of global scenarios incorporating political, environmental,
social and other aspects, plus operating parameters (such as location, degree of mechanisation, depth,
level of production etc.) and specific safety and health issues related to these. Techniques such as scenario
planning, using a wide range of inputs developed by a variety of role-players, including management,
organised labour, universities, and external mining associations, have been used to build a credible picture
of the organisation and workforce of the future.

The first stream has been a very intensive process, with assessments having been carried out in Argentina,
Brazil, Ghana, Guinea and South Africa. In respect of assessing the occupational health and safety culture,

– 189 –

Report to Society 2008

more than 60 in-depth one-on-one interviews were conducted with senior managers; and focus groups have
been held with around 270 employees representing management, supervisors and unions, as well as with
selected ‘rock-face’ employees. The focus groups addressed issues according to the aspects that are done
well, those that are done poorly, priority areas for improvement and the forces in the mining industry that will
shape safety and health in the future. Over 3,000 questionnaires were completed and analysed covering a
wide range of issues relating to employees’ perceptions of safety and health matters. Organisational
structures have also been analysed, and a comprehensive review of all systems relating to occupational health
and safety, both internal and external, has been carried out in these countries.

In terms of the second stream, scenario planning workshops were held at an operational level in four
countries, followed by a group scenario planning workshop in December 2008 which included external
experts, such as a representative from the International Labour Organisation’s ISSA mining section, as well as
representatives from organised labour, regulators and politicians.

The project is scheduled for completion at the end of the first quarter in 2009, although some preliminary
findings have been made. It is anticipated that the project will position the company correctly in respect of its
occupational safety and health management and performance, and recommendations will be rolled out from
the second quarter of 2009.

Implementation of OHSAS ahead of target

A significant development during the year has been the steady implementation of the OHSAS 18001 safety and
management standard, a process that the group embarked on just two years ago. As previously reported, 50%
of mining operations were certified as compliant with the OHSAS 18001 standard during 2007. All remaining
mines achieved certification during 2008, ahead of the schedule set in 2006. In addition, the OHSAS 18001
standard was implemented at the Tropicana project in Australia. To assist mines in making the best use of this
standard and to ensure a greater degree of consistent application across the group, an internal safety and
health systems and practice protocol was developed and implemented during the year. The protocol allows for
internal and external assessment and provides some assurance that not only are the systems developed and
documented, but that they are being practised. The protocol is intranet-based and is available in English,
French, Spanish and Portuguese. The intention is that this assessment should be conducted at six-monthly
intervals. Most operations had carried out at least one cycle of this assessment by the end of 2008 in addition
to their OHSAS certification audits. See case study: Health and Safety’s Systems and Practice Protocol online,
at www.aga-reports.healthandsafety-protocol.htm.

Learning from our mistakes

As part of the occupational health and safety transformation project, the systems and techniques used in
incident investigation have been questioned. A large sample of lost time injury investigations was re-analysed
to better understand the basic causes of these accidents and to try to learn from these so as to reduce repeat

Case study

Developing a new blueprint for safety and health for
AngloGold Ashanti cont.

Geita, Tanzania

– 190 –

Report to Society 2008

SAFETY AND HEALTH

incidents. While fatal accidents are reviewed in depth by corporate level personnel and information from the
accidents is shared across the group, this has not historically been the case with respect to lost time injuries.
As lost time injuries have not seen the same degree of decrease in the year under review, this area is seen as
a major opportunity for improvement.

Some 500 responses by management to each of the accidents that were reviewed were classified. Typically
such responses are:

•

individual, where the response to the incident is aimed at people and circumstances in close proximity to
the accident;

•

systemic, where the systems resulting in immediate failures are examined and reviewed; and

•

organisational, where the issue is recognised as requiring an organisational approach, such as cultural or
policy changes.

This investigation has indicated that a major opportunity exists to improve the outputs from incident and
accident investigations and a multi-faceted strategy for this will form an integral part of the global occupational
health and safety blueprint.

Plans for 2009

While good progress has been made in reducing the number of occupational fatalities during the year,
AngloGold Ashanti remains intent on eliminating all fatal accidents and, in the short term, reducing the LTIR
by 20% year-on-year. The feedback from the research stage of the leadership transformation project is
expected to be developed, in consultation with key stakeholders, into a practical blueprint for safety and
health in a way that is specific enough to ensure central leadership and consistency in application, but which
caters for the differences in risk and circumstances at an operational level. It is expected that the application
of this blueprint will deliver a step-change in safety and health performance in the short to medium term, as
well as to start equipping the group for safety and health challenges in the longer term.

Concludes Cutifani, “We treat each other with dignity and respect and manage every activity as though we
were working with family. In the AngloGold Ashanti family, safety will be our most important barometer in
judging whether we are creating a sustainable and continually improving business for and with every
employee.”

CC&V, USA

– 191 –

Report to Society 2008

New approach to safety and health in South Africa
pays dividends

Case study

“Every person has my permission and full support to stop a working place if it is not safe.” These are the words
of Johan Viljoen, Vice President of the Southern Africa Division, that were the basis of a large-scale
management communication process undertaken in the division at the beginning of 2008. This was one of a
number of processes aimed at ensuring a broad understanding of, and support for, the vision that safety is
the foremost value within the company.

And the intense focus that safety and health has received, with a visible commitment from the top of the
organisation, has paid dividends. In 2007, there were 27 fatalities in South Africa; in 2008 this number dropped
to 11. The Fatal Injury Frequency Rate (FIFR) for the division improved by 58.6% year-on-year, from 0.29 per million
hours to 0.12 per million hours. The Fatal Injury Frequency Rate (FIFR) for 2008 is also in line with the progressive
SA Mining Industry Gold Mines 2013 milestones. At the same time the Dressing Injury Frequency Rate (DIFR)
improved by 23.2%, from 28.77 per million hours to 22.1 per million hours and the Lost Time Injury Rate (LTIR)
improved by 12.7%, from 12.72 per million hours to 11.10 per million hours.

0.00

0.10

0.15

0.25

0.30

0.40

South Africa – FIFR per million

2004 to 2008

0.12

0.29

0.35

0.17

0.29

0.35

0.20

0.05

Johan Viljoen

Vice President, Southern Africa Division

“Every person has my permission and full support to

stop a working place if it is not safe.”

Kopanang, South Africa

Savuka, South Africa

West Wits, South Africa

– 192 –

Report to Society 2008

hours worked

SAFETY AND HEALTH

SAFETY STRATEGY

The safety strategy for the division remains in place, with a focus on seven strategic issues, namely:

•

fatigue management and, in particular, dealing with sleep disturbance and sleep deprivation, and the
resultant fatigue, from long working hours or shift work;

•

production flexibility, which provides for the availability of replacement panels (through sufficient face length)
if unsafe conditions are encountered;

•

retention of skills, and the training of employees and safety and health personnel in the face of significant
national skills shortages;

•

development of a safety culture, with an emphasis on safety as the first value;

•

review process, which involves internal and external audits and compliance with standards such as
OHSAS 18001;

•

fall of ground management, which in itself looks at five elements: the design of mine layouts, support
systems, the human factor, seismic monitoring, and research and development; and

•

removing employees from areas and activities of high risk in the workplace.

WORK PRACTICE INITIATIVES

A number of inter-related initiatives and processes have been implemented during the year. Underpinning each
of these has been widespread and broad-based consultation with employees and unions, and also with
representatives from the Safety Inspectorate of the Department of Minerals and Energy (DME).

‘Care’ process

Core to the new vision that has been implemented is the concept of ‘Care’. The ‘Care’ programme is an
organisational change approach that has as its base the way in which all employees (both managers and
workers) value and respect the aspirations, capacities and needs of one other, and those of the company. The
‘Care’ initiative is not simply a mass communications campaign; rather it involves the development of individual
and team-based compacts of expectations, and delivery against these in all aspects of life at work. Included
within this compact is the responsibility and accountability for safety and health by management and
employees alike. Tailor-made ‘Care’ training interventions have been undertaken on a site-by-site, section-by-
section and discipline-by-discipline basis, in a very intensive process involving employees and managers in a
process of joint decision-making and goal-setting. During this process, the training programmes were designed
and conducted by senior line managers.

It’s OK

The ‘Care’ initiative has been supported, in turn, by a process to encourage and empower employees to stop
working in places they feel are unsafe. A highly visible and intensive communication strategy was embarked
upon across the division at the beginning of the second quarter which clearly explained the process and the
associated roles and responsibilities. This included a clear directive from the head of the division that:

•

stopping a workplace is about reducing the risk of injury and, in the long run, will improve bonuses and not
reduce them;

•

every individual has a right to stop work if he or she feels that it is unsafe to carry on, and mechanisms have
been established for individuals to do so; and

•

no employee should feel threatened in any way by exercising his or her right to stop work in unsafe conditions.

Complementing the ‘It’s OK’ process, has been the education of the workforce in respect of hazard identification
and a risk-based approach to hazard mitigation. The ‘T’ principle (see box on page 180) has been a beneficial step
in this process.

The initial results of this initiative have been significant (as can be seen from the graphs overleaf) following the
launch of the ‘It’s OK’ process in May 2008. While an increased number of stoppages by supervisory personnel,
safety representatives and team members is evident, this is still low. It is envisaged that the ‘It’s OK’ process
will ensure that these segments of the workforce are increasingly empowered to call for stoppages should they
be required.

– 193 –

Reportto Society 2008

Applying the ‘T’ principle in the Southern Africa Division

The ‘T’ principle must be applied to any risk and behaviour.

Terminate

–

address the risk so that it will not appear again – that is, remove it completely.

Example: Installing an effective guard on mechanical equipment to ensure that no
one can gain access.

Treat

–

treat the risk so that it does not pose a danger.

Example: Remove a spill or dilute contaminated air by introducing additional ventilation.

Tolerate

–

if the risk is not significant, or you are willing to live with it, or you have instituted
actions to adequately reduce the risk to acceptable levels.

An example of this is allowing work to continue in an area if, after examination, it is
declared safe for normal work to continue or, alternatively, by barring down an unsafe
hanging wall or installing support.

Transfer

–

transfer the consequences of the risk fully or partially through insurance.

An example here is obtaining insurance to recover excessive property damage and
production losses arising after an incident.

Key messages in the ‘It’s OK’ process

People are important and we really care about people.
Nothing comes before safety.
It is every person’s responsibility to report unsafe acts and conditions.
Safety is every person’s business.
Every working place will be to standard at all times.
We will apply the ‘T’ principle to any risk or behaviour (see above).

Case study

New approach to safety and health in South Africa pays dividends cont.

Work stoppages (April 2008)

Shift bosses and foremen
Management
Supervisory personnel
DME
Team members and safety
representatives

0.6%

52%

44%

0.6%

Work stoppages
(April to December 2008)

Shift bosses and foremen
Management
Supervisory personnel
DME
Team members and
safety representatives

52.1%

12.3%

4.01%

29.9%

2.1%

Mponeng, South Africa

– 194 –

Report to Society 2008

SAFETY AND HEALTH

WHITE FLAG DAYS

As part of the process of ensuring that safety and its consequences are highly visible in the workplace, the ‘A
White Flag Every Day’ initiative was launched. Highly visible flagpoles have been placed at the entrance to every
operation and show the status of that operation’s safety performance during the previous shift. These flags serve
to create awareness and shared responsibility among employees and managers alike. A flag at half-mast
indicates a fatal accident; a red flag indicates a serious injury; an orange flag indicates a lost time injury; and a
green flag indicates a dressing case. The aim, of course, is to have a white flag, (that is, no injuries) every day.

CHANGE IS A PROCESS, NOT AN EVENT

“The initiatives that we have embarked on involve changing the fundamental culture of our company. They are
processes and not events, and the results will not manifest overnight.” So says Peter Lombard: Head, Health
and Safety, Sustainable Development and Human Resource Development for the Southern Africa Division.

“This process has and needed a very clear strategic directive from the top of the company, as well as the very
real need to make people accountable for their own safety and that of their colleagues. This process is also
enhanced through extensive dialogue sessions. Equally important is changing the context in which people work
– by instilling mutual respect and ‘permission’ to stop work in unsafe conditions.

“It is not all plain sailing. We live with the baggage of the past, particularly at a social level, where mistrust and
a lack of respect continues to pervade some of our working places. It has been vitally important to involve
unions and associations, as well as the DME in our process,” he explains.

One way in which this involvement has been secured is through a ‘Change Lab’ process that has been run
under the auspices of the Centre for Sustainability in Mining and Industry (CSMI), a specialist department within
the School of Mining Engineering at the University of the Witwatersrand. Led by Professor May Hermanus,
former Chief Inspector of Mines in South Africa, the process includes engagement with a wide range of
stakeholders at all levels. The ‘Change Lab’ itself represents a collective effort to address vital, complex
challenges within a given social system. It is a structured process for building up a shared understanding of the
current reality and the various players’ role in it; it is an analysis of what is possible and what is required, and
what the role-players will do in order to co-create a new reality. It is being concluded in conjunction with
consulting company REOS.

Says Professor Hermanus, “We, at the CSMI, are very excited to work with AngloGold Ashanti on this project
to explore how stakeholders could meet to discuss concerns which they share, but which they in all likelihood
experience differently and/or on which they may hold very different perspectives. The objective of the project is
to co-create a safety strategy which could result in substantive and sustained improvement.

“CSMI is working in partnership with REOS to bring all the players affected by safety in AngloGold Ashanti together
to listen and learn from one another and to plan the next steps together. This approach should provide opportunities
for senior executives to work with those most exposed to safety hazards. The process is to be carefully documented
to enable sharing across the mining sector. In sharing and developing common initiatives on the way forward, we
also hope to build durable and respectful relationships which can see the project through to completion.”

In the run-up to the process, research undertaken by the CSMI indicated several emerging themes that need
to be considered and driven by this ‘Change Lab’. These include:

•

the tension between the reality of care and a lack of care experienced in the workplace;

•

the need to clarify roles and responsibilities;

•

issues relating to race and transformation;

•

the allocation of justice, blame and punishment;

•

problems created by a lack of common language;

•

skills and capacity;

•

leadership styles; and

•

the role of women in mining.

These and other areas of concern will continue to be addressed in 2009.

– 195 –

Report to Society 2008

Case study

Converting mineral wealth to national treasure:
the challenges of mining and development

The recent spike in commodity prices (which in the case of many commodities has now receded) has led to
increased debate internationally over the contribution that companies in the resource sector can and should
make to economic and social development in their host countries. Despite the fact that the recent period of
high commodity prices did not necessarily translate into increased margins for the extractive sector – as so
many of the input costs to the industry are also driven by commodity cycles – the perception of windfall profits
has resulted in increased pressure on governments – from their own constituents, from non-governmental
organisations (NGOs) and from lending institutions (such as the World Bank) – to ensure that their electorates
are benefiting fully from resource industry revenues. Particularly under scrutiny are mining operations in
emerging economies, which are often heavily dependent on income from the resource sector, and where living
standards have come under pressure from increases in the price of food and basic commodities, and, more
recently, the global economic meltdown.

The latest commodity boom cycle is not the first time that the resource industry has come under the
spotlight; the role of the resource sector in development has been a subject of debate since the 1980s
when the concept of the ‘resource curse’ or ‘paradox of plenty’ was first put forward. Economists argued
that countries with significant resource endowments showed lower rates of economic growth, as
dependency on resource sector revenues reduced the incentive to build a diversified economy. The
economic benefits of the mining sector were often concentrated in the hands of a small elite and not
deployed optimally to further the development agenda of the country concerned.

There are sound reasons for this debate. The global resources industry across a range of commodities has
not always contributed to the development and well-being of the countries and communities in which it has
operated, although recent years have seen a fundamental shift towards recognising the importance of
sustainable business. It is also the case that the industry – comprising small, medium or large players – is
typically tarred with a single brush and is itself limited by the realities imposed by a cyclical market.

In reality, there are a number of characteristics which are unique to the resource sector and which ensure
that the industry will always be the subject of scrutiny by governments and their electorates:

Local communities hope to benefit from the natural resources that surround them

– 196 –

Report to Society 2008

ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

Average global cash costs

Gold price (quarter average)

1000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Gold price (quarter average) versus average
industry cash costs

US$/0z

•

A finite opportunity? Mineral Resources are part of the natural endowment of any country, and their
extraction presents a finite opportunity for governments to benefit from their wealth. In the narrowest
sense, this can be seen as a once-off opportunity to tax. In other words, in setting the level at which the
extraction of a Mineral Resource is taxed, governments must take into account the opportunity cost of
forgoing taxes on these resources in the future.

•

A longer-term perspective yields a different point of view. Mineral Resource taxes, if invested in education,
health care, the facilitation of secondary or service industries, and the diversification of the economy away
from dependence on natural resources, can yield developmental benefits far exceeding the life of any mine.

•

The Government of Botswana, for example, made significant and sustained investments in education as revenue
streams from the diamond industry flooded into that country. Botswana’s growth domestic product (GDP) growth
today remains impressive and the country is held up as an example of an economy which is heavily dependent
on the mining industry (the resource sector accounts for over 60% of government receipts and between 70%
and 80% of export earnings) but has largely escaped the so-called ‘resource curse’. (See box on page 201.)

•

Sunk costs. Once a mining company has invested in bringing a deposit to production, the investment is
effectively sunk. Unlike investments in the manufacturing or service sectors, it cannot be relocated and can
therefore present a target for governments to generate additional revenue through raising taxation, or even
nationalisation of a whole or part of the asset concerned.

Mining companies are therefore only likely to invest fully in a country when security of tenure and revenue stability
are reasonably assured, and they will usually seek to negotiate long-term stability agreements with host
governments in order to achieve this. Under-investment, leading to sub-optimal extraction of the Mineral
resource, will be the most likely outcome when political conditions are uncertain or there is a risk that the
provisions of a stability agreement may not be respected. Less certainty is also likely to attract smaller, less risk-
averse companies with less capacity and desire to act responsibly.

•

Riding the commodity price roller coaster. Unlike companies selling consumer goods and services, resource
sector companies are price takers and generally accept the full price risk on the commodities produced.
Volatile commodity prices create perceptions of windfall profits but the reality of tougher times, when
production costs can exceed received prices, is often ignored. And while revenues undoubtedly increase
during a boom commodity cycle, input prices, subject to the same cycles as the raw materials produced, can
increase in proportion. Diesel, steel, chemicals are all examples of significant input costs to the mining industry.

– 197 –

Report to Society 2008

•

A long-term investment. Large mining companies, in particular, cherish assets which deliver a long mine life.
Decades of steady cash flow are needed to ensure payback of the significant investment which is required
to develop a mine and bring it through to production.

•

In order to make the economics of mining viable, therefore, a reasonable degree of fiscal stability over the
life of mine is needed. Thus, a new or incoming government can find itself bound by the terms of a mining
agreement concluded under a previous regime. Again, a temptation to amend the terms of such an
agreement exists, particularly where these are perceived to be unfavourable to the government concerned.
Often, however, perceptions are driven by the current situation only and previous years of investment
without return are not taken into account in the calculation of a ‘fair take’ by government.

Earning a ‘social licence to mine’

In developing strategies to address these tensions, AngloGold Ashanti looks to its core values as a company.
It is committed to ensuring that communities are better off as a result of its presence.

Resource extraction is by definition intrusive and governments need to weigh the benefits carefully against all
associated costs. Earning the so-called ‘social licence to mine’ must involve the industry, and individual
companies and operations ensuring that, on balance, negative impacts are minimised or remedied. For
example:

•

careful provision needs to be made for environmental rehabilitation;

•

relocation of people should be carried out as a last resort and in consultation with communities; and,

•

where it leads to dislocation of unofficial small-scale mining, the benefits of larger-scale commercial
operations must bring overall benefits to the society, through the payment of taxes and such measures as
social investment in communities – usually in clinics, roads and other infrastructure, education and skills
development, the hiring of local citizens and the sourcing of locally produced goods where possible.

Establishing and maintaining dialogue

Dialogue with community representatives and with government at local and national level is initiated at an
early stage in any exploration or mining project. Community engagement forums give local residents a
platform to air concerns and the company an opportunity to communicate realistically on the economic
benefits of a project. A natural tension exists between community expectations and the level of sustainable

Case study

Converting mineral wealth to national treasure:
the challenges of mining and development cont.

Siguiri, Guinea

– 198 –

Report to Society 2008

benefits which can be delivered by resource companies, but this can be mitigated through a healthy and
transparent process of dialogue.

For this dialogue to be productive, however, some fundamentals relating to the resource extraction industry
need to be taken into account:

•

Recognition of a company’s need to create value for shareholders. Without shareholder funding, resource
companies cannot generate sufficient revenue for the significant investments required in the resource
extraction sector. Investor interest in the resource sector will therefore slow unless governments recognise
and meet the need of a company to generate shareholder returns.

•

Addressing issues which undermine investment, such as weak governance structures and the risk of fiscal
instability. Tackling such issues is key to attracting mining investment and ensuring that the developmental
benefits of a resource endowment can be maximised.

•

Transparency in relationships with companies in the mining sector and in the application of mining revenue
is essential, not only in attracting large-scale companies to a mining jurisdiction, but also in ensuring that
benefits are distributed to a broader population base and do not simply remain in the hands of political
elites. To this end, AngloGold Ashanti has joined the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) and
urges both its peers and its host governments to sign up to the initiative in order to promote the practice
of revenue transparency within the sector.

ICMM engagement

The International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM), an organisation comprising the leading international mining
and metals companies as well as regional and national commodity associations, has developed a ‘Resource
Endowment Toolkit’ which can assist companies and governments to understand how large-scale mining activity,
particularly in low and middle income countries, can enhance the socio-economic development of host countries.

AngloGold Ashanti has been a supporter of this project, which has included regional, multi-stakeholder
workshops in two of the countries in which AngloGold Ashanti operates – Ghana and Tanzania. The impacts
of mining both at national level and around selected mining projects were assessed at the workshops.

Iduapriem, Ghana

ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

– 199 –

Report to Society 2008

Research conducted in the first phase of the project assessed the developmental impact of mining in
33 resource-rich countries (defined as countries in which mining made up more than 20% of exports in the
period) from 1965 to 2003. The performance of these resource-rich economies, measured against a range of
socio-economic indicators, was found to outperform regional and income comparator countries, whether
these were endowed with minerals or not.

In Ghana, the more detailed research conducted concluded that a resurgence of mining investment since the
mid-1980s has made an important contribution to turning round that economy and reducing poverty at local
and national level.

The research also conceded that there were still challenges to meet in filtering the benefits of mining to local
communities, and this issue needs to be addressed by government in conjunction with mining companies and
their host communities in the future. A follow-up workshop is planned in Ghana to assess progress and take
the project forward.

For a mining company such as AngloGold Ashanti, therefore, operating in environments and communities
where significant socio-economic and developmental challenges still remain requires an approach that goes
beyond the ability to operate on a technical level to adopting a collaborative and sustainable approach to
interacting with local communities and local and national government. While acknowledging that there is still
work to be done in this area, it is also important to recognise that, for AngloGold Ashanti, the need for such
a broad-based vision is not in question, and that making a positive contribution to the communities in which
it operates remains firmly at the heart of the company’s vision and values.

Case study

Converting mineral wealth to national treasure:
the challenges of mining and development cont.

Rand Refinery, South Africa

– 200 –

Report to Society 2008

ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

Botswana’s economic development: a test case

Despite the rich endowment of minerals, particularly diamonds, that Botswana possesses, it has
maintained one of the world’s highest economic growth rates since independence in 1966. Through fiscal
discipline and sound management, Botswana has transformed itself from one of the poorest countries in
the world (at independence ranked 114th by GDP) to a middle-income country with a GDP per capita
averaging almost $15,000, 97th worldwide in GDP ranking.

The estimated value-add of the retail, wholesale and restaurant trade, for example, is now at over $1billion,
some 11% of value-add to the economy. The adult literacy rate is the 87th highest in the world, at some
82%, and a comparison of male and female literacy rates puts Botswana 5th worldwide with more women
than men considered literate. The latter statistic is testament to the investment which Botswana has made
in education since mineral revenues first started coming into that economy.

12000

Economic value added: Botswana 1970 – 2007

1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007

6000

8000

4000

2000

10000

Mining, utilities

Total

value added
in US$ million

Source: United Nations statistics

The graph below shows the economic value added by the resource sector in Botswana since 1970,
against total value added to the economy.

Iduapriem, Ghana

– 201 –

Report to Society 2008

Case study

Developing a business case for climate change

In December 2007, AngloGold Ashanti CEO Mark Cutifani set a short- to medium-term target for the group
of reducing energy consumption by 15% per ounce of gold produced and a medium- to longer-term target
of reducing greenhouse gas emissions (GHGs) by 30% per ounce of gold produced. Cutifani was emphatic
that the group, as a notable GHG emitter, needed to address climate change holistically, admitting that these
were ‘stretch’ targets and encouraging the group to start looking at non-traditional means of attacking the
problem. See case study in the Report to Society 2007, AngloGold Ashanti and climate change, at www.aga-
reports.com/07/climate-change.htm.

STRATEGIC FOCUS

Guided by an internal position paper to look at the way forward for the group, including key risks and
opportunities, AngloGold Ashanti embarked on a three-part study in September 2008 to develop a group-wide
response to climate change.

The main areas of work undertaken are discussed below.

•

A GHG assessment to determine the carbon footprint of all AngloGold Ashanti operations. The benchmark year
for the assessment was set as 2007. Details of the group’s GHG footprint and performance for the year may
be found in the section on Environment on page 186 of this report. AngloGold Ashanti has also, for the past
two years, participated in the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) and the group’s response to CDP6, the most
recent survey, may be found at www.cdproject.net.

•

A comprehensive risk assessment to determine the level of risk to which the company is exposed as a result
of climate change. Various risk categories, such as financial and investment risk, risk owing to government
policies and legislation, and physical risk, including local community vulnerabilities (see discussion on current
adaptation on page 154) were considered. Key points that have been addressed include proactively
assessing these risks and how being proactive could be used to competitive advantage. Also considered
was the fact that, while regulatory requirements will become stricter in the near future, there will be differences
in regulatory requirements across jurisdictions, which may in turn present both opportunities and difficulties.

Cerro Vanguardia, Argentina

Brasil Mineraça

o, Brazil

Climate change workshop, South Africa

– 202 –

Report to Society 2008

ENVIRONMENT

•

The identification of potential climate change opportunities that could expand on the group’s current energy
savings activities and energy efficiency projects so as to reduce the company’s dependence on fossil fuels;
further, to identify opportunities where GHG emissions can be reduced to minimise the group’s carbon
footprint; and to identify where carbon credits can be realised and potentially traded in order to offset the
costs of the above initiatives and to contribute to the company’s bottom line.

The project, led by Camco, a leading climate change consulting company, was not just aimed at understanding
the group’s footprint and developing action plans to effect significant reductions, but to develop a business
case for climate change in terms of the group’s key business drivers.

Says CEO, Mark Cutifani, “The reduction of GHG emissions requires an innovative and integrated solution.
Once we understand what the business case is for climate change, we can ensure that – through effective
management of climate change parameters, adaptation of our operations and addressing our sustainable
development imperatives – we can extract opportunities from this challenge to make a positive contribution to
our business objectives and add to the triple bottom line.”

CDM OPPORTUNITIES

Given the group’s focus on delivering value, the approach taken was that the process should seek to identify
multiple and highly probable Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) projects. (See box overleaf on the Clean
Development Mechanism.)

Cerro Vanguardia, Argentina

– 203 –

Report to Society 2008

Case study

Developing a business case for climate change cont.

CLEAN DEVELOPMENT MECHANISM (CDM)

In giving effect to the Kyoto Protocol (which requires that developed country signatories limit or reduce their
GHG emissions), negotiators of the protocol included market-based vehicles to encourage the private
sector and developing countries to participate in the global emission reduction strategy. Through the CDM,
emission reduction projects in developing countries can earn certified emission reduction credits (CERs),
each equivalent to one tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO

e). These CERs may be traded or sold and

used by industrialised countries to meet part of their emission reduction targets agreed to under the
protocol. In this way, the CDM encourages and enables developing countries to stimulate sustainable
development, while giving industrialised nations some flexibility in meeting their targets.

A feature of the formal CDM process is that projects must qualify for credits through a rigorous and
transparent process, based on approved methodologies designed to ensure that emission reductions are
real and verifiable, and are additional to what would have occurred without the CDM. The CDM is overseen
by an executive board, which is answerable to the countries that have ratified the protocol. CDM projects
in any particular country must, however, be approved by the Designated National Authority (DNA) within
the host country. To date, more than 1,000 CDM projects have been registered globally, amounting to more
than 2.7 billion tonnes of CO equivalents by 2012.

CERs may be traded through various recognised exchanges. The EU Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS) is
the largest scheme currently in existence.

– 204 –

Report to Society 2008

Sunrise Dam, Australia

ENVIRONMENT

At the outset Camco embarked on a fact-finding process, both in respect of the actual quantification of GHG
emissions, but also in developing an understanding of the business and the unique opportunities presented by
the different operations. Camco undertook site visits to each of the group’s operations and some of the
exploration sites. Importantly, both the availability of potential methodologies and the question of additionality
was addressed, although detailed cost analyses still need to be undertaken.

PUTTING CARBON IN CONTEXT

While some of the countries in which AngloGold Ashanti operates currently have limited climate change related
legislation in place, more robust national carbon taxes and/or cap-and-trade regimes are being considered in
Australia, South Africa and the United States. Of these, Australia is the most advanced, where the government
has announced its intention to introduce an emissions trading scheme by 2010. In Brazil, despite the absence
of formal regulations concerning GHG emissions, state environmental agencies are requiring companies to
develop an emission budget. This initiative signals an intention to change the requirements for environmental
licences.

A particular challenge to mining companies wishing to achieve emissions reductions is that orebodies tend to
become less and less accessible as mining proceeds, and lower grades require more energy per unit of metal
to extract. Longer haul roads in open-pit mines, and increased lifting distances and more distant stopes in
underground mines are virtually unavoidable. This results in increased consumption of electricity and fuels as
mining proceeds, and a corresponding increase in emissions. In addition, orebodies differ significantly from site
to site – in terms of depth, geology and geochemistry, and the required mining method – resulting in emission
reduction strategies typically being effected on a site-by-site basis. These differences also complicate
benchmarking one site against another.

For some years, a critical company focus has been on achieving improved energy efficiency. As the company
is a significant consumer of electricity, and as South Africa’s electricity supply (where the group measures its
highest consumption) is very carbon-intensive, being derived largely from the combustion of coal, reductions in
energy consumption have a significant impact on emissions.

AngloGold Ashanti is a signatory to the 2005 South African Energy Efficiency Accord, which committed the
company to reducing energy consumption by 12% by 2015. This reduction was actually achieved by the
company by 2007. The energy crisis in South Africa in January 2008 added further impetus to the drive to
reduce electricity consumption, with the company setting itself an additional target of reducing electricity
consumption in South Africa by a further 4.5% by the end of 2008. See case study: AngloGold Ashanti’s
response to the power crisis, at www.aga-reports.com/08/power.htm.

ASSESSING THE OPPORTUNITIES

In all, the project carried out by Camco identified more than 100 potential CDM opportunities, many of them
small in scale but with the potential to be bundled together. The initial focus was on high-return opportunities
that could be realised most quickly. Three primary focus areas were identified:

•

opportunities for reducing electricity demand and consumption;

•

opportunities for reducing fossil fuel consumption by static and mobile equipment; and

•

opportunities to use alternative energy sources.

A workshop, led by Camco and involving key AngloGold Ashanti personnel, was undertaken in January 2009
to evaluate opportunities within these areas.

Opportunities for reducing electricity demand and consumption

The rationale underlying this thrust is that AngloGold Ashanti operates in three of the world’s most energy-
intensive countries (on a per capita basis), namely South Africa, the United States and Australia. Reductions in
the consumption of electricity will not only save costs but will also dramatically reduce indirect carbon emissions.

– 205 –

Report to Society 2008

As part of the review process, the group identified and prioritised opportunities for reducing electricity demand
and consumption, looking at factors such as practicality, the capital investment required, the potential for
operational cost savings and GHG reductions. Broad areas under investigation included pumping, underground
ventilation, process plant operations, high efficiency motors and the use of compressed air.

Opportunities for reducing fossil fuel consumption by static and mobile equipment

The rationale underlying this area of work is that a reduction in the consumption of fossil fuels will reduce directly
the amount of GHGs emitted to the atmosphere. In addition, this will also reduce operating costs significantly.
Particular areas of attention here were electricity generation, dewatering pumps, ore conveying and mine
design.

In identifying and prioritising opportunities that will reduce overall fossil fuel consumption, the group looked at
the relative importance of turning separate investment opportunities into executable projects, with particular
reference to payback periods and capital investment limits. Also considered were best practice technologies
across the group, and how these could be extended to other operations.

Opportunities to use alternative energy sources

Lastly, given AngloGold Ashanti’s targets for GHG reductions, alternative sources of energy supply will need to
be considered as much of the group’s emissions are indirect emissions from energy consumption. Some of
the potential projects considered were:

•

wind farms in Argentina and Tanzania;

•

shaft water column turbine electricity generation in underground mines;

•

biomass electricity generation from large tracts of land and TSFs under management in South Africa
and Namibia;

•

biofuels in Namibia, Brazil, Argentina, Ghana, Guinea, Tanzania, Colombia and the DRC;

•

hydro-electricity generation in Colombia, Brazil, Tanzania and Vaal River in South Africa;

•

solar thermal and solar photovoltaic, in South Africa, Namibia and Australia; and

•

heat capture in South America.

Case study

Developing a business case for climate change cont.

Mineração Brasil, Brazil

– 206 –

Report to Society 2008

ENVIRONMENT

Other areas

Other areas also considered include:

•

reducing emissions by reducing transportation emissions;

•

the potential for carbon offset projects; and

•

improving the functioning of buildings.

THE WAY FORWARD

The GHG baseline study, together with the development of a customised carbon calculator, will be an invaluable
tool in both management and reporting in the years ahead. The risks considered and identified through the
process are being incorporated within the group’s risk management programme.

In respect of identifying climate change project opportunities, the work has only really just begun. High potential
opportunities will be studied in greater detail, following the company project approval process. Clearly, carbon
trading will be factored into the calculations.

Concludes Cutifani, “I believe we need to take our responsibilities as a global citizen very seriously. Mining
responsibly and reducing our carbon footprint is consistent with improving efficiencies, so I do not believe we
have to compromise our business objectives. The key is to develop a well thought-out strategy, plan to execute
with precision and deliver on our potential.”

Climate change workshop, South Africa

– 207 –

Report to Society 2008

Case study

An integrated approach to land management for
AngloGold Ashanti

Access to land – particularly that held through customary title – and relocation are highly complex and emotive
issues. This is particularly the case among local populations in Africa, Australia and South America, where
AngloGold Ashanti has numerous operations.

In 2004, the Board Committee on Safety, Health and Sustainable Development ratified the International Finance
Corporation’s (IFC) Performance Standards on Involuntary Resettlement as AngloGold Ashanti’s policy on
resettlement, and a guidance note was prepared by the community affairs team to assist operations and
exploration sites in handling resettlement and compensation.

“But,” says Prishani Satyapal, AngloGold Ashanti Community Affairs Manager, “on review, it became clear that
by opting for a resettlement policy and strategy, we were significantly narrowing our options and that we were
operating as if resettlement was a given at the outset.

“In line with our business principles and in keeping with best practice, we have as a group committed to
seeking to avoid resettlement where possible. And only where evidence suggests that relocation is
unavoidable, will we embark on a process of consultation and engagement in accordance with our business
principles, and the IFC’s performance standards.”

Developing an integrated land management standard

The development of integrated management standards on land use and land acquisition for the group started
from the premise that land management must address the company’s need to access resources and construct
site infrastructure waste disposal facilities, as well as neighbouring communities’ needs, and the interaction
between the two. Because mines will eventually close, it is necessary to plan for closure and the communities
that will remain once mining has ceased, leaving sustainable ecosystems and safe landforms. Additionally,
resettlement is far more complex than the physical act of moving people.

Democratic Republic of Congo

Siguiri, Guinea

Obuasi, Ghana

– 208 –

Report to Society 2008

COMMUNITY

The group community affairs team has developed a land acquisition roadmap to assist operations in
approaching the issue. The roadmap starts with a due diligence study, environmental and social impact
assessment, followed by a formal feasibility study. Once this stage has been completed, a range of alternatives
to resettlement is investigated and considered. Once a decision has been made to proceed with resettlement,
a formal resettlement project must be embarked upon that includes aspects such as:

•

consistent stakeholder consultation and information disclosure;

•

baseline studies;

•

planning and Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) preparation;

•

negotiations with community representatives;

•

final implementation and handover; and

•

the maintenance of resettlement sites.

Even after handover the process is not complete, with ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the resettlement
required. This aspect needs to be factored into plans from the outset.

Planning for relocation

Says Satyapal, “The decision to resettle a community is not one that should be taken lightly. At best, it is a high-
risk activity that is often dogged by controversy. The process is usually very costly, complex and time-
consuming (taking between three and five years). The correct approach inevitably involves a range of disciplines
within a project team, from mine planning and law to environment and community affairs. With this in mind, we
sought the services of a specialist resettlement agency during the year (rePlan) which will provide specialist
support to both the community affairs team and operations personnel in terms of a possible global service level
agreement.”

Currently, land management plans are being developed for Siguiri in Guinea and at the company’s exploration
operations in the DRC. Resettlement processes are under way at both Iduapriem and Obuasi in Ghana. In line
with the corporate decision that all future resettlement will be evaluated by external experts, rePlan is reviewing
and advising on the process envisaged at these sites. (See box on page 210.)

Central to the rePlan process are five key principles which are aligned with AngloGold Ashanti’s values.

Mike Steyn of rePlan elaborates, “Lessons learned over many resettlements have resulted in five key principles
that underpin our resettlement planning and implementation work. These are:

•

consultations and negotiations should be conducted in a transparent manner;

•

compensation and other packages need to take into account the particular circumstances of the locality;

•

people should be treated fairly – they should be compensated for the losses they incur and enabled to restore
or replace these and, where possible, improve their livelihoods;

•

people with equivalent assets should be treated equitably; and

•

the cost of resettlement needs to be reasonable and affordable for the project.

“The degree of success in any resettlement process is linked proportionally to how well you understand what
exists, both geologically and socially. There is no ‘quick fix’ and there are no ‘short cuts’. From experience we
have found that all aspects of the resettlement process are challenging, but the restoration and/or replacement
of livelihoods is very particularly so. Local employment can be a source of friction or goodwill. Our advice is to
create jobs, as opposed to giving gifts; initiate a training programme early in the process; and implement
transparent, locally orientated hiring and procurement policies where this is practical.”

The rePlan process adopted by AngloGold Ashanti also makes provision for cultural heritage. Adds Steyn: “Land
management and resettlement processes need to display the utmost respect for the traditions and beliefs of the
affected communities and to take into account their cultural norms and practices. As a consequence of this, all
the necessary ceremonies – during and at the end of the process – need to be carried out.”

Satyapal comments: “What we would like to see is that all operations have land management plans in place
that include detailed assessments of the impact of the proposed mining activities. These need to be closely
aligned with their Stakeholder Engagement Action Plans (SEAPs) and Integrated Development Action Plans

– 209 –

Report to Society 2008

(IDAPs). These assessments will include social impact assessments and baseline socio-economic and
epidemiological studies, and will form the basis for decision-making.

“While this process may seem long and cumbersome, particularly in the face of production targets, we believe
that it will provide the basis for the long-term viability of our operations.”

CONSIDERING RESETTLEMENT IN THE DRC

The Mongbwalu project, which is at an advanced stage of exploration, is located within the Ituri Province in
the north-eastern DRC, some 80 kilometres from Bunia and 320 kilometres from Kampala (in the
neighbouring state of Uganda). The Mongbwalu Concession covers an area of approximately 10,000 km

and is managed as a joint venture between AngloGold Ashanti and L’Office des Mines d’Or de KiloMoto
(Okimo), with AngloGold Ashanti holding an 82% interest.

Consideration is being given at this early stage to the potential impact of a mine on the people of the area,
both in a physical and economic sense.

AngloGold Ashanti’s appointed land management consultants, rePlan, undertook a review of the project and
its implications during 2008. Local history is clearly a very sensitive issue here because war has ravaged the
area in recent times, and its people are in the midst of a post-conflict recovery phase. Another complicating
factor is the widespread artisanal and small-scale mining (ASM) present in the region, especially in the area
where in-fill drilling is going to take place as part of the continuing exploration programme. ASM is an
important economic activity for many local people.

There are other considerations as outlined below.

•

The need for community infrastructure improvements (including roads, education and health) weighed
against the fact that in an exploration phase expenditure by the company has to be limited. See case
study: New roads pave the way for economic development in the DRC, at www.aga-
reports.com/08/roads-DRC.htm.

•

As is common with projects in areas with little formal economic activity, there is a danger of a further large
influx of people with the potential for putting pressure on limited resources, increasing artisanal mining,
building and speculative crop planting.

Case study

Implementing a land management policy for AngloGold Ashanti cont.

Democratic Republic of Congo

– 210 –

Report to Society 2008

COMMUNITY

•

There is a lack of capacity both at a community and local government level but a high degree of
expectation because exploration has been going on for three years.

•

Lastly, any resettlement undertaken at Mongbwalu will set a precedent and create a framework for future
development in the concession area, as well as determining the nature of the relationship between the
mine and the community.

As the next steps in the process, AngloGold Ashanti is preparing a resettlement framework document,
together with rePlan. This will detail the potential project’s physical and economic displacement areas, the
estimated number of people affected, proposed compensation and other resettlement packages. This
framework will form an integral part of the project scheduling and costing.

At the same time, baseline data will be gathered to enable an adequate understanding of the potential
displacement. Concurrently, mine planning needs to be engaged to minimise resettlement as far as possible.

There is no guarantee that an exploration project will turn into a mine. However, the land management
processes that need to be followed form an integral part of the planning and costing exercise to determine
whether or not a mine will be established.

Democratic Republic of Congo

– 211 –

Report to Society 2008

Case study

Improving security practice in line with the Voluntary
Principles on Security and Human Rights

Securing its assets and ensuring the safety of its employees is not only a right of the company, but a
responsibility – to employees, to their communities, to shareholders and to the countries that have entrusted
the exploitation of their natural wealth to AngloGold Ashanti.

The traditional approach to security in most mining companies focuses specifically on securing assets,
particularly as the product reaches further down the processing, smelting and refining end of the process
stream, and as its value increases exponentially. This was the case too within AngloGold Ashanti. But,
increasingly in recent years and in various locations, the security of people and non-product related assets (from
cables to building materials) has also become important.

In the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and Colombia, for example, it has been necessary for the company
to work with host-nationality military or police, along with specialist security subcontractors, for the company
to be able to safely engage in exploration activity. Similarly in Ghana, a police contingent supports the security
forces at operations at Obuasi, where in November 2008, an additional deployment of military personnel was
required to secure the site. (See page 150 of this report).

One of the most significant challenges facing the group is that of dealing with artisanal and small-scale miners
on the one hand and illegal miners on the other. This is a material issue at the company’s operations in Ghana,
Guinea, Tanzania and, to a lesser extent, Mali, as well as at the exploration sites in the DRC. Illegal mining is
also an issue at underground operations in South Africa. In these countries, AngloGold Ashanti has to work
closely with the state to be able to exercise its legal title to its operations, while at the same time being mindful
of traditional values, norms, and access to land. A feature of the year under review has been the increasing
tension between AngloGold Ashanti’s operations and illegal mining, trespassing and acts of theft. This is dealt
with extensively in this report, including a report on the security incidents that were recorded during the year.

In its endeavours to ensure that the company acts in compliance with its business principles, AngloGold
Ashanti is a signatory to both the UN Global Compact and the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human

Security staff at Siguiri mine, Guinea

A local policeman at Obuasi, Ghana

La Colosa, Colombia

– 212 –

Report to Society 2008

HUMAN RIGHTS

Rights. A toolkit for the implementation of the Voluntary Principles was developed in 2007, but its full
implementation was delayed pending a security review.

Given the increasingly complex situations relating to security on the one hand, and the need to ensure
compliance with both of the above on the other, the company undertook a global security review between May
and July 2008. The purpose of this review was to assess the group’s existing security operations, its security
needs and the way in which the various disciplines – from asset protection, to production, to environment and
community – can work together. The review was undertaken by Mike Faessler, formerly Director of AngloGold
Ashanti’s security operations in Colombia, and now Vice President of Global Security. Faessler undertook
interviews with stakeholders and visited a number of mines and exploration sites and completed an in-depth
review of security in the DRC.

Security operations have been aligned with industry ‘best practices’. A two-to-three-year plan was approved
by the Executive Committee for implementation in November 2008. The major recommendations of this review
are described below.

•

The creation of a global security department to consolidate, centralise and oversee all aspects of security
management. The current security department structure is, Vice President: Global Security, Mike Faessler;
and his two deputies, Carlos Guzman, Manager: Global Security – Americas and Australias; and Brian
Gonsalves, Manager: Global Security – Africa region.

•

The enforcement of threat and security risk assessments for all parts of the portfolio. The risk assessments
process justifies the proper security resource mix, and communicates to executives where and why security
risks are increasing at business units.

•

The security department will champion the crisis management process for the company. This will include
drafting and rehearsing plans to manage incidents and crises as they occur throughout the company.

•

The creation of an operations centre at all the corporate offices to provide improved duty of care, security
oversight to travellers, and provide first response capability for crisis management.

•

The existing asset protection discipline becomes the base of a new global security department, with a
broader mandate. At the same time, a greater degree of outsourcing to security contractors is being
considered as security is not the company’s core business. Greater use will also be made of
technology to support the security activities in the future.

Savuka, South Africa

– 213 –

Report to Society 2008

•

To commit resources to better quantify theft of ore and other mining equipment; and to understand the
structures and relationships between artisanal miners, gold dealers and ‘black market’ operations.

•

An increase in efforts by the social and security departments to better understand and deal with aggressive
and illegal behaviour being committed by actors within the local communities and to engage with NGOs on
this matter.

Says Faessler, “The company has around 4,000 security professionals supporting its operations globally. These
include company employees, host-nationality military or police, and subcontractors. Their efforts will now be
co-ordinated by corporate security experts so that they may have a common understanding of what their roles
are, and the boundaries (moral and legal) within which they operate. Their actions will be guided by industry
best practices.

“While the security arrangements with the police and military are very common in the countries in which we
have these arrangements (Colombia, DRC and Ghana), we recognise that we need to take special care in
ensuring that our relations are transparent and without prejudice. Contracts in these cases must be open to
scrutiny, and compensation paid directly to authorised governmental authorities. Units deployed are trained and
educated regarding the Voluntary Principles. While we hold them accountable for the high levels of compliance
that we expect of our own personnel, we often lack jurisdictional authority or operational control over them.
Notwithstanding this, when and where we suspect violations occur, we insist on thorough and transparent
investigations.”

The appropriate level of training, too, is vital to achieve excellence in security operations, says Faessler. “In a
series of workshops planned for security managers in early 2009, training will be done based on the nine pillars
of the new AngloGold Ashanti security management framework – corporate security, asset protection, crisis
management, resource management, risk management, policy standards and compliance, training and
education, technology management and the Voluntary Principles. This is scheduled for January 2009 in

Case study

Improving security practice in line with the Voluntary Principles on
Security and Human Rights cont.

Savuka, South Africa

– 214 –

Report to Society 2008

Obuasi, Ghana

HUMAN RIGHTS

Johannesburg, South Africa for the Africa region, and February 2009 in Bogotá, Colombia for the Americas
region. The framework provides for common corporate definitions of every aspect of security management, as
well as giving specific benchmarks for improvement. Implementation and improvement of security management
will be tracked and measured quarterly.”

At the same time the group is implementing a human rights grievance management process. “Excellence in
security enforcement does not have to come at the expense of respect for human rights. Both objectives are
complementary,” says Faessler.

Building upon the process that was started in 2008, AngloGold Ashanti will roll out its new security standards
to all operations during 2009, with a view to ensuring that all operations will be compliant with the Voluntary
Principles by year-end and will be audited against these commitments.”

– 215 –

Report to Society 2008

GRI

AngloGold Ashanti is an organisational stakeholder of the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and has prepared this
Report to Society 2008 in accordance with the GRI 2006 G3 Sustainability Guidelines.

As a founding member of the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) we are committed to good
business practices in sustainable development and to implementing the ICMM Sustainable Development
Framework and complying with policy statements of the ICMM Council. Further, AngloGold Ashanti is a
signatory to the United Nations Global Compact and, as such, is committed to providing an assessment of how
the principles of the Global Compact have been progressed through policies and actions during the year. We
report on our progress in complying with the principles to the Global Compact on a quarterly basis.

In the schedule below we have reported in accordance with the GRI indicators (including the Mining and Metals
Supplement), showing where this information may be found, as well as the corresponding ICMM and Global
Compact principles.

GRI principles

The GRI is a large multi-stakeholder network of experts worldwide, who participate in GRI’s working groups
and governance bodies, use the GRI Guidelines to report, access information in GRI-based reports, or
contribute to developing the Reporting Framework in other ways, both formally and informally.

The GRI’s vision is that reporting on economic, environmental and social performance by all organisations is as
routine as financial reporting and enabling the performance of organisations to be compared. The GRI network
accomplishes this vision by developing, continuously improving, and building capacity around the use of a
Sustainability Reporting Framework, the core of which is the Sustainability Reporting Guidelines. Other
components in the Reporting Framework are Sector Supplements and Protocols.

AngloGold Ashanti is an Organisational Stakeholder of GRI and is thus committed to reporting in accordance
with GRI. The GRI principles have been developed to define a compact between the reporting organisation and
the report user, ensuring that both parties share a common understanding of a GRI-based report.
By adhering to the 11 principles, users can ensure that reports:

•

present a balanced and reasonable account of economic, environmental and social performance, and the
resulting contribution of the organisation to sustainable development over time;

•

facilitate comparisons over time;

•

facilitate comparisons across organisations; and

•

credibly address issues of concern to stakeholders in a credible manner.

The principles are as follows:

•

Transparency: Full disclosure of the processes, procedures and assumptions in report preparation are
essential to its credibility.

•

Inclusiveness: The reporting organisation should systematically engage its stakeholders to help focus and
continually advance the quality of its reports.

•

Auditability: Reported data and information should be recorded, compiled, analysed and disclosed in a way
that would enable internal auditors or external assurance providers to attest to its reliability.

•

Completeness: All information that is material to users for assessing the reporting organisation’s economic,
environmental and social performance should appear in the report in a manner that is consistent with the
declared boundaries, scope and time period.

•

Relevance: Relevance is the degree of importance assigned to a particular aspect, indicator or piece of
information, and represents the threshold at which information becomes significant enough to be reported.

•

Sustainability context: The reporting organisation should seek to place its performance in the larger context
of ecological, social or other limits or constraints, where such context adds significant meaning to the
reported information.

Reporting

in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative, the International Council
on Mining and Metals, the United Nations Global Compact

– 216 –

Report to Society 2008

•

Accuracy: The accuracy principle refers to achieving the degree of exactness and low margin of error in
reporting information necessary for users to make decisions with a high degree of confidence.

•

Neutrality: Reports should avoid bias in selection and presentation of information and should strive to
provide a balanced account of the reporting organisation’s performance.

•

Comparability: The reporting organisation should maintain consistency in the boundary and scope of its
reports, disclose any changes, and restate previously reported information.

•

Clarity: The reporting organisation should remain cognisant of the diverse needs and backgrounds of its
stakeholder groups and should make information available in a manner that is responsive to the maximum
number of users while still maintaining a suitable level of detail.

•

Timeliness: Reports should provide information on a regular schedule that meets user needs and comports
with the nature of the information itself.

For further information see www.globalreporting.org

ICMM

The (ICMM) was formed in October 2001 to represent leading international mining and metals companies. Its
vision is a ‘viable mining, minerals and metals industry that is widely recognised as essential for modern living
and a key contributor to sustainable development’. ICMM members believe that by demonstrating superior
business practices they will gain preferential access to land, capital and markets.

Members are required to practise their commitment to environmental, economic and social responsibility.
Significant progress has been made in helping the members raise their contribution towards achieving sustainable
development by creating tools to improve performance, including sharing examples of good practice.

Member companies are committed to the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, including a set of 10
principles, supported by public reporting and independent assurance. AngloGold Ashanti is a founding member
of ICMM.

ICMM Principles

1. Implement and maintain ethical business practices and sound systems of corporate governance.
2. Integrate sustainable development considerations within the corporate decision-making process.
3. Uphold fundamental human rights and respect cultures, customs and values in dealings with employees

and others who are affected by our activities.

4. Implement risk management strategies based on valid data and sound science.
5. Seek continual improvement of our health and safety performance.
6. Seek continual improvement of our environmental performance.
7. Contribute to conservation of biodiversity and integrated approaches to land use planning.
8. Facilitate and encourage responsible product design, use, re-use, recycling and disposal of our products.
9. Contribute to the social, economic and institutional development of the communities in which we operate.
10. Implement effective and transparent engagement, communication and independently verified reporting

arrangements with our stakeholders.

For further information see www.icmm.com

UN GLOBAL COMPACT

In an address to the World Economic Forum on 31 January 1999, the former Secretary-General of the United
Nations, Kofi Annan, challenged business leaders to join an international initiative – the Global Compact – that
would bring companies together with UN agencies, labour and civil society to support universal environmental
and social principles. The Global Compact’s operational phase was launched at UN Headquarters in New York
on 26 July 2000. Today, thousands of companies from all regions of the world, international labour and civil
society organisations are engaged in the Global Compact, working to advance 10 universal principles in the
areas of human rights, labour, the environment and anti-corruption. Through the power of collective action, the
Global Compact seeks to promote responsible corporate citizenship so that business can be part of the

– 217 –

Report to Society 2008

solution to the challenges of globalisation. In this way, the private sector – in partnership with other social actors
– can help realise the Secretary-General’s vision: a more sustainable and inclusive global economy.

The Global Compact is a purely voluntary initiative with two objectives:

•

to bring the 10 principles in business activities around the world into mainstream; and

•

Catalyse actions in support of UN goals.

To achieve these objectives, the Global Compact offers facilitation and engagement through several
mechanisms: policy dialogues, learning, country/regional networks, and partnership projects. The Global
Compact is not a regulatory instrument – it does not ‘police’, enforce or measure the behaviour or actions of
companies. Rather, the Global Compact relies on public accountability, transparency and the enlightened self-
interest of companies, labour and civil society to initiate and share substantive action in pursuing the principles
upon which the Global Compact is based. AngloGold Ashanti is a signatory to the Global Compact.

The 10 Principles

The Global Compact’s 10 principles in the areas of human rights, labour, the environment and anti-corruption
enjoy universal consensus and are derived from:

•

the Universal Declaration of Human Rights;

•

the International Labour Organisation’s Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work;

•

the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development; and

•

the United Nations Convention Against Corruption.

The Global Compact asks companies to embrace, support and enact, within their sphere of influence, a set of
core values in the areas of human rights, labour standards, the environment and anti-corruption.

Human Rights

Principle 1:

Businesses should support and respect the protection of internationally proclaimed human rights.

Principle 2:

Make sure that they are not complicit in human rights abuses.

Labour Standards

Principle 3:

Businesses should uphold the freedom of association and the effective recognition of the right
to collective bargaining.

Principle 4:

The elimination of all forms of forced and compulsory labour.

Principle 5:

The effective abolition of child labour.

Principle 6:

The elimination of discrimination in respect of employment and occupation.

Environment

Principle 7:

Businesses should support a precautionary approach to environmental challenges.

Principle 8:

Undertake initiatives to promote greater environmental responsibility.

Principle 9:

Encourage the development and diffusion of environmentally friendly technologies.

Anti-corruption

Principle 10:

Businesses should work against all forms of corruption, including extortion and bribery.

For more information see www.unglobalcompact.org.

Reporting

in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative, the International Council
on Mining and Metals, the United Nations Global Compact cont.

– 218 –

Report to Society 2008

Fully reported

Partially reported

Not applicable

Not reported

Annual Financial Statements (AFS)

Country reports

Social and Labour Plan Reports

AngloGold Ashanti website

Reporting status key

Content index

GRI Guidelines

ICMM Sustainable

UN Global Compact

Location in

Status

Development Framework

the report

GRI

Content

ICMM Content

Global

Content

number

principle

Compact

principle

Profile

1. Strategy and analysis

1.1

Statement by the CEO about

Integrate sustainable

Pages 18 to 20

the relevance of sustainability

development considerations

to the organisation and its

within the corporate

strategy decision-making process

1.2

Description of key impacts, risks

This Report and

and opportunities

specifically,

pages 10 to 15

2. Organisational profile

2.1

Name

Page 6

2.2

Primary brands,

Page 6

products and services

2.3

Operational structure and

Page 31

major divisions

2.4

Location of headquarters

Page 6

2.5

Countries of operations

Pages 6 to 7

2.6

Nature of ownership and legal

Page 6 to 7

form

2.7

Markets served

Page 50

2.8

Scale of reporting organisation

Pages 6 to 7

2.9

Significant changes during the

Pages 4 to 5

year

2.10

Awards received

Page 56

Additional indicators are shaded

Implement effective and

transparent engagement,

communication and

independently verified

reporting arrangements with

our stakeholders

Report to Society 2008

– 219 –

Content index

GRI Guidelines

ICMM Sustainable

UN Global Compact

Location in

Status

Development Framework

the report

GRI

Content

ICMM Content

Global

Content

number

principle

Compact

principle

3. Report parameters

3.1

Reporting period

Page 4

3.2

Date of previous report

Page 4

3.3

Reporting cycle

Page 4

3.4

Contact point

Page 5

Report scope and boundary

3.5

Process for defining report

Pages 4 to 5

content

Pages 21 to 22

3.6

Boundary of the report

Pages 4 to 5

3.7

Limitations

Pages 4 to 5

3.8

Basis for reporting on joint

Pages 4 to 5

ventures or subsidiaries

3.9

Data measurement

Throughout

techniques

the Report

3.10

Explanation of the effects of

Throughout

any restatements

the Report

3.11

Significant changes from

Pages 4 to 5 and

previous reporting period

throughout this Report

GRI content index

3.12

Table identifying location of

Implement effective and

Page 219

disclosure

transparent engagement,

communication and

independently verified

reporting arrangements with

our stakeholders

Assurance

3.13

Policy and current practice with

Implement effective and

Page 5

regard to seeking external

transparent engagement,

Page 20

assurance of the report

communication and

Pages 26 to 27

independently verified

reporting arrangements with

our stakeholders

4. Governance, commitments and engagement

4.1

Governance structure including

Pages 55 to 57,

committees

and AFS

4.2

Independence of the chair

Page 56,

and AFS

4.3

Independence of board

Page 56,

and AFS

Additional indicators are shaded

Implement effective and

transparent engagement,

communication and

independently verified

reporting arrangements with

our stakeholders

Implement effective and

transparent engagement,

communication and

independently verified

reporting arrangements with

our stakeholders

Implement effective and

transparent engagement,

communication and

independently verified

reporting arrangements with

our stakeholders

Implement effective and

maintain ethical business,

practices and sound systems

of corporate governance

Fully reported

Partially reported

Not applicable

Not reported

Annual Financial Statements (AFS)

Country reports

Social and Labour Plan Reports

AngloGold Ashanti website

Reporting status key

Report to Society 2008

– 220 –

Content index

GRI Guidelines

ICMM Sustainable

UN Global Compact

Location in

Status

Development Framework

the report

GRI

Content

ICMM Content

Global

Content

number

principle

Compact

principle

4. Governance, commitments and engagement (continued)

4.4

Mechanisms for shareholders

Page 59, 61, 64

and employees to provide

and AFS

recommendations or

direction to the board

4.5

Linkage between compensation

Page 57

and performance

and AFS

4.6

Process to ensure conflicts of

Pages 63 to 65

interest are avoided

4.7

Process for determining

AFS

qualifications of board

4.8

Internally developed relevant

Page 30, and AFS

statements of mission or

principles

4.9

Procedure for risk identification

Page 58, and AFS

and compliance

4.10

Process for evaluating

AFS

board’s own performance

Commitments to external initiatives

4.11

Explanation of use,

Page 58

precautionary approach

4.12

Externally developed charters,

Pages 60 to 61

principles and other initiatives

endorsed

4.13

Memberships of associations

Implement effective and

Pages 60 to 61

and advocacy bodies

transparent engagement,

communication and

independently verified

reporting arrangements with

our stakeholders

Stakeholder engagement

4.14

List of stakeholders

Pages 16 to 17, and

www.aga-reports.com/

08/stakeholders.pdf.

Also, Country Reports.

4.15

Basis of identification

of stakeholders

4.16

Approaches to stakeholder

Page 16

engagement

Through out this Report

Additional indicators are shaded

Implement risk management
strategies based on valid
data and sound science

Support a precautionary
approach to environmental
challenges

Implement effective and

maintain ethical business,

practices and sound systems

of corporate governance

Implement effective and

our stakeholders

Implement effective and

our stakeholders

Implement effective and

transparent engagement,

communication and

independently verified

reporting arrangements with

our stakeholders

Report to Society 2008

– 221 –

Content index

GRI Guidelines

ICMM Sustainable

UN Global Compact

Location in

Status

Development Framework

the report

GRI

Content

ICMM Content

Global

Content

number

principle

Compact

principle

4. Governance, commitments and engagement (continued)

4.17

Key topics and concerns

Pages 16 and 17, and

of stakeholders

www.aga-reports/08/

stakeholders.htm

and Country Reports

Economic performance indicators

Aspect: Economic performance

Management approach

Contribute to the social,

Pages 30 to 33

economic and institutional

development of the community

in which we operate

Aspect: Economic performance

EC1

Direct economic value

Contribute to the social,

Pages 39 to 41

generated and distributed

economic and institutional

development of the community

in which we operate

EC2

Financial implications and

Implement risk management

Pages 20, 178

risks due to climate change

strategies based on validation

202 to 207

and sound science

EC3

Coverage of the organisation’s

Page 40*

defined benefit plan obligations

EC4

Significant financial

Pages 45 to 46

assistance from government

EC5

Ratio of standard entry level

Page 99

wage compared with local

minimum wage at significant

areas of operation

MM1

Identify those sites where

This report.

the local economic contribution

Country and

and development impact is of

Operational Reports

particular significance and

Pages 196 to 201

interest to stakeholders and

outline policies with respect

to assessing this contribution

MM2

Value added disaggregated

Country and

by country

Operational Reports

Aspect: Market presence

EC6

Policy, practices and proportions

Page 49.

of spending on locally based

Country and

suppliers at significant locations

Operational Reports

of operation

Additional indicators are shaded
*Partially reported as this varies from region to region. Liabilities owing to defined contributions are not considered to be significant.

Contribute to the social,
economic and institutional
development of the community
in which we operate

Fully reported

Partially reported

Not applicable

Not reported

Annual Financial Statements (AFS)

Country reports

Social and Labour Plan Reports

AngloGold Ashanti website

Reporting status key

Report to Society 2008

– 222 –

Content index

GRI Guidelines

ICMM Sustainable

UN Global Compact

Location in

Status

Development Framework

the report

GRI

Content

ICMM Content

Global

Content

number

principle

Compact

principle

Economic performance indicators (continued)

EC7

Procedures for local hiring and

Page 107

proportion of senior management

hired from the local community

at significant locations of

operation

Aspect: Indirect economic impacts

EC8

Development and impact of

Pages 34 to 35

infrastructure investments and

Pages 140 to 156

services provided for public

Pages 196 to 201

benefit

EC9

Indirect impacts

This Report

º
»

Environmental performance indicators

Management approach

Undertake initiatives to promote Pages 162 to 185

greater environmental

responsibility

Aspect: Materials

EN1

Weight of materials used

Seek continual improvement

www.aga-reports.com

in our environmental

/08/env-appendix.pdf

performance

EN2

Percentage of materials used

Not material

that are recycled

www.aga-reports.com

/08/env-appendix.pdf

Aspect: Energy

EN3

Direct energy consumption by

Page 176

by primary source

www.aga-reports.com

/08/env-appendix.pdf

www.aga-reports.com

/08/power-SA.pdf

EN4

Indirect energy consumption by

www.aga-reports.com

primary source

/08/env-appendix.pdf

Aspect: Water

EN8

Total water withdrawal

Pages 174 to 175

www.aga-reports.com

/08/env-appendix.pdf

Aspect: Biodiversity

EN11

Location and size of land owned,

www.aga-reports.com

leased or managed in, or

/08/env-appendix.pdf

adjacent to protected areas

Additional indicators are shaded

Contribute to conservation of

biodiversity and integrated

approaches to land use

planning

Seek continual improvement

in our environmental

performance

Undertake initiatives to promote

greater environmental

responsibility

Undertake initiatives to promote

greater environmental

responsibility

Undertake initiatives to promote

greater environmental

responsibility

Contribute to the social,
economic and institutional
development of the community
in which we operate

Seek continual improvement

in our environmental

performance

Report to Society 2008

– 223 –

Content index

GRI Guidelines

ICMM Sustainable

UN Global Compact

Location in

Status

Development Framework

the report

GRI

Content

ICMM Content

Global

Content

number

principle

Compact

principle

Environmental performance indicators (continued)

EN12

Description of significant

Pages 181 to 183

impacts of activities, products

www.aga-reports.com

and services on biodiversity

/08/env-appendix.pdf

and protected areas of high

biodiversity value outside of

protected areas

Aspect: Emissions, effluents and waste

EN16

Total direct and indirect

Pages 178 to 179

GHG emissions by weight

www.aga-reports.com

/08/env-appendix.pdf

EN17

Other relevant indirect GHG

Data not yet available

emissions by weight

www.aga-reports.com

/08/env-appendix.pdf

EN19

Emissions of ozone-depleting

www.aga-reports.com

substances by weight

/08/env-appendix.pdf

EN20

NOx, Sox and other significant

www.aga-reports.com

air emissions by weight

/08/env-appendix.pdf

EN21

Total water discharge by quality

www.aga-reports.com

and destination

/08/env-appendix.pdf

EN22

Total weight of waste

www.aga-reports.com

by type and disposal

/08/env-appendix.pdf

method

EN23

Total number and volume of

www.aga-reports.com/

significant spills

environmental-

incidents.htm

Additional indicators are shaded

Contribute to conservation of

biodiversity and integrated

approaches to land use

planning

Seek continual improvement

in our environmental

performance

Undertake initiatives to promote

greater environmental

responsibility

Undertake initiatives to promote

greater environmental

responsibility

Fully reported

Partially reported

Not applicable

Not reported

Annual Financial Statements (AFS)

Country reports

Social and Labour Plan Reports

AngloGold Ashanti website

Reporting status key

Report to Society 2008

– 224 –

Undertake initiatives to promote

greater environmental

responsibility

Content index

GRI Guidelines

ICMM sustainable

UN Global compact

Location in

Status

development framework

the report

GRI

Content

ICMM Content

Global

Content

number

principle

compact

principle

Environmental performance indicators (continued)

Aspect: Products and services

EN26

Initiatives to mitigate

Facilitate and encourage

N/A*

environmental impacts of

responsible product design,

products

use, re-use, recycling and

disposal

EN27

Percentage of products sold that

Not material. Page 33

is reclaimed at the end of the

www.aga-reports.com/

products’ useful life by product

08/env-appendix.pdf